XRX-12.31.11-10-K


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________ 
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________  
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2011
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from: ______  to: _______
Commission File Number 001-04471
_________________________________________________  

XEROX CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________  
New York
 
16-0468020
(State of incorporation)
 
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
P.O. Box 4505, 45 Glover Avenue,
Norwalk, Connecticut 06856-4505
 
(203) 968-3000
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1 par value
 
New York Stock Exchange
 
 
Chicago Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
____________________________  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o





Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o  No ý
The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2011 was $14,610,164,902.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:
Class
 
Outstanding at January 31, 2012
Common Stock, $1 par value
 
1,331,884,794 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the following documents are incorporated herein by reference:
Document
 
Part of Form 10-K in which Incorporated
Xerox Corporation 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders
 
I & II
Xerox Corporation Notice of 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement (to be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K)
 
III

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
From time to time, we and our representatives may provide information, whether orally or in writing, including certain statements in this Annual Report of Form 10-K, which are deemed to be "forward-looking" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Litigation Reform Act"). These forward-looking statements and other information are based on our beliefs as well as assumptions made by us using information currently available.
The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated, expected or intended or using other similar expressions. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements, except as required by law.

In accordance with the provisions of the Litigation Reform Act, we are making investors aware that such forward-looking statements, because they relate to future events, are by their very nature subject to many important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, any exhibits to this Form 10-K and other public statements we make. Such factors include, but are not limited to: changes in economic conditions, political conditions, trade protection measures, licensing requirements and tax matters in the United States and in the foreign countries in which we do business; changes in foreign currency exchange rates; actions of competitors; our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services and to maintain and improve cost efficiency of operations, including savings from restructuring actions; the risk that unexpected costs will be incurred; our ability to expand equipment placements; the risk that subcontractors, software vendors and utility and network providers will not perform in a timely, quality manner; the risk that individually identifiable information of customers, clients and employees could be inadvertently disclosed or disclosed as a result of a breach of our security; our ability to recover capital investments; development of new products and services; our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; interest rates, cost of borrowing and access to credit markets; the risk that multi-year contracts with governmental entities could be terminated prior to the end of the contract term; reliance on third parties for manufacturing of products and provision of services; our





ability to drive the expanded use of color in printing and copying; the outcome of litigation and regulatory proceedings to which we may be a party; and other factors that are set forth in the “Risk Factors” section, the “Legal Proceedings” section, the “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K.







XEROX CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
DECEMBER 31, 2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
Item 1.
Business Overview
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Properties
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Item 4.
Removed and Reserved
Part II
 
Item 5.
Market for the Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Other Information
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13.
Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence
Item 14.
Principal Auditor Fees and Services
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Index of Exhibits







Part I


ITEM1. BUSINESS OVERVIEW


We provide the industry's broadest portfolio of business process and IT outsourcing support, document technology and solutions. Through our business process and IT outsourcing we offer global services from claims reimbursement and electronic toll transactions to the management of HR benefits and customer care centers to the operation of a company's technology infrastructure. Our document technology offerings serve businesses of all sizes and across industries to deliver solutions for both the workplace and production print environments. We leverage our technology and the expertise of our people to deliver further value for our customers through our document outsourcing solutions, helping customers improve their productivity and reduce costs.












Our Strategy
We are well-positioned to lead in the markets in which we participate. Our strategy takes advantage of our core strengths to drive growth within our segments and lines of businesses.
Our core strengths include:

Our Brand - We have a well-recognized and respected brand that is known by businesses worldwide for delivering industry-leading document technology, services and solutions.

Global Presence - Our geographic footprint spans 160 countries and allows us to serve customers of all sizes to deliver superior technology and services regardless of complexity or number of customer locations.

Renowned Innovation - We have a history of innovation and, with more than 10,500 active U.S. patents and five global research centers, we continue to lead the document technology industry and to take our technology into new service areas. See the separate “Innovation and RD&E” section for additional information on our renowned innovation.

Operational Excellence - We have an operational excellence model that leverages our global delivery capabilities, production model, incentive-based compensation process, proprietary systems and financial discipline to deliver productivity and lower costs for our customers and for our business.
We organize our business around two segments: Services and Technology.

Our Services segment is comprised of business process outsourcing, information technology outsourcing and document outsourcing. The diversity of our offerings gives us a differentiated solution and delivers greater value to our customers.

Our Technology segment is comprised of our document technology and related supplies, technical service and equipment financing (that which is not related to document outsourcing contracts). Our strategic product groups within this segment include Entry, Mid-range and High-end products.





We use our core strengths and market opportunities to grow our businesses by executing on the following growth drivers:

Services Led - We provide the most diverse set of business service offerings in the industry, delivering value through operational excellence and applying innovation to drive process automation. We are the industry leader in Document Outsourcing and continue to strengthen this leadership by expanding our Managed Print Services (“MPS”) for businesses small to large. In total, our services business represents significant growth opportunity for the company and our investments align with actively pursuing this growth. In 2011, Services represented the largest portion of our business, at 48% of total revenue.
 
Global Expansion - We continue to use the benefit of our global presence to expand our business process and IT outsourcing offerings beyond the U.S. In addition, the strength of our brand and global footprint position us well to penetrate more of the small and mid-size business ("SMB") opportunity, especially in developing markets.






Grow High Value Pages - We will maintain our lead in technology and document outsourcing by growing “high- value” pages - those produced in color and/or featuring customized content. We have the broadest portfolio of color printing technology in the industry to help customers realize the communication benefits of printing in color. Cost and quality improvements are driving the transition from black-and-white to color. With only 27% of Xerox pages printed on color devices, we believe there remains tremendous opportunity to grow color pages and associated revenue. We continue to create new market opportunities for digital printing through technology that enables personalized promotional and transactional documents, short-run book publishing, cross-media customized campaigns and more.

Acquisitions
Consistent with our strategy to expand our services offerings through “tuck-in” acquisitions, we acquired the following companies in 2011:

In April 2011, we acquired Unamic/HCN, the largest privately owned customer care provider in the Benelux region in Western Europe. Unamic/HCN's focus on the Dutch-speaking market expands our customer care capabilities in the Netherlands, Belgium, Turkey and Suriname.
    
In May 2011, we acquired NewField IT, a U.K-based print consultancy and software solution provider. This acquisition expanded our market-leading managed print services portfolio. NewField's consulting and software services help companies implement MPS more quickly. Its software suite creates visual maps of a floor plan to show how printers are used throughout an office. By combining this mapping with a database that tracks usage patterns of document devices, workplaces small to large are better able to monitor and manage the use of the devices and their overall print-related costs.
  
In July 2011, we acquired Education and Sales Marketing, LLC ("ESM"), a leading provider of outsourced enrollment management and student loan default solutions. The acquisition of ESM enables us to offer a broader range of financial services to assist post-secondary schools in attracting and retaining the most qualified students while reducing accreditation risk.
 
In November 2011, we acquired The Breakaway Group, a cloud-based service provider that helps healthcare professionals accelerate their adoption of Electronic Medical Records (“EMR”). The Denver-based firm's technology allows caregivers to practice using an EMR without jeopardizing real patient data. This acquisition expands our services for healthcare providers.

We also completed additional Services acquisitions in the areas of Healthcare Provider, Customer Care and Financial Services in 2011, increasing our presence in the United States and in Europe.

Additionally in 2011, we made acquisitions consistent with our strategy to expand distribution of Xerox technology to under-penetrated markets:

In February 2011, we acquired Concept Group, Ltd. This acquisition broadens our reach into the small and mid-size business market in the U.K. Concept Group has nine locations throughout the U.K. and provides document imaging solutions and technical services to more than 3,000 customers.
 
In April and May 2011, we acquired Premier Office Equipment, Inc. and Midwest Business Solutions, both based in Iowa. And, in December 2011, we acquired the Merizon Group Incorporated, which operates MBM, a Wisconsin-based office products distributor. These acquisitions further our strategy of creating a U.S. nationwide network of locally-based providers focused on improving document workflow and office efficiency for small and mid-size businesses.
 
In addition, throughout 2011, we enhanced our distribution by acquiring office products distributors in New York, Illinois, Virginia and Florida.






Business Model Fundamentals
Through our annuity-based business model, we deliver significant cash generation and have a strong foundation upon which we can expand earnings.
Annuity Model
The fundamentals of our business are based on an annuity model that drives significant recurring revenue and cash generation. Approximately 83% of our 2011 total revenue was annuity-based revenue that includes contracted services, equipment maintenance, consumable supplies and financing, among other elements. Some of the key indicators of annuity revenue growth include:

Services signings growth, which reflects the year-over-year increase in estimated future revenues from contracts signed during the period.

Services pipeline growth, which measures the year-over-year increase in new business opportunities.

The number of page-producing machines in the field (“MIF”), which is impacted by the number of equipment installations.

Page volume and the mix of pages printed on color devices, as these pages generate more revenue per page than black-and-white.

Cash Generation
The combination of consistent strong cash flow from operations and modest capital investments enabled us in 2011 to provide a return to shareholders through:

Repurchasing a significant amount of Xerox shares during the year.

Expanding our services business and our distribution capabilities through acquisitions - we spent over $200 million on acquisitions in 2011.
 
Maintaining our quarterly dividend.






Expanded Earnings per Share
In 2011, we expanded our earnings per share through:

Modest revenue growth driven by Services

Driving cost efficiencies throughout the company

Making accretive acquisitions

Repurchasing shares

We expect to use the same model to expand earnings per share in the future.

Innovation and RD&E
Xerox has a rich heritage of innovation and it continues to be not only a core strength of the company but also as a competitive differentiator. The company's investments in innovation align with its growth opportunities in areas like business services, color printing and customized communication. Our overall aim is to create value for our customers, for our shareholders and for our people by influencing the future in key areas. Four innovation themes emerge in our research portfolio:

1)
Implementing Agile Business Processes
In today's fast-paced and rapidly evolving marketplace, flexibility is required to operate efficiently and effectively. Xerox innovation investments are focused on automating business processes through flexible platforms that run on scalable infrastructures, speeding up and simplifying the ways work gets done, anywhere and at any time. By infusing more agility in business processes, clients benefit from our research on image, video and natural language processing coupled with machine learning.
  
2)
Harvesting Knowledge from Information
Information comes in two forms: structured, where the content sits tidily in searchable indices or in limiting databases; or unstructured, where content can be anything from photos, videos, hand-written forms, emails, etc. The unstructured information has endless growth and creates a need for businesses to be more effective in mining context from content. This is a key research area for us -- making sense of unstructured information using natural language processing and semantic analysis. We explore how to better analyze information for human use by better understanding contextual detail on how the content has been created and used. We're also developing proprietary methods for predictive analytics applied to business processes.
  
3)
Delivering the Value of Personalization
Our research leads to technologies that improve the efficiency, economics and relevancy of business communications and printing applications. We research methods to create affordable ubiquitous color printing, leveraging our solid ink printing technology. We're also exploring ways to expand the application space of digital printing to cover new applications such as packaging printing and printing directly on mediums that go far beyond paper, like foods and clothing.
  
4)
Enabling the Sustainable Enterprise
Our research also focuses on developing technologies that minimize the environmental impact of document systems and business processes. An example is our solid ink technology, which produces up to 90% less waste than comparable color laser devices as well as our MPS software, which helps our customers reduce energy and paper use.












Investment in R&D is critical for competitiveness in our fast-paced markets. One of the ways that we maintain our market leadership is through strategic coordination of our R&D with Fuji Xerox (an equity investment in which we maintain a 25% ownership interest). We have aligned our R&D investment portfolio with our growth initiatives, including accelerating our color transition and enhancing customer value by building on our services leadership.

Sustaining engineering expenses, which are the hardware engineering and software development costs we incur after we launch a product, are included in our RD&E expenses.


Segment Information
Our reportable segments are Services, Technology and Other. We present operating segment financial information in Note 2 - Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which we incorporate by reference here. We have a very broad and diverse base of customers by both geography and industry, ranging from small and mid-size businesses (“SMB's”) to graphic communications companies, governmental entities, educational institutions and Fortune 1000 corporate accounts. None of our business segments depends upon a single customer, or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.







Services


Our Services segment comprises three service offerings: Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”), Information Technology Outsourcing (“ITO”) and Document Outsourcing (“DO”). We provide non-core, mission-critical services that our clients need to run their day-to-day business. The services help our clients simplify the way work gets done, giving them more time and resources to allocate to their core operations, respond rapidly to changing technologies and reduce expenses associated with their business processes and information technology support.






Business Process Outsourcing
We are the largest worldwide diversified business process outsourcing company, with an expertise in transaction-intensive offerings tailored for several industries. Our services include:

Human Resources Services ("HRS"): From actuarial expertise to the full range of human resources consulting - from employee service centers to learning, retirement, health, and welfare services - HRS delivers game-changing, innovative solutions that enable our clients to focus on their business. We differentiate ourselves around two themes of innovation: engagement and enablement. We help HR departments engage employees as individuals by communicating to them with personalized messages and by enabling employees to get smarter about managing their own health, wealth and career outcomes.
  
Financial Services: We provide finance and accounting services for any industry - from accounting to billing to procurement to accounts payable and receivable to tax management. In addition, we provide outsourcing of financial aid and enrollment office operations for colleges and universities, and back-room functions such as customer services, transaction processing and mailroom operations for the financial services industry. Based on our experience, we have a deep understanding of what drives the customer and we move beyond simply driving out costs.
  
Healthcare Payers and Pharma: We deliver administrative efficiencies to our healthcare payer clients through our scalable and flexible transactional business solutions, which encompass both our global delivery model and domestic payer service centers. Services include data capture, claims processing, customer care, recovery services and healthcare communications. No competitor has offerings in all the areas where we play.
   
Business Process Solutions ("BPS"): BPS provides customer management with solutions to solve client issues in areas such as customer care, tech support and services, customer acquisition and retention activities. We also provide innovative services including social media monitoring and customer care analytics. We are the only company in the world that can enhance the customer experience by optimizing all of the customer touch points, like call center support, Web-based help desks and rapid response via social media. By providing these touch points through one supplier, we are able to streamline efficiencies and drive down costs while enabling our clients to maintain fewer supplier relationships.





  
Healthcare Provider Solutions: We provide consulting solutions, revenue cycle management and application services that are customized to meet the varying and changing needs of healthcare providers. We serve every large health system in the United States, with contracts in all 50 states. We also help our clients improve care through an analytics solution designed to provide clinical staff information.
   
Retail, Travel and Insurance: We provide technology-based transactional services for retail, travel and non-healthcare insurance companies. We handle their data entry, mailroom, imaging input and hosting, call centers and help desk with targeted industry focus.

Government Solutions: We support our government clients with solutions for child support payment processing, tax and revenue systems, eligibility systems and services, electronic payments transfer, electronic payment cards and unclaimed property services, among others. Our competitive advantage is our depth of local expertise while at the same time having the scale required to deliver and manage multiple programs for federal, state, county and town governments.

Transportation Solutions: We provide revenue-generating solutions in over 30 countries. Our solutions include fare collection, toll and parking solutions, and monitoring of red light cameras. We differentiate through the breadth of our offerings and innovative technology. For example, we developed dynamic pricing algorithms, which will be used in the new Los Angeles ExpressPark program. This program will create a new pricing system that is designed to relieve traffic congestion, reduce air pollution and improve the efficiency of downtown LA's transit operations.

Government Healthcare Solutions ("GHS"): GHS serves state-funded government healthcare programs. We provide a broad range of solutions, from processing Medicaid claims to pharmacy benefits management, clinical program management, health information exchanges, eligibility and health benefit exchange services, and care and quality management. We've been delivering these systems since 1971 and we apply our deep knowledge of the Medicaid system along with technological advances to simplify and automate transactional-intensive processes.






Information Technology Outsourcing
We specialize in designing, developing and delivering effective IT solutions. Our secure data centers, help desks and managed storage facilities around the world provide a reliable IT infrastructure that minimizes the chance of disruption to our clients' daily operations.

Our ITO services include:

Mainframe Server Outsourcing: We support our clients' needs for adaptable computing environments and their potential growth. We provide comprehensive systems support services. We provide a 24/7 support organization that maintains a unified set of tools and processes to support our clients' IT environments, including systems administration, database administration, systems monitoring, batch processing, data backup and capacity planning.

Network Outsourcing: We provide telecommunications management services for voice and data networks. We are able to leverage our enterprise agreements, proprietary tools, procedures and skilled personnel to provide our clients with a scalable and automated processing environment.
 
Desktop Outsourcing: Our desktop services provide our clients with a comprehensive approach to managing their end-user platforms and devices. We design and execute desktop management strategies that address and resolve issues such as enterprise bandwidth constraints, unstable computing environments, areas of insecurity and unavailable network resources.

In addition, we provide Remote Infrastructure Management, Help Desk/Service Desk Management, Managed Storage, Utility Computing, Disaster Recovery and Security Services.






Document Outsourcing
We are an industry leader in document outsourcing services, with more than 20 years experience and 15,000 business professionals across 160 countries. We help companies optimize their printing infrastructure and simplify their communication and business processes to grow revenue, reduce costs and operate more efficiently. Our two primary offerings within Document Outsourcing are Managed Print Services and Communication and Marketing Services.

Managed Print Services
Xerox MPS optimizes, rationalizes and manages the operations of Xerox and non-Xerox print devices, driving efficiencies that can save clients up to 30 percent on their document-related costs. Our MPS continuum provides the most comprehensive portfolio of MPS services in the industry, supporting small-and mid-size businesses through large global enterprises.


The key factors that differentiate us include our commitment to innovation and technology, including our cloud-based connectivity and integrated suite of software tools solutions as well as our global direct and channel partner coverage and certification programs. In addition, the industry's broadest portfolio of printing products sets us apart from our competition. We are recognized as an industry leader by several major analyst companies, including Gartner, IDC and Quocirca.

The Xerox MPS continuum complements and provides opportunities to expand existing BPO and ITO services. Within BPO accounts, Xerox MPS helps to improve workflow and enhance employee productivity. In ITO accounts, MPS complements the client IT services that we are currently managing and positions Xerox as a complete IT services provider.

Communication & Marketing Services ("CMS")
CMS delivers end-to-end outsourcing for design, communications, marketing, logistics and distribution services that help clients communicate with their customers and employees more effectively. We deliver communications through traditional routes, such as print, but also through a growing number of multimedia channels including SMS, Web, email and mobile media.






We help our clients identify how their customers want to be engaged, tailor their content, translate it, personalize their communication, decide on the appropriate channel, execute on campaigns and measure the resulting success.

Our advantage comes through the breadth of our capabilities and our service-orientated approach to provide a single, seamless service for all communication and marketing logistics.


Technology

Technology includes the sale of products and supplies, as well as the associated technical service and financing of those products (that which is not related to document outsourcing contracts). Our Technology business is centered around strategic product groups that share common technology, manufacturing and product platforms.








Our strategic product groups are as follows:

Entry
Entry comprises products sold primarily to small and mid-size businesses through a worldwide network of independent resellers and online merchants. It includes desktop monochrome and color printers and multifunction printers (“MFPs”) ranging from small personal devices to larger workgroup printers designed to serve the needs of demanding office users.  In 2011, we continued to build on our position in the market by:

Making high-quality desktop color more affordable and easier to use for all businesses

Expanding our channel reach, partner programs and capacity to support the needs of small- to mid-size businesses

Launching products and solutions that help individuals, small work teams, large workgroups or whole departments achieve their business goals.
   
We continued to build on our portfolio in 2011 with the launches of:
 
Compact Printers and MFPs: In 2011, Xerox introduced a new line of compact color and monochrome printers and MFPs for small businesses. Xerox innovations with LED print heads and emulsion aggregation ("EA") toner resulted in a small, low-cost product that maintains the professional appearance of the printed page. The new products introduced were: Phaser® 6000/6010 color printers, WorkCentre® 6015 color MFP, Phaser® 3010/3040 printers and WorkCentre® 3045 MFP.

Phaser® 6700: This high-speed workgroup color printer accelerates productivity for workgroups in mid to large-size businesses. With a 47 page-per-minute print speed, advanced touch-screen interface, and optional stacker/stapler, the Phaser 6700 is ideal for workgroup teams. The Phaser 6700 also has enhanced print quality and reliability with true 2400x1200 dpi print resolution and 120,000 page duty cycle.






Phaser® 7800: This color printer lowers the cost of printing for smaller graphic design firms and in-house marketing departments. Using the HiQ LED print system, EA toner and hardware-assisted edge enhancement and trapping in addition to a 45 page per minute tabloid/A3 size print engine and finishing capabilities from the WorkCentre 7500 series, the Phaser 7800 also handles the heaviest paper in common use - up to 350gsm - the most flexible media handling in its class.

Mid-range
Mid-range comprises products sold to enterprises of all sizes, principally through dedicated Xerox-branded partners and our direct sales force.  We offer a wide range of multifunction printers, copiers, digital printing presses and light production devices that deliver flexibility and advanced features. In 2011, our mid-range business continued to build on our position in the market by:

Making high-quality color more affordable and easier to use for small/mid-size businesses and large enterprises alike
 
Expanding our channel reach, partner programs and capacity to support the needs of the SMB market

Offering a complete range of services and solutions in partnership with independent software partners that allow our customers to analyze, streamline, automate, secure and track their document workflows.

The breadth of our Mid-range product portfolio is unmatched.  In 2011, we launched:

Xerox WorkCentre® 7525, 7530, and 7535: These new multifunction printers are equipped with features to help small and mid-size businesses boost productivity and meet their sustainability goals.  They offer speeds up to 25, 30 and 35 ppm color and black-and-white. The MFPs, which can print, copy, scan, fax and email, include advanced document management and workflow tools to make office work easier and also offer unparalleled ease of use and security features. In addition, the Hi-Q LED print engine technology consumes less energy and space and produces less noise, while printing resolutions of 1200 x 2400 dpi.
  
Xerox ColorQube® 9301/9302/9303: The ColorQube™ 9300 Series combines Xerox's solid ink innovation with our legacy of advanced multifunction product leadership. This results in a multifunction printer that produces vivid color quality that is affordable and produces less printing waste versus comparable color laser devices. The device copies and prints at speeds up to 55 ppm color and 60 ppm black-and-white, while increasing productivity even further with speeds up to 85 ppm in Fast Color mode for draft or short-life documents.
    
Xerox WorkCentre® 7125: This multifunction printer combines affordable color with high-productivity workflow tools. It provides value-seeking SMB customers with a low entry price in combination with high end features. The WorkCentre 7125 helps SMBs maximize office productivity, produce impactful color documents and seamlessly create and share business-critical information, in full office color.

Xerox WorkCentre® 5325/5330/5335: The highly modular WorkCentre 5300 series black-and-white MFP serves both small and mid-size business as well as enterprise office environments. Its customizable workflow solutions help customers in document intensive industries such as legal, health care and financial make the tasks they perform daily more efficient.







High-end
Our High-end digital color and monochrome solutions are designed for customers in the graphic communications industry and for large enterprises. These devices enable digital on-demand printing, digital full-color printing and enterprise printing. Integrated solutions such as automated in-line finishing result in “touch less” workflows (with little to no manual processing or human intervention) that allow Xerox customers to produce more jobs and grow their business.  We provide products and solutions that enable our customers to delight their customers with the highest quality output available in the market. We are creating new market opportunities in targeted application areas with digital printing as a complement to traditional offset printing.  
For more than two decades, Xerox has delivered innovative technologies that have revolutionized the production printing industry, maintaining our position as the industry leader in the number of pages produced on digital production color presses.  We continued to build on our award-winning lineup in 2011 with the launches of:


Xerox 770: We launched the 770 late in 2011 to enhance our entry production color offerings.  The 770 builds on the very successful 700 product, with productivity enhancements to speed and color management. The 770 produces output at 70 pages per minute including heavyweight stocks. An In line Spectrophotometer has been added to the 770 enabling the Xerox Automated Color Quality Suite ("ACQS").  ACQS brings features usually found on higher end products such as the 8080 and Color Press and makes the Xerox production color portfolio the broadest in the industry.
 
iGen4 Matte Dry Ink: We added an additional dry ink offering for the iGen4, matte dry ink ("MDI").  This alternative dry ink provides a flatter or more offset-like image quality. Ideal for the expanding photo market, matte dry ink along with the largest sheet size, 26”/660mm, in the market, expands iGen4's market-leading applications.       





We are enabling print providers in graphic communications, service bureaus and large enterprises to profit and grow by meeting their customers' specific business needs with just-in-time, one-to-one and e-based services - rather than simply manufacturing a printed piece. 

FreeFlow Digital Workflow: Our FreeFlow digital workflow is a collection of software technology solutions that our customers can use to improve all aspects of their processes, from content creation and management to production and fulfillment. Our digital technology combined with total document solutions and services that enable personalization and printing on demand, delivers value that improves our customers' business results.
Through our industry-leading FreeFlow Digital Workflow collection and FreeFlow Print Server, we deliver three primary values to our customers - the ability to Connect, Control and Enable. Our solutions:
 
Connect our customers to their customers 24/7, enabling them to be open for business around the clock.

Control our customers' costs, environmental impacts and security. Automated workflows provide extensive productivity gains and greatly increase document integrity by eliminating manual processes.

Enable new applications and revenue streams such as photo books, secure event tickets and packaging.

Other

The Other segment primarily includes revenue from paper sales, wide-format systems and network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems from Global Imaging Systems. Paper comprised approximately 59% of the revenues in the Other segment.

Geographic Information

Our global presence is one of our core strengths. Overall, approximately 36% of our revenue is generated by customers outside the U.S. We have a significant opportunity to leverage our global presence and customer relationships to expand our Services business in Europe and developing markets.






Patents, Trademarks and Licenses

Xerox and its subsidiaries were awarded 1,030 U.S. utility patents in 2011.  On that basis, we would rank 19th on the list of companies that were awarded the most U.S. patents during the year.  Including our research partner Fuji Xerox, we were awarded over 1,600 U.S. utility patents in 2011.  Our patent portfolio evolves as new patents are awarded to us and as older patents expire.  As of December 31, 2011, we held more than 10,500 design and utility U.S. patents.  These patents expire at various dates up to 20 years or more from their original filing dates.  While we believe that our portfolio of patents and applications has value, in general no single patent is essential to our business or any individual segment. In addition, any of our proprietary rights could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or may not provide significant competitive advantages.
 
In the U.S., we are party to numerous patent-licensing agreements and, in a majority of them we license or assign our patents to others in return for revenue and/or access to their patents. Most patent licenses expire concurrently with the expiration of the last patent identified in the license. In 2011, we added 12 new agreements to our portfolio of patent-licensing and sale agreements, and Xerox and its subsidiaries were licensor or seller in 9 of the agreements. We are also a party to a number of cross-licensing agreements with companies that hold substantial patent portfolios, including Canon, Microsoft, IBM, Hewlett-Packard, Oce, Sharp, Samsung and Seiko Epson. These agreements vary in subject matter, scope, compensation, significance and time. 

In the U.S., we own more than 550 U.S. trademarks, either registered or applied for. These trademarks have a perpetual life, subject to renewal every 10 years. We vigorously enforce and protect our trademarks.

Marketing and Distribution


We manage our business based on the principal segments described earlier. We have organized the marketing, selling and distribution of our products and services by geography, channel type and line of business.
  
We sell our products and services directly to customers through our world-wide sales force and through a network of independent agents, dealers, value-added resellers, systems integrators and the Web.

In large enterprises, we follow a services-led approach that enables us to address two basic challenges facing large enterprise customers:
 
How to simplify and streamline their infrastructure to be both cost-effective and globally consistent.
How to improve their value proposition and communication with their customers.

Our go-to-market approach includes the largest direct sales force in the industry, with customers served by Client Managing Directors, Account General Managers and Sales Representatives.

For small and mid-size business, we continued to expand our distribution in 2011 by acquiring nine companies.

In Europe, Africa, the Middle East and parts of Asia, we distribute our products through Xerox Limited, a company established under the laws of England, and related non-U.S. companies. Xerox Limited enters into distribution agreements with unaffiliated third parties to distribute our products in many of the countries located in these regions, and previously entered into agreements with unaffiliated third parties distributing our products in Iran, Sudan and Syria. Iran, Sudan and Syria, among others, have been designated as state sponsors of terrorism by the U.S. Department of State and are subject to U.S. economic sanctions. We maintain an export and sanctions compliance program and believe that we have been and are in compliance with U.S. laws and government regulations for these countries. We have no assets, liabilities or operations in these countries other than liabilities under the distribution agreements. After observing required prior notice periods, Xerox Limited terminated its distribution agreements with distributors servicing Sudan and Syria in August 2006 and terminated its distribution agreement with the distributor servicing Iran in December 2006. Now, Xerox only has legacy obligations to third





parties, such as providing spare parts and supplies to these third parties. In 2011, total Xerox revenues of $22.6 billion included less than $0.1 million attributable to Iran, Sudan and Syria.


Competition

Although we encounter competition in all areas of our business, we are the leader or among the leaders in each of our principal business segments. We compete on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution and customer service and support.

In the Services business, our larger competitors are Accenture, Aon, Computer Sciences Corporation, Convergys, Dell, Genpact, Hewlett-Packard, IBM and Teletech. In addition, we compete with in-house departments performing the functions that we are seeking to have them outsource to us.

In the Technology business, our larger competitors include Canon, Hewlett-Packard, Kodak, Konica Minolta, Lexmark, and Ricoh.

Our brand recognition, positive reputation for business process and document management, innovative technology and service delivery are our key competitive advantages. This combined with our breadth of product offerings, global distribution channels, and customer relationships positions us as a strong competitor going forward.

Global Employment

Globally, we have approximately 139,650 direct employees, including approximately 7,500 sales professionals, approximately 11,500 technical service employees and approximately 100,000 employees serving our customers through on-site operations or off-site delivery centers.

Customer Financing

We finance a large portion of our direct channel customer purchases of Xerox equipment through bundled lease agreements.  Financing facilitates customer acquisition of Xerox technology and enhances our value proposition while providing Xerox an attractive gross margin and a reasonable return on our investment in this business. Additionally, because we primarily finance our own products and have a long history of providing financing to our customers, we are able to minimize much of the risk normally associated with a finance business.

Because our lease contracts permit customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation, we maintain a certain level of debt to support our investment in these lease contracts. We fund our customer financing activity through a combination of cash generated from operations, cash on hand and proceeds from capital market offerings. At December 31, 2011, we had $6.4 billion of finance receivables and $0.5 billion of equipment on operating leases, or Total Finance assets of $6.9 billion. We maintain an assumed 7:1 leverage ratio of debt to equity as compared to our Finance assets, which results in a significant portion of our $8.6 billion of debt being associated with our financing business.

Manufacturing and Supply

Our manufacturing and distribution facilities are located around the world. The company's largest manufacturing site is in Webster, NY, where we produce fusers, photoreceptors, Xerox iGen and Nuvera® systems, components, consumables and other products. We also have an EA Toner plant located in Webster. Our other primary manufacturing operations are located in: Dundalk, Ireland, for our high-end production products and consumables; and Wilsonville, OR, for solid ink products, consumable supplies and components for our Mid-range and Entry products. We also have a facility in Venray, Netherlands, which handles supplies manufacturing and supply chain





management for the Eastern Hemisphere.

Our master supply agreement with Flextronics, a global electronics manufacturing services company, to outsource portions of manufacturing for our Mid-range and Entry businesses, continues through 2014. We also acquire products from various third parties in order to increase the breadth of our product portfolio and meet channel requirements.

We have arrangements with Fuji Xerox under which we purchase and sell products, some of which are the result of mutual research and development agreements. In March 2011, we were impacted by the natural disaster in Japan, when demand exceeded availability of certain products and supplies sourced from Fuji Xerox. Additionally, incremental logistics and freight costs were incurred as a result of alternate sourcing for components and materials. Supply and demand dynamics returned to normal by the end of 2011. Refer to Note 7 - Investments in Affiliates, at Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2011 Annual Report for additional information regarding our relationship with Fuji Xerox.
 
Services Global Production Model

Our global services production model is one of our key competitive advantages. We have 79 Strategic Delivery Centers located around the world including India, Mexico, the Philippines, Jamaica, Ghana, Brazil, Guatemala, Chile, Argentina, Spain, Poland and Ireland, among others. These are comprised of Customer Care Centers, Mega IT Data Centers, Finance and Accounting Centers, Human Resource Centers, and Document Process Centers. Our global production model is enabled by the use of proprietary technology, which allows us to securely distribute client transactions within data privacy limits across a global workforce. This global production model allows us to leverage lower-cost production locations, consistent methodology and processes, and time zone advantages.

Fuji Xerox

Fuji Xerox is an unconsolidated entity in which we currently own a 25% interest and FUJIFILM Holdings Corporation (“FujiFilm”) owns 75%. Fuji Xerox develops, manufactures and distributes document processing products in Japan, China, Hong Kong, other areas of the Pacific Rim, Australia and New Zealand. We retain significant rights as a minority shareholder. Our technology licensing agreements with Fuji Xerox ensure that the two companies retain uninterrupted access to each other's portfolio of patents, technology and products.

International Operations

We are incorporating by reference the financial measures by geographical area for 2011, 2010 and 2009 that are included in Note 2 - Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2011 Annual Report. See also the risk factor entitled “Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by economic conditions abroad, including local economies, political environments, fluctuating foreign currencies and shifting regulatory schemes” in Part I, Item 1A of Form 10-K.
  
Backlog

Backlog, or the value of unfilled orders, is not a meaningful indicator of future business prospects because of the significant proportion of our revenue that follows contract signing and/or equipment installation, the large volume of products we deliver from shelf inventories and the shortening of product life cycles.

Seasonality

Our technology revenues are affected by such factors as the introduction of new products, the length of sales cycles and the seasonality of technology purchases. These factors have historically resulted in lower revenue in the first quarter and the third quarter.






Other Information

Xerox is a New York corporation, organized in 1906, and our principal executive offices are located at 45 Glover Avenue, P.O. Box 4505, Norwalk, Connecticut 06856-4505. Our telephone number is (203) 968-3000.

In the Investor Information section of our Internet website, you will find our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports. We make these documents available as soon as we can after we have filed them with, or furnished them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Our Internet address is www.xerox.com.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by conditions abroad, including local economics, political environments, fluctuating foreign currencies and shifting regulatory schemes.
A significant portion of our revenues are generated from operations outside the United States. In addition, we manufacture or acquire many of our products and/or their components from, and maintain significant operations, outside the United States. Our future revenues, costs and results of operations could be significantly affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates - particularly the Japanese Yen to U.S. Dollar and Japanese Yen to Euro exchange rates, as well as by a number of other factors, including changes in economic conditions from country to country, changes in a country's political conditions, trade protection measures, licensing requirements, local tax issues, capitalization and other related legal matters. We generally hedge foreign currency denominated assets, liabilities and anticipated transactions primarily through the use of currency derivative contracts. The use of derivative contracts is intended to mitigate or reduce transactional level volatility in the results of foreign operations, but does not completely eliminate volatility. We do not hedge the translation effect of international revenues and expenses, which are denominated in currencies other than our U.S. parent functional currency, within our consolidated financial statements. If our future revenues, costs and results of operations are significantly affected by economic conditions abroad and we are unable to effectively hedge these risks, they could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We face significant competition and our failure to compete successfully could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We operate in an environment of significant competition, driven by rapid technological advances and the demands of customers to become more efficient. Our competitors range from large international companies to relatively small firms. Some of the large international companies have significant financial resources and compete with us globally to provide document processing products and services and/or business process services in each of the markets we serve. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution and customer service and support. Our success in future performance is largely dependent upon our ability to compete successfully in the markets we currently serve and to expand into additional market segments. To remain competitive, we must develop new products, services and applications; periodically enhance our existing offerings and attract and retain key personnel and management. If we are unable to compete successfully, we could lose market share and important customers to our competitors and that could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our profitability is dependent upon our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services and to improve our cost structure.
Our success depends on our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services which provides a reasonable return to our shareholders. Depending on competitive market factors, future prices we obtain for our products and services may decline from previous levels. In addition, pricing actions to offset the effect of currency devaluations may not prove sufficient to offset further devaluations or may not hold in the face of customer resistance and/or competition. If we are unable to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.






We continually review our operations with a view towards reducing our cost structure, including but not limited to reducing employee base, exiting certain businesses, improving process and system efficiencies and outsourcing some internal functions. We from time to time engage in restructuring actions to reduce our cost structure. If we are unable to continue to maintain our cost base at or below the current level and maintain process and systems changes resulting from prior restructuring actions, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our ability to sustain and improve profit margins is dependent on a number of factors, including our ability to continue to improve the cost efficiency of our operations through such programs as Lean Six Sigma, the level of pricing pressures on our products and services, the proportion of high-end as opposed to low-end equipment sales, the trend in our post-sale revenue growth and our ability to successfully complete information technology initiatives. If any of these factors adversely materialize or if we are unable to achieve productivity improvements through design efficiency, supplier and manufacturing cost improvements and information technology initiatives, our ability to offset labor cost inflation, potential materials cost increases and competitive price pressures would be impaired, all of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our operating results may be negatively impacted by lower equipment placements and usage trends.
Our ability to maintain a consistent trend of revenue growth over the intermediate to longer term is largely dependent upon expansion of our worldwide equipment placements, as well as sales of services and supplies occurring after the initial equipment placement (post sale revenue) in the key growth markets of digital printing, color and multifunction systems. We expect that revenue growth can be further enhanced through our document management and consulting services in the areas of personalized and product life cycle communications, enterprise managed print services and document content and imaging. The ability to achieve growth in our equipment placements is subject to the successful implementation of our initiatives to provide advanced systems, industry-oriented global solutions and services for major customers, improve direct and indirect sales productivity and expand our indirect distribution channels in the face of global competition and pricing pressures. Our ability to increase post sale revenue is largely dependent on our ability to increase the volume of pages printed, the mix of color pages, equipment utilization and color adoption, as well as our ability to retain a high level of supplies sales in unbundled contracts. Equipment placements typically occur through leases with original terms of three to five years. There will be a lag between the increase in equipment placement and an increase in post sale revenues. The ability to grow our customers' usage of our products may continue to be adversely impacted by the movement toward distributed printing and electronic substitutes and the impact of lower equipment placements in prior periods. If we are unable to maintain a consistent trend of revenue growth, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
For our services contracts, we rely to a significant extent on third-party providers, such as subcontractors, a relatively small number of primary software vendors, utility providers and network providers; if they cannot deliver or perform as expected or if our relationships with them are terminated or otherwise change, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Our ability to service our customers and clients and deliver and implement solutions depends to a large extent on third-party providers such as subcontractors, a relatively small number of primary software vendors and utility providers and network providers meeting their obligations to us and our expectations in a timely, quality manner. Our business, revenues, profitability and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected and we might incur significant additional liabilities if these third-party providers do not meet these obligations or our expectations or if they terminate or refuse to renew their relationships with us or were to offer their products to us with less advantageous prices and other terms than we previously had. In addition, a number of our facilities are located in jurisdictions outside of the United States where the provision of utility services, including electricity and water, may not be consistently reliable and, while there are backup systems in many of our operating facilities, an extended outage of utility or network services could have a material adverse effect on our operations, revenues, cash flow and profitability.

We are subject to United States and foreign jurisdiction laws relating to individually identifiable information, and failure to comply with those laws, whether or not inadvertent, could subject us to legal actions and negatively impact our operations.
We process, transmit and store information relating to identifiable individuals, both in our role as a service provider and as an employer. As a result, we are subject to numerous United States (both federal and state) and foreign jurisdiction laws and regulations designed to protect individually identifiable information, including social security





numbers, financial and health information. For example, in 1996, Congress passed the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act and as required therein, the Department of Health and Human Services established regulations governing, among other things, the privacy, security and electronic transmission of individually identifiable health information. We have taken measures to comply with each of those regulations on or before the required dates. Another example is the European Union Directive on Data Protection, entitled “Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data.” We have also taken steps to address the requirements of that Directive. Other United States (both federal and state) and foreign jurisdiction laws apply to the processing of individually identifiable information as well and additional legislation may be enacted at any time. Failure to comply with these types of laws may subject us to, among other things, liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our customers and clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our profitability and cash flow.

We are subject to breach of our security systems.

We have implemented security systems with the intent of maintaining the physical security of our facilities and protecting our, our customers' and clients' and our suppliers' confidential information and information related to identifiable individuals against unauthorized access through our information systems or by other electronic transmission or through the misdirection, theft or loss of physical media. These include, for example, the appropriate encryption of information. Despite such efforts, we are subject to breach of security systems which may result in unauthorized access to our facilities and/or the information we are trying to protect. If unauthorized parties gain physical access to one of our facilities or electronic access to our information systems or such information is misdirected, lost or stolen during transmission or transport, any theft or misuse of such information could result in, among other things, unfavorable publicity, governmental inquiry and oversight, difficulty in marketing our services, allegations by our customers and clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations, litigation by affected parties and possible financial obligations for damages related to the theft or misuse of such information, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and cash flow.

Our ability to recover capital investments in connection with our contracts is subject to risk.

In order to attract and retain large outsourcing contracts, we sometimes make significant capital investments to perform our services under the contract, such as purchases of information technology equipment and costs incurred to develop and implement software. The net book value of such assets recorded, including a portion of our intangible assets, could be impaired, and our earnings and cash flow could be materially adversely affected in the event of the early termination of all or a part of such a contract or the reduction in volumes and services thereunder for reasons such as, among other things, a customer's or client's merger or acquisition, divestiture of assets or businesses, business failure or deterioration, or a customer's or client's exercise of contract termination rights.

If we fail to successfully develop new products and technologies and service offerings and protect our intellectual property rights, we may be unable to retain current customers and gain new customers and our revenues would be reduced.

The process of developing new high technology products and solutions is inherently complex and uncertain. It requires accurate anticipation of customers' changing needs and emerging technological trends. We must make long-term investments and commit significant resources before knowing whether these investments will eventually result in products that achieve customer acceptance and generate the revenues required to provide desired returns. In developing these new technologies and products, we rely upon patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States and similar laws in other countries, and agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and other parties, to establish and maintain our intellectual property rights in technology and products used in our operations. However, the laws of certain countries may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States and we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology adequately against unauthorized third-party copying or use, which could adversely affect our competitive position. In addition, some of our products rely on technologies developed by third parties. We may not be able to obtain or to continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties at all or on reasonable terms, or such third parties may demand cross-licenses to our intellectual property. It is also possible that our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, allowing others to use our intellectual property to our competitive detriment. We also must ensure that all of our products comply with existing and newly enacted applicable regulatory requirements in the countries in which they are sold, particularly European Union environmental





directives. If we fail to accurately anticipate and meet our customers' needs through the development of new products and technologies and service offerings or if we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or if our new products are not widely accepted or if our current or future products fail to meet applicable worldwide regulatory requirements, we could lose market share and customers to our competitors and that could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to fund our customer financing activities at economically competitive levels depends on our ability to borrow and the cost of borrowing in the credit markets.
The long-term viability and profitability of our customer financing activities is dependent, in part, on our ability to borrow and the cost of borrowing in the credit markets. This ability and cost, in turn, is dependent on our credit ratings and is subject to credit market volatility. We are currently funding our customer financing activity through a combination of cash generated from operations, cash on hand, capital market offerings and other borrowings. Our ability to continue to offer customer financing and be successful in the placement of equipment with customers is largely dependent on our ability to obtain funding at a reasonable cost. If we are unable to continue to offer customer financing, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our significant debt could adversely affect our financial health and pose challenges for conducting our business.
We have and will continue to have a significant amount of debt and other obligations, primarily to support our customer financing activities. Our substantial debt and other obligations could have important consequences. For example, it could (i) increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; (ii) limit our ability to obtain additional financing for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate requirements; (iii) increase our vulnerability to interest rate fluctuations because a portion of our debt has variable interest rates; (iv) require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to service debt and other obligations thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows from operations for other purposes; (v) limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; (vi) place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and (vii) become due and payable upon a change in control. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, these related risks could increase.
We need to maintain adequate liquidity in order to have sufficient cash to meet operating cash flow requirements, repay maturing debt and meet other financial obligations, such as payment of dividends to the extent declared by our Board of Directors. If we fail to comply with the covenants contained in our various borrowing agreements, it may adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.
Our liquidity is a function of our ability to successfully generate cash flows from a combination of efficient operations and improvement therein, access to capital markets and funding from third parties. We believe our liquidity (including operating and other cash flows that we expect to generate) will be sufficient to meet operating requirements as they occur; however, our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity going forward depends on our ability to generate cash from operations and access to the capital markets and funding from third parties, all of which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other market factors that are beyond our control.
The Credit Facility contains financial maintenance covenants, including maximum leverage (debt for borrowed money divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined) and a minimum interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense, as defined). At December 31, 2011, we were in full compliance with the covenants and other provisions of the Credit Facility. Failure to comply with material provisions of or covenants in the Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

Our government contracts are subject to termination rights, audits and investigations, which, if exercised, could negatively impact our reputation and reduce our ability to compete for new contracts.

A significant portion of our revenues are derived from contracts with U.S. federal, state and local governments and their agencies, as well as international governments and their agencies. Governments and their agencies may have the right to terminate many of these contracts at any time without cause. These contracts, upon their expiration or termination, are typically subject to a bidding process in which Xerox may not be successful. Also, our contracts with governmental entities are generally subject to the approval of annual appropriations by the United





States Congress or other legislative/governing bodies to fund the expenditures of the governmental entities under those contracts. Additionally, government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations by government agencies. If the government finds that we improperly charged any costs to a contract, the costs are not reimbursable or, if already reimbursed, the cost must be refunded to the government. If the government discovers improper or illegal activities in the course of audits or investigations, we may be subject to various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from doing business with the government. Any resulting penalties or sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, the negative publicity that arises from findings in such audits, investigations or the penalties or sanctions therefore could have an adverse effect on our reputation in the industry and reduce our ability to compete for new contracts and may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
We have outsourced a significant portion of our overall worldwide manufacturing operations and face the risks associated with relying on third-party manufacturers and external suppliers.
We have outsourced a significant portion of our overall worldwide manufacturing operations to third parties and various service providers. To the extent that we rely on third-party manufacturing relationships, we face the risk that those manufacturers may not be able to develop manufacturing methods appropriate for our products, they may not be able to quickly respond to changes in customer demand for our products, they may not be able to obtain supplies and materials necessary for the manufacturing process, they may experience labor shortages and/or disruptions, manufacturing costs could be higher than planned and the reliability of our products could decline. If any of these risks were to be realized, and assuming similar third-party manufacturing relationships could not be established, we could experience interruptions in supply or increases in costs that might result in our being unable to meet customer demand for our products, damage our relationships with our customers and reduce our market share, all of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We need to develop and expand the use of color printing and copying.
Increasing the proportion of pages that are printed in color and transitioning color pages currently produced on offset devices to Xerox technology represent key growth opportunities. A significant part of our strategy and ultimate success in this changing market is our ability to develop and market technology that produces color prints and copies quickly, easily, with high quality and at reduced cost. Our continuing success in this strategy depends on our ability to make the investments and commit the necessary resources in this highly competitive market, as well as the pace of color adoption by our existing and prospective customers. If we are unable to develop and market advanced and competitive color technologies or the pace of color adoption by our existing and prospective customers is less than anticipated, or the price of color pages declines at a greater rate and faster pace than we anticipate, we may be unable to capture these opportunities and it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by legal and regulatory matters.
We have various contingent liabilities that are not reflected on our balance sheet, including those arising as a result of being involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), as discussed in the “Contingencies” note in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Should developments in any of these matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.
Our operations and our products are subject to environmental regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our business and sell our products. Some of our manufacturing operations use, and some of our products contain, substances that are regulated in various jurisdictions. For example, various countries and jurisdictions have adopted or are expected to adopt restrictions on the types and amounts of chemicals that may be present in electronic equipment or other items that we use or sell. If we do not comply with applicable rules and regulations in connection with the use of such substances and the sale of products containing such substances, then we could be subject to liability and could be prohibited from selling our products, which could have a material adverse effect on





our results of operations and financial condition. Further, various countries and jurisdictions have adopted or are expected to adopt, programs that make producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers, responsible for certain labeling, collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of these recovered products. If we are unable to collect, recycle, treat and dispose of our products in a cost-effective manner and in accordance with applicable requirements, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Other potentially relevant initiatives throughout the world include proposals for more extensive chemical registration requirements and/or possible bans on the use of certain chemicals, various efforts to limit energy use in products, and other environmentally related programs impacting products and operations, such as those associated with climate change accords, agreements and regulations. For example, the European Union's Energy-Using Products Directive (“EUP”) is expected to lead to the adoption of “implementing measures” intended to require certain classes of products to achieve certain design and/or performance standards, in connection with energy use and potentially other environmental parameters and impacts. It is possible that some or all of our products may be required to comply with EUP implementing measures. Another example is the European Union “REACH” Regulation (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals), a broad initiative that will require parties throughout the supply chain to register, assess and disclose information regarding many chemicals in their products. Depending on the types, applications, forms and uses of chemical substances in various products, REACH could lead to restrictions and/or bans on certain chemical usage. Xerox continues its efforts toward monitoring and evaluating the applicability of these and numerous other regulatory initiatives in an effort to develop compliance strategies. As these and similar initiatives and programs become regulatory requirements throughout the world and/or are adopted as public or private procurement requirements, we must comply or potentially face market access limitations that could have a material adverse affect on our operations and financial condition.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We own several manufacturing, engineering and research facilities and lease other facilities. Our principal manufacturing and engineering facilities, located in New York, California, Oklahoma, Oregon, Canada, U.K., Ireland and the Netherlands, are used primarily by the Technology Segment. Our principal research facilities are located in California, New York, Canada, France and India. The research activities in our principal research centers benefit all of our operating segments. We lease and own several facilities worldwide to support our Services segment with larger concentrations of space in Texas, Kentucky, New Jersey, California, Mexico and India. Our Corporate Headquarters is a leased facility located in Norwalk, Connecticut.
As a result of implementing our restructuring programs, (refer to Note 9 - Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges in the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2011 Annual Report, incorporated by reference), several leased and owned properties became surplus. We are obligated to maintain our leased surplus properties through required contractual periods. As of December 31, 2011, we have two remaining properties in surplus. The two remaining sites are in Monrovia, California and Rampur, India. The facility in Monrovia has been subleased and the facility in Rampur has been sold pending receipt of a final 50% cash deferred payment.
We acquired approximately 41 leased properties totaling approximately 839,000 square feet in 2011 through mergers and acquisitions.
We also own or lease numerous facilities globally, which house general offices, sales offices, service locations, data centers, call centers and distributions centers. It is our opinion that our properties have been well maintained, are in sound operating condition and contain all the necessary equipment and facilities to perform their functions. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate for our current businesses.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information set forth under the “Contingencies” note in the Consolidated Financial Statements, of the Xerox Corporation 2011 Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference.








Part II

ITEM 5 — MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Market Information, Holders and Dividends

The information set forth under the following captions of the Xerox Corporation 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference:

Stock Exchange Information
Xerox Common Stock Prices and Dividends
Five Years in Review - Common Shareholders of Record at Year-End
Performance Graph

(a)
Sales of Unregistered Securities During the Quarter Ended December 31, 2011
During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, Registrant issued the following securities in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).
Dividend Equivalent
(a)
Securities issued on October 31, 2011: Registrant issued 3,190 deferred stock units (“DSUs”), representing the right to receive shares of Common stock, par value $1 per share, at a future date.
(b)
No underwriters participated. The shares were issued to each of the non-employee Directors of Registrant: Glenn A. Britt, Richard J. Harrington, William Curt Hunter, Robert J. Keegan, Robert A. McDonald, N. J. Nicholas, Jr., Charles Prince, Ann N. Reese and Mary Agnes Wilderotter.
(c)
The DSUs were issued at a deemed purchase price of $7.11 per DSU (aggregate price $22,681), based upon the market value of our Common Stock on the date of record, in payment of the dividend equivalents due to DSU holders pursuant to Registrant’s 2004 Equity Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.
(d)
Exemption from registration under the Act was claimed based upon Section 4(2) as a sale by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(b)
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities During the Quarter Ended December 31, 2011
Repurchases of Xerox Common Stock, par value $1 per share include the following:
Board Authorized Share Repurchase Program:

 
Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
 
Average Price Paid per Share(1)
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs(2)
 
Maximum Approximate Dollar Value of Share That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs(2)
October 1 through 31
20,974,300

 
$
7.44

 
20,974,300

 
$
1,095,041,655

November 1 through 30
13,748,600

 
8.11

 
13,748,600

 
983,535,189

December 1 through 31
15,507,560

 
8.01

 
15,507,560

 
859,348,331

Total
50,230,460

 
 
 
50,230,460

 
 
____________________________
(1)
Exclusive of fees and costs.
(2)
Of the cumulative $4.5 billion of share repurchase authority previously granted by our Board of Directors, exclusive of fees and expenses, approximately $3.6 billion has been used through December 31, 2011. In January 2012, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $500 million in share repurchase. Repurchases may be made on the open market, or through derivative or negotiated transactions. Open-market repurchases will be made in compliance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rule 10b-18, and are subject to market conditions, as well as applicable legal and other considerations.
 
Repurchases Related to Stock Compensation Programs(1):
 





 
Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
 
Average Price
Paid per
Share(2)
 
Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
 
Maximum Number (or Approximate
Dollar Value) of Shares That May
Yet Be Purchased under the Plans
or Programs
October 1 through 31

 
$

 
n/a
 
n/a
November 1 through 30
57

 
7.57

 
n/a
 
n/a
December 1 through 31
17,268

 
8.19

 
n/a
 
n/a
Total
17,325

 
 
 
 
 
 
 ____________________________
(1)
These repurchases are made under a provision in our restricted stock compensation programs for the indirect repurchase of shares through a net-settlement feature upon the vesting of shares in order to satisfy minimum statutory tax-withholding requirements.
(2)Exclusive of fees and costs.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2011, as set forth and included under the caption “Five Years in Review,” of the Xerox Corporation 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders, is incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.
Revenues
Income from continuing operations
Per-Share Data:
Income from continuing operations - Basic and Diluted
Earnings - Basic and Diluted
Common stock dividends
Total Assets
Long-term debt
Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities
Series A convertible preferred stock

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The information set forth under the caption “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the Xerox Corporation 2011 Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information set forth under the caption “Financial Risk Management,” in the Xerox Corporation 2011 Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The consolidated financial statements, together with the report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, included in the Xerox Corporation 2011 Annual Report, are incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. With the exception of the aforementioned information and the information incorporated in Items 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 7A and 8, the Xerox Corporation 2011 Annual Report is not to be deemed filed as part of this Form 10-K.
The quarterly financial data included under the caption “Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)” of the Xerox Corporation 2011 Annual Report is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The financial statement schedule required herein is filed as referenced in Item 15 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements





Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of all information presented in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management's best estimates and judgments. Management believes the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the financial statements fairly represent the Company's financial position and results of operations.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the internal auditors and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors and internal auditors have access to the Audit Committee.
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the officers who certify the Company's financial reports and to other members of senior management and the Board of Directors. Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2011, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) were effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms and was accumulated and communicated to the Company's Management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on the above evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in our 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders which is incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
In connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, there was no change identified in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Executive Compensation
On February 22, 2012, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company took the following actions:

2011 and 2012 Annual Performance Incentive Plan (APIP)
The Compensation Committee approved the payments of cash awards under the Xerox 2004 Performance Incentive Plan (“2004 PIP”), as amended, for 2011 APIP. The measures on which awards are based for the 2011 fiscal year are set out on Exhibit 10(e)(16) attached hereto. The Compensation Committee approved the payment of cash awards under the 2004 PIP for fiscal year 2011 to Ursula M. Burns, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; Luca Maestri, Chief Financial Officer; and certain other officers, including Lynn R. Blodgett, Armando Zagalo de Lima and James A. Firestone, our next three most highly compensated executive officers for fiscal year





2011; and Larry A. Zimmerman, former Chief Financial Officer (collectively, the “Named Executive Officers”). The Compensation Committee approved a cash award of $990,000 to Ms. Burns, $341,250 to Mr. Maestri, $500,192 to Mr. Blodgett, $416,971 to Mr. Zagalo de Lima, $428,400 to Mr. Firestone and $107,100 to Mr. Zimmerman.

The Compensation Committee approved the measures for APIP awards for fiscal year 2012, which are set out on Exhibit 10(e)(20) attached hereto.

Base Salary
Effective April 1, 2012, the Compensation Committee set the annualized base salary for Mr. Maestri at $714,000 from $650,000 based on a review of internal and peer group compensation data.

2009 E-LTIP Awards
In lieu of performance shares, 2009 E-LTIP awards were made in the form of Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) with a performance feature based on the price of Xerox common stock over a three-year period. The number of shares of stock that can be earned ranges between 80% and 120% of the original RSU award, based on the increase or decrease in the price of Xerox common stock over the three-year vesting period. No further action is required by the Compensation Committee.

2010 E-LTIP Awards
The Compensation Committee determined that 20% of the performance shares granted under the 2010 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2010 E-LTIP”) were earned based on the Company's 2011 performance against the annual targets established for Earnings Per Share and Cash Flow from Operations. A description of the targets is set out on Exhibit 10(e)(12). The number of shares earned for 2011 for each Named Executive Officer is as follows: Ms. Burns, 188,206 shares; Mr. Blodgett, 50,190 shares; Mr. Zagalo de Lima, 37,642 shares; and Mr. Firestone, 50,190 shares. Earned shares vest three years from their grant date.

2011 E-LTIP Awards
The Compensation Committee determined that 21.83% of the performance shares granted under the 2011 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2011 E-LTIP”) were earned based on the Company's 2011 performance against the annual targets established for Earnings Per Share, Core Cash Flow from Operations and Revenue Growth. A description of the targets is set out on Exhibit 10(e)(17). The number of shares earned for 2011 for each Named Executive Officer is as follows: Ms. Burns, 152,873 shares; Mr. Maestri, 36,690 shares; Mr. Blodgett, 50,958 shares; Mr. Zagalo de Lima, 50,958 shares; and Mr. Firestone, 50,958 shares. Earned shares vest three years from their grant date.

ACS Performance Shares
In connection with the acquisition of ACS, Mr. Blodgett received a special one-time grant of performance shares that vests over a three year period contingent upon ACS meeting pre-determined annual targets for Earnings Before Interest and Taxes. The aggregate number of shares that may be delivered based on achievement of the targets was determined on the grant date and ranges in value as follows: 50% of base salary (threshold); 100% of base salary (target); and 200% of base salary plus 50% of the value of previously awarded stock options (maximum). The Compensation Committee determined that no shares were earned for 2011 based on ACS's performance against the 2011 stated target.

2012 E-LTIP Awards
2012 E-LTIP awards made to Named Executive Officers reflect their leadership role in the Company, their historical and expected future contributions, and competitive award levels. The purpose of the 2012 E-LTIP is to provide the necessary incentives to retain and reward executives for sustained performance improvements over the next three-year period. Awards under the annual 2012 E-LTIP for Named Executive Officers are comprised entirely of performance shares that may be earned based on achieving performance targets between threshold and maximum as determined by the Compensation Committee. All performance shares that are earned will vest in 2015. Named Executive Officers who retire, are involuntarily terminated (without cause) or voluntarily terminate due to a reduction in force prior to the end of the three-year performance cycle will vest in a portion of the performance shares earned on a pro rata basis.
 
Performance metrics for the 2012 E-LTIP are Earnings Per Share (weighted 40%), Operating Cash Flow (weighted 40%) and Revenue Growth (weighted 20%). These metrics are defined in Exhibit 10(e)(21) attached hereto. The Compensation Committee has established annual targets for Revenue Growth and annual and cumulative targets





for Earnings Per Share and Operating Cash Flow. Based on actual performance versus targets, the number of performance shares earned by Named Executive Officers under the 2012 E-LTIP will range from 0% to 150% of the initial number of shares subject to the grant. The form of award agreement pursuant to which such grants were made is attached hereto as Exhibit 10(e)(22).

Participants in the 2012 E-LTIP are subject to meaningful ownership requirements and mandatory share holding requirements of 50% of the net vested shares until their ownership requirements have been met.

2012 Other Awards
In recognition of Mr. Zagalo de Lima's expanded role, and the significant value Mr. Maestri brought to the Chief Financial Officer role early on, the Compensation Committee approved the following awards: Mr. Zagalo de Lima and Mr. Maestri will both receive Restricted Stock Unit retention awards valued at $500,000 on July 1, 2012, with vesting three years from date of grant. The form of award agreement pursuant to which these grants were made is attached hereto as Exhibit 10(e)(25). These awards are subject to meaningful ownership requirements and mandatory share holding requirements as described above.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information regarding directors is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement (“2012 Proxy Statement”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 24, 2012. The Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.
The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of our 2012 Proxy Statement.
The information regarding the Audit Committee, its members and the Audit Committee financial experts is incorporated by reference herein from the subsection entitled “Committee Functions, Membership and Meetings” in the section entitled “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” in our 2012 Proxy Statement.
We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. The Finance Code of Conduct can be found on our website at: http://www.xerox.com/investor and then clicking on Corporate Governance.
Executive Officers of Xerox
The following is a list of the executive officers of Xerox, their current ages, their present positions and the year appointed to their present positions.
Each officer is elected to hold office until the meeting of the Board of Directors held on the day of the next annual meeting of shareholders, subject to the provisions of the By-Laws.
 





Name 
 
Age
 
Present Position
 
Year Appointed to Present Position  
 
Xerox Officer Since
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ursula M. Burns*
 
53
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
2010
 
1997
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lynn R. Blodgett
 
57
 
Executive Vice President;
President, Services Business
 
2012
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
James A. Firestone
 
57
 
Executive Vice President;
President, Corporate Operations
 
2008
 
1998
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Luca Maestri
 
48
 
Executive Vice President;
Chief Financial Officer
 
2011
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Armando Zagalo de Lima
 
53
 
Executive Vice President;
President, Technology Business
 
2012
 
2000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Don H. Liu
 
50
 
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
 
2007
 
2007
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Thomas J. Maddison
 
48
 
Senior Vice President, Human Resources
 
2010
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gary R. Kabureck
 
58
 
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
 
2003
 
2000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leslie F. Varon
 
55
 

Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller
 
2010
 
2001
 
*
Member of Xerox Board of Directors
Each officer named above, with the exception of Lynn R. Blodgett, Luca Maestri and Don H. Liu, has been an officer or an executive of Xerox or its subsidiaries for at least the past five years.
Prior to joining Xerox in 2010 through our acquisition of Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. (“ACS”), Mr. Blodgett was President and Chief Executive Officer of ACS since 2006. Prior to that he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of ACS from 2005-2006 and before that he served as Executive Vice President and Group President - Commercial Solutions of ACS since July 1999.
Prior to joining Xerox in 2011, Mr. Maestri was with Nokia Siemens Networks where he was Chief Financial Officer from 2008 to 2011. Prior to that, he had a 20-year career with General Motors Corporation, where he served as Chief Financial Officer of GM Europe and GM Brazil, was executive-in-charge of the Fiat Alliance for GM Europe in Switzerland and held several executive finance positions with General Motors Corporation in Europe and Asia Pacific.
Prior to joining Xerox in 2007, Mr. Liu was with Toll Brothers where he was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Compliance Officer from 2005 to 2007. Prior to that, he was General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Corporate Compliance Officer for IKON Office Solutions from 1999 to 2005. Prior to that, he was Vice President and Deputy Chief Legal Officer for Aetna U.S. Healthcare from 1992 to 1999.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information included under the following captions under “Proposal 1-Election of Directors” in our 2012 definitive Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference: “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Summary Compensation Table”, “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011”, “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End”, “Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2011”, “Pension Benefits for the 2011 Fiscal Year”, “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation”, “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control”, “Summary of Director Annual Compensation” and “Compensation Committee”. The information included under the heading “Compensation Committee Report” in our 2012 definitive Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference; however, this information shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.







ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to the subsections entitled “Ownership of Company Securities,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” under “Proposal 1- Election of Directors” in our 2012 definitive Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by reference to the subsection entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” under “Proposal 1- Election of Directors” in our 2012 definitive Proxy Statement. The information regarding director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the subsections entitled “Corporate Governance” and “Director Independence” in the section entitled “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” in our 2012 definitive Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL AUDITOR FEES AND SERVICES

The information regarding principal auditor fees and services is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal 2 - Ratification of Election of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our 2012 definitive Proxy Statement.

PART IV







ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)
 
(1
)
 
Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule, incorporated by reference or filed as part of this report:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule;
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the three years ended December 31, 2011; and
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All other schedules are omitted as they are not applicable, or the information required is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2
)
 
Supplementary Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited); and
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Five Years in Review.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3
)
 
The exhibits filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference are set forth in the Index of Exhibits included herein.
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
 
 
 
The management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements listed in the “Index of Exhibits” that are applicable to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears in Registrant's 2012 Proxy Statement are preceded by an asterisk (*).







Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
XEROX CORPORATION
 
 
 
/s/  URSULA M. BURNS        
 
 
Ursula M. Burns
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
February 23, 2012
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
February 23, 2012
 
Signature
 
 
Title
 
Principal Executive Officer:
 
 
/S/    URSULA M. BURNS

 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Ursula M. Burns
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Financial Officer:
 
 
/S/    LUCA MAESTRI        
 

 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Luca Maestri
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Accounting Officer:
 
 
/S/    GARY R. KABURECK
 
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
Gary R. Kabureck
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    GLENN A. BRITT

 
Director
Glenn A. Britt
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    RICHARD J. HARRINGTON
 
Director
Richard J. Harrington
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    WILLIAM CURT HUNTER
 
Director
William Curt Hunter
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    ROBERT J. KEEGAN
 
Director
Robert J. Keegan
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    ROBERT A. McDONALD
 
Director
Robert A. McDonald
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    N. J. NICHOLAS, JR.
 
Director
N. J. Nicholas, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    CHARLES PRINCE
 
Director
Charles Prince
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    ANN N. REESE
 
Director
Ann N. Reese
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    SARA MARTINEZ TUCKER
 
Director
Sara Martinez Tucker
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    MARY AGNES WILDEROTTER
 
Director
Mary Agnes Wilderotter
 
 






Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule
To the Board of Directors of Xerox Corporation:
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated February 23, 2012 appearing in the 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders of Xerox Corporation (which report and consolidated financial statements are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(1) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

 
/S/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP        
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 23, 2012







SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the three years ended December 31, 2011
 
(in millions) 
 
Balance
at beginning
of period 
 
Additions
charged to
bad debt
provision (1) 
 
Amounts
(credited)
charged to
other income
statement
accounts (1) 
 
Deductions
and other, net
of recoveries (2) 
 
Balance
at end
of period 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Losses on:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts Receivable
 
$
112

 
$
57

 
$
(1
)
 
$
(66
)
 
$
102

Finance Receivables
 
212

 
100

 
(2
)
 
(109
)
 
201

 
 
$
324

 
$
157

 
$
(3
)
 
$
(175
)
 
$
303

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

2010
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Allowance for Losses on:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Accounts Receivable
 
$
148

 
$
60

 
$
(14
)
 
$
(82
)
 
$
112

Finance Receivables
 
222

 
128

 
6

 
(144
)
 
212

 
 
$
370

 
$
188

 
$
(8
)
 
$
(226
)
 
$
324

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

2009
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Allowance for Losses on:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Accounts Receivable
 
$
131

 
$
114

 
$
(5
)
 
$
(92
)
 
$
148

Finance Receivables
 
198

 
177

 
3

 
(156
)
 
222

 
 
$
329

 
$
291

 
$
(2
)
 
$
(248
)
 
$
370

 
(1)
Bad debt provisions relate to estimated losses due to credit and similar collectability issues. Other charges (credits) relate to adjustments to reserves necessary to reflect events of non-payment such as customer accommodations and contract terminations.
(2)
Deductions and other, net of recoveries primarily relates to receivable write-offs, but also includes the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments and recoveries of previously written off receivables.







INDEX OF EXHIBITS
Document and Location
 
3(a)
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed with the Department of State of the State of New York on November 7, 2003, as amended by: Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Department of State of the State of New York on August 19, 2004; Certificate of Change filed with the Department of State of the State of New York on October 31, 2007; Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Department of State of the State of New York on May 29, 2008; Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Department of State of the State of New York on February 13, 2009 and; Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Department of State of the State of New York on February 3, 2010.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 3, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
3(b)
By-Laws of Registrant, as amended through May 21, 2009.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2009 (filed May 28, 2009). See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(a)(1)
Indenture dated as of December 1, 1991, between Registrant and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities, which may be issued from time to time by Registrant when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of Registrant's Board of Directors (the “December 1991 Indenture”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registrant's Registration Statement Nos. 33-44597, 33-49177 and 33-54629. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(a)(2)
Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of February 1, 2001, among Registrant, Citibank, N.A., as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to the December 1991 Indenture.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(a)(3)
Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of July 30, 2008, among Registrant, Wilmington Trust Company, as prior trustee, Citibank,, N.A. as prior paying agent, registrar and issuing and paying agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as successor trustee, relating to the December 1991 Indenture.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(3) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(b)(1)
Indenture, dated as of June 25, 2003, between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities which may be issued from time to time by Registrant when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of Registrant's Board of Directors (the “June 25, 2003 Indenture”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2003. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(b)(2)
Form of Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 20, 2006, to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(6) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 20, 2006. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(b)(3)
Form of Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 18, 2006, to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(7) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 18, 2006. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(b)(4)
Form of Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2007 to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(2) to Registrant's Registration Statement No. 333-142900. See SEC File Number 001-04471.





 
 
4(c)
Form of Credit Agreement dated as of December 16, 2011 between Registrant and the Initial Lenders named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and BNP Paribas Securities Corp. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (the “Credit Agreement”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(d)
Form of Indenture dated as of December 4, 2009 between Xerox Corporation and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, relating to an unlimited amount of senior debt securities.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(5) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Registration Statement No. 333-142900. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(e)(1)
Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. (“ACS”) as Issuer and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee (the “June 6, 2005 Indenture”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to ACS's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 6, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
 
 
4(e)(2)
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2005, to the June 6, 2005 Indenture.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to ACS's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 6, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
 
 
4(e)(3)
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2010, to the June 6, 2005 Indenture between Boulder Acquisition Corp., the successor to ACS, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(j)(4) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
4(f)
Instruments with respect to long-term debt where the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis have not been filed. Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission a copy of each such instrument upon request.
 
 
10
The management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements listed below that are applicable to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears in Registrant's 2012 Proxy Statement are preceded by an asterisk (*).
 
 
*10(a)(1)
Registrant's Form of Separation Agreement (with salary continuance) - February 2010.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(a)(2)
Registrant's Form of Separation Agreement (without salary continuance) - February 2010.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(b)(1)
Registrant's 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated December 4, 2007 (“1991 LTIP”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(b)(2)
Form of Agreements under 1991 LTIP, as amended through July 12, 2007.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(b)(3)
Amendment dated December 4, 2007 to 1991 LTIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b)(3) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 





10(c)(1)
Registrant's 1996 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated December 5, 2007 (“1996 NDSOP”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(c)(2)
Amendment dated December 5, 2007 to 1996 NDSOP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(d)(1)
Registrant's 2004 Equity Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended and restated December 5, 2007 (“2004 ECPNED”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(d)(2)
Form of Agreement under 2004 ECPNED.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(2) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(d)(3)
Form of Grant Summary under 2004 ECPNED.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(3) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(d)(4)
Form of DSU Deferral under 2004 ECPNED.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(4) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(d)(5)
Amendment dated December 5, 2007 to 2004 ECPNED.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(5) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(1)
Registrant's 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of December 6, 2005 (“2004 PIP”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(2)
Form of Amendment to Agreements under 2004 PIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(7) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 19, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(3)
Registrant's 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of February 15, 2007 (“2007 PIP”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(10) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(4)
Registrant's 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of December 4, 2007 (“2007-2 PIP”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(15) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(5)
Amendment dated December 4, 2007 to 2007-2 PIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(20) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(6)
Amendment No. 1 dated December 17, 2008 to 2007-2 PIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(22) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 





*10(e)(7)
Amendment No. 2 dated February 16, 2009 to 2007-2 PIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(23) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(8)
Performance Elements for 2009 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2009 ELTIP”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Item 5.02 of Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(9)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement under 2009 ELTIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(23) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(10)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Summary under 2009 ELTIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(24) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(11)
Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2010.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(14) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.

 
 
*10(e)(12)
Performance Elements for 2010 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2010 ELTIP”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(21) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(13)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement under 2010 ELTIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(22) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(14)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Summary under 2010 ELTIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(23) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(15)
Registrant's 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated May 20, 2010.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(24) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 20, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(e)(16)
Annual Performance Incentive Plan 2011
 
 
*10(e)(17)
Performance Elements for 2011 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2011 ELTIP”)
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(20) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.

 
 
*10(e)(18)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Award under 2011 ELTIP
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(22) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.

 
 
*10(e)(19)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Summary under 2011 ELTIP
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(21) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.

 
 
*10(e)(20)

Annual Performance Incentive Plan 2012.

 
 
*10(e)(21)
Performance Elements for 2012 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2012 ELTIP”).

 
 
*10(e)(22)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Award under 2012 ELTIP (Performance Shares).






 
 
*10(e)(23)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Summary under 2012 ELTIP (Performance Shares).

 
 
10(e)(24)
Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Restricted Stock Unit Retention Award Summary under 2012 ELTIP.
 
 
10(e)(25)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Retention Award under 2012 ELTIP.
 
 
*10(f)
[Reserved]
 
 
*10(g)(1)
2004 Restatement of Registrant's Unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated December 4, 2007 (“2007 USERP”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(g)(2)
Amendment dated December 4, 2007 to Registrant's 2007 USERP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(g)(3)
Amendment No. 1 dated December 11, 2008 to Registrant's 2007 USERP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(3) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(g)(4)
Amendment No. 2 dated April 28, 2011 to Registrant's 2007 USERP.

 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(4) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.

 
 
*10(g)(5)
Amendment No. 3 dated December 7, 2011 to Registrant's 2007 USERP.

 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(5) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 7, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.

 
 
10(h)
1996 Amendment and Restatement of Registrant's Restricted Stock Plan for Directors, as amended through February 4, 2002.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(i)(1)
Form of Severance Letter Agreement entered into with various executive officers, effective October 12, 2007 (“2007 Severance Letter”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(i)(2)
Amendment dated December 4, 2007 to 2007 Severance Letter.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(i)(3)
Amendment dated December 17, 2008 to 2007 Severance Letter.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(3) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(j)(1)
Registrant's Universal Life Plan effective July 1, 2003.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(j)(2)
Amendment No. 3 to Registrant's Universal Life Plan.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j)(2) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2006. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 





*10(j)(3)
Amendment No. 4 dated September 28, 2009 to Registrant's Universal Life Plan.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j)(3) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(j)(4)

Amendment No. 5 dated May 6, 2011 to Registrant's Universal Life Plan.

 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j)(4) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.

 
 
10(k)(1)
Registrant's Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended and restated December 5, 2007 (“DCPD”).
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k)(1) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(k)(2)
Amendment dated December 5, 2007 to DCPD.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k)(2) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(k)(3)
Amendment No. 2 dated May 17, 2010 to DCPD.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k)(3) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(l)
Registrant's Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, 2004 Restatement, as amended through August 11, 2004.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2004. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(m)
Registrant's 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended through October 9, 2000.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(n)
Separation Agreement dated May 11, 2000 between Registrant and G. Richard Thoman, former President and Chief Executive Officer of Registrant.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(o)
Uniform Rule dated December 17, 2008 for all Deferred Compensation Promised by Registrant.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
10(p)
2006 Technology Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2006, by and between Registrant and Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2006. See SEC File Number 001-04471.**
 
 
*10(q)
Form of Severance Agreement entered into with various executive officers, effective October 2010.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(t) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(r)
Senior Executive Agreement dated September 27, 2009 among ACS, Registrant and Lynn Blodgett.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to ACS's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
 
 
*10(s)(1)
Affiliated Compter Services, Inc. (“ACS”) 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (“ACS 1997 SIP”)
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Appendix D to ACS's Joint Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed November 14, 1997. See SEC File Number 001-12665.





 
 
*10(s)(2)
Amendment No. 1 dated October 28, 2004 to ACS 1997 SIP.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to ACS's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed December 6, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
 
 
*10(t)
ACS Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ACS's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 21, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
 
 
*10(u)
ACS Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to ACS's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed April 14, 2009. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
 
 
*10(v)
ACS 401(k) Supplemental Plan, effective as of July 1, 2000, as amended.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to ACS's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
 
 
*10(w)
ACS Executive Benefit Plan, effective as of January 1, 2002, as amended.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to ACS's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. See SEC File Number 001-12665.
 
 
*10(x)
Letter Agreement dated December 20, 2010 between Registrant and Luca Maestri, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Registrant.
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(cc) to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.
 
 
*10(y)
Master Plan Amendment dated May 2, 2011 to Registrant-Sponsored Benefit             Plans.

 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(bb) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 2011. See SEC File Number 001-04471.

 
 
12
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed charges and the Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
 
 
13
Registrant's 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders.
 
 
21
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
 
 
23
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 
 
31(a)
Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).
 
 
31(b)
Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).
 
 
32
Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
 
 
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
 
 
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document.
 
 
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
 
 
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
 
 
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase.
 
**Pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act and/or a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the confidential portion of this material has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


XRX-12.31.11-Ex10(e)(16)


        

EXHIBIT 10(e)(16)

Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2011 (“2011 APIP”)

Under the 2011 APIP, executive officers of the Company are eligible to receive performance related cash payments. Payments are, in general, only made if performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) are met.

The Committee previously approved an incentive target opportunity for 2011, expressed as a percentage of base salary, for each participating officer. Certain additional goals were established for some officers based on business unit goals. The Committee also established overall threshold, target and maximum measures of performance for the 2011 APIP. The performance measures and weightings were adjusted Earnings per Share (weighted at 40%), Core Cash Flow from Operations (weighted at 40%) and Revenue Growth (adjusted to exclude the impact of changes in the translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars) (weighted at 20%).

The performance against the 2011 APIP goals was as follows: adjusted earnings per share was between target and maximum, core cash flow from operations was between threshold and target, and pro forma constant currency revenue growth was below threshold. During 2011, the revenue growth measure was refined to reflect pro forma results, a more accurate indicator of full year performance.




XRX-12.31.11-Ex10(e)(20)


EXHIBIT 10(e)(20)

Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2012 (“2012 APIP”)


Under the 2012 APIP, executive officers of the Company are eligible to receive performance related cash payments. Payments are, in general, only made if performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) are met.

The Committee approved incentive opportunities for 2012, expressed as a percentage of base salary for each participating officer. The Committee also established overall threshold, target and maximum measures of performance for the 2012 APIP. The performance measures and weightings are adjusted Earnings per Share (weighted at 40%), Operating Cash Flow (weighted at 40%) and Revenue Growth (adjusted to exclude the impact of changes in the translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars) (weighted at 20%).

Individual awards will be subject to the review and approval of the Committee following the completion of the 2012 fiscal year, with payment to be made within the first four months of 2013.




XRX-12.31.11-Ex10(e)(21)


    
EXHIBIT 10(e)(21)


 
2012 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2012 E-LTIP”)

Under the 2012 E-LTIP, executive officers of the Company are eligible to receive performance shares based on certain performance measures established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”).

The performance elements and corresponding weightings for the 2012 E-LTIP are:

(i) (40%) Earnings per Share (EPS): Diluted Earnings Per Share from Continuing Operations as reported in the Company's audited consolidated financial statements, as adjusted on an after-tax basis for the following discretely disclosed (in either Management's Discussion and Analysis/MD&A or the footnotes to the financial statements) items (if equal to or greater than $50 million pre-tax, unless otherwise specified, on an individual basis, or in the aggregate per item): direct costs of acquisition/divestitures and acquisition/divestiture-related expenses (if equal to or greater than $25 million); gains/(losses) from business divestitures; gains/losses on early extinguishment of debt (if equal to or greater than $25 million); amortization of acquisition-related intangibles (no monetary threshold); impairment of goodwill and other intangibles; restructuring and asset impairment charges (amounts in excess of $50 million); non-restructuring related impairments of long-lived assets; gains/(losses) from litigation, regulatory matters or any changes in enacted law; gains/(losses) resulting from acts of war, terrorism or natural disasters; the initial effect of changes in accounting principles that are included within Income from Continuing Operations; gains/(losses) from the settlement of tax audits or changes in enacted tax law (if equal to or greater than $30 million); our share of after-tax effects of the above items incurred by Fuji-Xerox (if our share is equal to or greater than $10 million).

(ii) (40%) Operating Cash Flow: Net Cash provided by (used for) Operating Activities as reported in the Company's consolidated audited financial statements, as adjusted for the following items: with the exception of cash payments for restructurings, cash flow impacts (inflows and outflows) resulting from the EPS adjustments as identified above whether or not the cash flow impact and the EPS impact are in the same fiscal year; cash payments for restructurings in excess of the amount reported as current restructuring reserves in the preceding year's Annual Report; cash pension contributions in excess of the amount reported as expected contributions in the preceding year's Annual Report.

(iii) (20%) Revenue Growth: Revenue growth adjusted to (1) exclude the impact of changes in the translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and (2) exclude the impacts of individual acquisitions/divestitures when such impacts are disclosed on an individual basis in either the Company's consolidated financial statements or MD&A.

Any other items approved by the Committee for adjustment of the above metrics will be considered a modification of the award.




XRX-12.31.11-Ex10(e)(23)




EXHIBIT 10(e)(23)


Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (Officers)
Award Summary

«First Name» «Last Name»
Date of agreement and award:    <<Grant Date>>
Approved Value:    <<Approved Value>>
Performance Shares
Number of Performance Shares:
<<# Performance Shares>>
Vesting Date of All Performance Shares Earned:
<<3 yrs. from grant date>>
Performance Shares Earned if Annual Target Performance is Achieved for EPS and Cash:
1/3 of EPS and Cash portions of grant on <<one, two and three yrs. from grant date>>
Performance Shares Earned if Annual Performance is Achieved between Base and Maximum for Revenue:
50% to 150% of Revenue portion of grant on <<one, two and three yrs. from grant date>>
Performance Shares Earned if Three-Year Cumulative Performance is Achieved between Threshold and Maximum for EPS and Cash:
25% - 150% of EPS and Cash portions of grant (net of shares earned for Annual Achievement) on <<3 yrs. from grant date>>

*
Subject to the terms and conditions described in the Omnibus Agreement - 2012: PIP;ELTIP;PSs
*
Performance measures which may include, but are not limited to, achievement of specific business objectives, and other measurements of individual, business unit or Company performance, are determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with the terms of the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan as Amended or Restated.



XRX-12.31.11-Ex10(e)(22)



EXHIBIT 10(e)(22)
Omnibus Agreement - 2012: PIP;ELTIP;PSs


AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO
XEROX CORPORATION
2004 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN AS AMENDED OR RESTATED TO DATE


AGREEMENT, by Xerox Corporation, a New York corporation (the “Company”), dated as of the date which appears in the award summary that provides the date, value (or number of Performance Shares) and vesting provisions of the award (the “Award Summary”) in favor of the individual whose name appears on the Award Summary, an employee of the Company, one of the Company's subsidiaries or one of its affiliates (the “Employee”).
In accordance with the provisions of the ”2004 Performance Incentive Plan” and any amendments and/or restatements thereto (the “Plan”), the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”) has authorized the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
Terms used herein that are defined in the Plan or in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan or this Agreement, respectively.
The Award Summary contains the details of the awards covered by this Agreement and is incorporated herein in its entirety.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration the Company agrees as follows:
AWARDS
1.    Award of Performance Shares. Subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company has awarded to the Employee on the date indicated on the Award Summary the number of Performance Shares (individually, the “PS”) as shown on the Award Summary. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, only active Employees and those Employees on Short Term Disability Leave, Social Service Leave, Family Medical Leave or Paid Uniform Services Leave (pursuant to the Company's Human Resources Policies) on the effective date of the award as shown on the Award Summary shall be eligible to receive the award.
TERMS OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES
2.    Entitlement to Shares. As soon as practicable on or after the Vesting Date indicated on the Award Summary in connection with the PSs (the "Vesting Date"), the Company shall, without transfer or issue tax to the person entitled to receive the shares, deliver to such per-son a certificate or certificates for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of vested PSs (subject to reduction for withholding of Employee's taxes in relation to the award as described in Paragraph 10 below). No fractional shares shall be issued as a result of such tax withholding. Instead, the Company shall apply the equivalent of any fractional share amount to amounts withheld for taxes.
The Committee shall set performance goals and review performance against such goals in connection with determining the payout of PSs. The award of PSs covered hereby shall be earned based on achieving one hundred percent (100%) of a target on an annual basis based on certain performance measures as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee. Notwithstanding the above, to the extent that a measure is not subject to three-year cumulative performance goals, PSs shall be earned annually based on achieving performance between base and maximum levels (as shall be determined by the Committee). For any measure(s) subject to three-year cumulative performance goals (as shall be determined by the Committee), to the extent such performance measures are achieved at or between threshold and maximum levels on a three-year cumulative basis, an additional award of PSs will be earned, net of shares previously earned for annual achievement. The Vesting Date for earned PS awards granted shall be set forth in the Award Summary.
Upon the occurrence of an event constituting a Change in Control, all PSs and dividend equivalents outstanding on such date shall be treated pursuant to the terms set forth in the Plan. Upon payment pursuant to the terms of the Plan, such awards shall be cancelled.
3.    Dividend Equivalents. The Employee shall become entitled to receive from the Company on the Vesting Date a cash payment equaling the same amount(s) that the holder of record of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of PSs covered by this Agreement (relating exclusively to PSs earned, based on achievement of annual or three-year cumulative performance targets, not to exceed the target award amount shown on the Award Summary) that are held by the Employee on the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the Vesting Date would have been entitled to receive as dividends on such Common Stock during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Vesting Date as provided under Paragraph 2. Payments under this Paragraph shall be net of any required withholding taxes. Notwithstanding anything





herein to the contrary, for any Employee who is no longer an employee on the payroll of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company on the payment date of the dividend equivalents, and such subsidiary or affiliate has determined, with the approval of the Vice President, Human Resources of the Company, that it is not administratively feasible for such subsidiary or affiliate to pay such dividend equivalents, the Employee will not be entitled to receive such dividend equivalents.
4.    Ownership Guidelines. Guidelines pertaining to the Employee's required ownership of Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, in its sole discretion from time to time as communicated to Employee in writing.
5.    Holding Requirements. The Employee must retain fifty percent (50%) of the net shares of Common Stock acquired in connection with the PSs (net of withholding tax and any applicable fees) until ownership guidelines are met under Paragraph 4 hereof. Such shares shall be held in the Employee's Morgan Stanley Smith Barney account or at another account acceptable to the Company. In addition, shares used to maintain the Employee's ownership level pursuant to this award should be held with Morgan Stanley Smith Barney or in another account acceptable to the Company.
If employment terminates due to the death of the Employee, such holding requirements shall cease at the date of death. If the Employee terminates for any other reason, the holding requirement will be applicable for up to a one year period following termination.
OTHER TERMS
6.    Rights of a Shareholder. Employee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this Agreement until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to him for such shares. Except as otherwise provided herein, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.
7.    Non-Assignability. This Agreement shall not be assignable or transferable by Employee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
8.    Effect of Termination of Employment or Death.
(a)    Effect on PSs. In the event the Employee
(i)    voluntarily ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate for any reason other than retirement, and the PSs have not vested in accordance with Paragraph 2, the PSs shall be cancelled on the date of such voluntary termination of employment.
(ii)    involuntarily ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate for any reason (including Disability as provided pursuant to Paragraph 8(b) below or under a disability policy of any subsidiary or affiliate, as applicable), other than death or for Cause, or voluntarily ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate due to a reduction in workforce, shares will vest on a pro rata basis, which may, at the discretion of the Company, be contingent upon Employee executing a general release, and which may include an agreement with respect to engagement in detrimental activity, in a form acceptable to the Company. Such shares will vest on a pro rata basis for annual and three-year cumulative performance if achieved in accordance with Paragraph 2, based on the Employee's actual months of service. For the year in which termination occurs, shares earned for that year will be calculated as follows: multiply the total award earned for that year by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of months of full service for that year (earning period) and the denominator will be 12. Any shares earned for annual performance pursuant to this grant for years prior to such involuntary termination of employment and shares earned on a pro rata basis for annual performance as described herein will be paid out as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date noted in the Award Summary. For three-year cumulative performance, vesting will be calculated as follows: multiply the total three-year cumulative award earned by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of months of full service during the three years and the denominator of which will be 36. Payout shall occur as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date noted in the Award Summary.
(iii)    ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate by reason of death, 100% of the PSs pursuant to this grant shall vest on the date of death and the certificates for shares shall be delivered in accordance with Paragraph 7 to the personal representatives, heirs or legatees of the deceased Employee.
(iv)    ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate by reason of retirement (for purposes of this Agreement, “retirement” shall mean termination of employment at or above age 55 with 10 years of service with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company), shares will vest on a pro rata basis, which may, at the discretion of the Company, be contingent upon Employee executing a general release, and which may include an agreement with respect to engagement in detrimental activity, in a form acceptable to the Company. Such shares will vest on a pro rata basis for annual and three-year cumulative performance, if achieved in accordance with Paragraph 2, based on the Employee's actual months of service. For the year in which retirement occurs, shares earned for that year will be calculated as follows: multiply the total award earned for that year by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of months of full service for that year (earning period) and the denominator will be 12. Any shares earned for annual performance pursuant to this grant for years prior to retirement and shares earned on a pro rata basis for annual performance as described herein will be paid out as soon as practicable following the





Vesting Date noted in the Award Summary. For three-year cumulative performance, vesting will be calculated as follows: multiply the total three-year cumulative award earned by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of months of full ser-vice during the three years and the denominator of which will be 36. Payout shall occur as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date noted in the Award Summary; and
(v)    ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate due to termination for Cause, the PSs shall be cancelled as provided under the Plan.
(b)    Disability. Cessation of active employment due to commencement of long-term disability under the Company's long-term disability plan shall not be deemed to constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Paragraph 8 and during the continuance of such Xerox-sponsored long-term disability plan benefits the Employee shall be deemed to continue active employment with the Company. If the Employee is terminated because the Employee has received the maximum coverage under the Xerox long-term disability plan, the vesting of PSs shall be provided pursuant to Paragraph 8 (a)(ii) above.
(c)    Cause. “Cause” means (i) a violation of any of the rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company, including but not limited to the Company's Business Ethics Policy and the Proprietary Information and Conflict of Interest Agreement (ii) any conduct which qualifies for “immediate discharge” under the Company's Human Resource Policies as in effect from time to time (iii) rendering services to a firm which engages, or engaging directly or indirectly, in any business that is competitive with the Company or represents a conflict of interest with the interests of the Company; (iv) conviction of, or entering a guilty plea with respect to, a crime whether or not connected with the Company; or (v) any other conduct determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company.
9.    General Restrictions. If at any time the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to this Agreement upon any securities exchange or under any state or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the awarding of the PSs or the issue or purchase of shares hereunder, the certificates for shares may not be issued in respect of PSs in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee or its authorized delegate , as applicable, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the PSs.
10.    Responsibility for Taxes. Employee acknowledges that the ultimate responsibility for Employee's Federal, state and municipal individual income taxes, the Employee's portion of social security and other payroll taxes, and any other taxes related to Employee's participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Employee, is and remains his or her responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer.
11.    Nature of Award. In accepting the award, Employee acknowledges that:
(a)the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time in a manner consistent with Section 13 of the Plan regarding Plan amendment and termination.
(b)the award of the PSs is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of PSs, or benefits in lieu of PSs, even if PSs have been granted repeatedly in the past;
(c)all decisions with respect to future PS awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable;
(d)Employee's participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the Employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Employee's employment relationship at any time; further, the PS award and Employee's participation in the Plan will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company;
(e)Employee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;
(f)the PSs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the PSs are an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Employee's employment contract, if any;
(g)the PSs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the PSs are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;
(h)the PSs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the PSs are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary of the Company;
(i)the future value of the underlying shares of Common Stock is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;
(j)in consideration of the award of the PSs, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the PSs, including, but not limited to, forfeiture resulting from termination of Employee's employment with the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and Employee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, Employee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Employee's entitlement to





pursue such claim; and
(k)subject to the provisions in the Plan regarding Change in Control, PSs and the benefits under the Plan, if any, will not automatically transfer to another company in the case of a merger, take-over or transfer of liability.
12. No Advice Regarding Award. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Employee's participation in the Plan, or his or her acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. Employee is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her partic-pation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.
13.    Amendment of This Agreement. With the consent of the Employee, the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, may amend this Agree-ment in a manner not inconsistent with the Plan.
14.    Subsidiary. As used herein the term ”subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a ”subsidiary corporation” of the Company as the term is defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 on the date of award.
15.     Affiliate. As used herein the term “affiliate” shall mean any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as deter-mined by the Committee.
16.    Recoupments.
(a)    If an Employee or former Employee of the Company is deemed by the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, to have engaged in detrimental activity against the Company, any awards granted to such Employee or former Employee shall be cancelled and be of no further force or effect and any payment or delivery of an award within six months prior to such detrimental activity may be rescinded. In the event of any such rescission, the Employee shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized or payment received as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment or delivery, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable. Detrimental activity may include:
(i) violating terms of a non-compete agreement with the Company, if any;
(ii) disclosing confidential or proprietary business information of the Company;
(iii) violating any rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company;
(iv) directly or indirectly soliciting any employee of the Company to terminate employment with the Company;
(v) directly or indirectly soliciting or accepting business from any customer or potential customer or encouraging any customer, potential customer or supplier of the Company to reduce the level of business it does with the Company;
(vi) engaging in any other conduct or act that is determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company.
(b)    If an accounting restatement by the Company is required in order to correct any material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements under relevant securities laws, the Company will have the authority to recover from executive officers or former executive officers, whether or not still employed by the Company, any excess  incentive-based compensation (in excess of what would have been paid under the accounting restatement), including entitlement to shares, provided under this Agreement to executive officers of the Company that was based on such erroneous data and paid during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare the accounting restatement.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company may implement any policy or take any action with respect to the recovery of excess incentive-based compensation, including entitlement to shares that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable in order to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Financial Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
17.    Cancellation and Rescission of Award. Without limiting the foregoing Paragraph regarding non-engagement in detrimental activity against the Company, the Company may cancel any award provided hereunder if the Employee is not in compliance with all of the fol-lowing conditions:
(a)    An Employee shall not render services for any organization or engage directly or indirectly in any business which would cause the Employee to breach any of the post-employment prohibitions contained in any agreement between the Company and the Employee.
(b)    An Employee shall not, without prior written authorization from the Company, disclose to anyone outside the Company, or use in other than the Company's business, any confidential information or material, as specified in any agreement between the Company and the Employee which contains post-employment prohibitions, relating to the business of the Company, acquired by the Employee either during or after employment with the Company.
(c)    An Employee, pursuant to any agreement between the Company and the Employee which contains post-





employment prohibitions shall disclose promptly and assign to the Company all right, title and interest in any invention or idea, patentable or not, made or conceived by the Employee during employment with the Company, relating in any manner to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Company and shall do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent where appropriate in the United States and in foreign countries.
(d)    Failure to comply with the provision of subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Paragraph 17 prior to, or during the six months after, any payment or delivery shall cause such payment or delivery to be rescinded. The Company shall notify the Employee in writing of any such rescission within two years after such payment or delivery. Within ten days after receiving such a notice from the Company, the Employee shall pay to the Company the amount of any payment received as a result of the rescinded payment or delivery pursuant to an award. Such payment to the Company by the Employee shall be made either in cash or by returning to the Company the number of shares of common stock that the Employee received in connection with the rescinded payment or delivery.
18.    Notices. Notices hereunder shall be in writing and if to the Company shall be mailed to the Company at P.O. Box 4505, 45 Glover Avenue, 6th Floor, Norwalk, Connecticut 06856-4505, addressed to the attention of Stock Plan Administrator, and if to the Employee shall be delivered personally or mailed to the Employee at his address as the same appears on the records of the Company.
19.    Language. If Employee has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.
20.    Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. Employee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.
21.    Interpretation of This Agreement. The Committee or it authorized delegate, as applicable, shall have the authority to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to take whatever administrative actions, including correction of administrative errors in the awards subject to this Agreement and in this Agreement, as the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, in its sole good faith judgment shall be determined to be advisable. All decisions, interpretations and administrative actions made by the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, hereunder or under the Plan shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Employee. In the event there is inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.
22.    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of the Company and to the extent provided in Paragraph 8 to the personal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Employee.
23.    Governing Law and Venue. The validity, construction and effect of the Agreement and any actions taken under or relating to this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the state of New York and applicable Federal law.
This grant is made and/or administered in the United States. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this grant or the Agreement the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the state of New York, agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Monroe County, New York, or the federal courts for the United States for the Western District of New York.
24.     Separability. In case any provision in the Agreement, or in any other instrument referred to herein, shall become invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions in the Agreement, or in any other instrument referred to herein, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
25.    Integration of Terms. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.
26.    Appendix for Non-U.S. Countries. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the PS award shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Agreement for Employee's country (the “Appendix”). Moreover, if Employee relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Employee, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan. The Appendix constitutes part of this Agreement.
27.    Imposition of Other Requirements. The Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, reserves the right to impose other requirements on Employee's participation in the Plan, on the PSs and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require Employee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.





    
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth on the Award Summary.
                            XEROX CORPORATION





By: _____________________________________
Signature




XRX-12.31.11-Ex10(e)(24)


EXHIBIT 10(e)(24)

Executive Long-Term Incentive Program -Restricted Stock Unit Retention Award
Award Summary
<<First Name>> <<Last Name>>
Date of agreement and award:    <<Grant Date>>

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
Number of Restricted Stock Units:
<<# of RSUs>>
Approved Award Value:
<<Approved Value>>
Vesting Date:
<<3-5 years from date of grant>>

*
Subject to the terms and conditions described in the Omnibus Agreement – 2012: PIP;ELTIP;RSUs;Retention



XRX-12.31.11-Ex10(e)(25)


EXHIBIT 10(e)(25)
Omnibus Agreement - 2012: PIP;ELTIP;RSUs;Retention


AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO
XEROX CORPORATION
2004 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN AS AMENDED OR RESTATED TO DATE



AGREEMENT by Xerox Corporation, a New York corporation (the “Company”), dated as of the date which appears in the award summary that provides the date, value (or number of Restricted Stock Units) and vesting provisions of the award (the “Award Summary”), in favor of the individual whose name appears on the Award Summary, an employee of the Company, one of the Company’s subsidiaries or one of its affiliates (the “Employee”).
In accordance with the provisions of the ”2004 Performance Incentive Plan” and any amendments and/or restatements thereto (the “Plan”), the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”) has authorized the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
Terms used herein that are defined in the Plan or in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan or this Agreement, respectively.
The Award Summary contains the details of the awards covered by this Agreement and is incorporated herein in its entirety.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration the Company agrees as follows:
AWARDS
1.    Award of Restricted Stock Units. Subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company has awarded to the Employee on the date indicated on the Award Summary the number of Restricted Stock Units (individually, the “RSU”) as shown on the Award Summary. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, only active Employees and those Employees on Short-Term Disability Leave, Social Service Leave, Family Medical Leave or Paid Uniform Services Leave (pursuant to the Company’s Human Resources Policies) on the effective date of the award as shown on the Award Summary shall be eligible to receive the award.
TERMS OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
2.    Entitlement to Shares. Upon the Vesting Date indicated on the Award Summary in connection with the RSUs (the "Vesting Date"), the Company shall, without transfer or issue tax to the person entitled to receive the shares, deliver to such person a certificate or certificates for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of vested RSUs (subject to reduction for withholding of Employee’s taxes in relation to the award as described in Paragraph 10 below). No fractional shares shall be issued as a result of such tax withholding. Instead, the Company shall apply the equivalent of any fractional share amount to amounts withheld for taxes.
Upon the occurrence of an event constituting a Change in Control, all RSUs and dividend equivalents on such shares that are outstanding on such date shall be treated pursuant to the terms set forth in the Plan. Upon payment pursuant to the terms of the Plan, such awards shall be cancelled.
3.    Dividend Equivalents. The Employee shall become entitled to receive from the Company on the Vesting Date a cash payment of the same amount(s) that the holder of record of Common Stock would have been entitled to receive as dividends on such Common Stock during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Vesting Date (as provided under Paragraph 2) for a number of shares equal to the lesser of the number of RSUs covered by this Agreement or the number of RSUs that vest on the Vesting Date. Payments under this Paragraph shall be net of any required withholding taxes. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for any Employee who is no longer an employee on the payroll of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company on the payment date of the dividend equivalents, and such subsidiary or affiliate has determined, with the approval of the Vice President, Human Resources of the Company, that it is not administratively feasible for such subsidiary or affiliate to pay such dividend equivalents, the Employee will not be entitled to receive such dividend equivalents.
4.    Ownership Guidelines. Guidelines pertaining to the Employee’s required ownership of Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, in its sole discretion from time to time as communicated to Employee in writing.
5.    Holding Requirements. The Employee must retain fifty percent (50%) of the net shares of Common Stock acquired in





connection with the RSUs (net of withholding tax and any applicable fees) until ownership guidelines are met under Paragraph 4 hereof, subject to any ownership and holding requirements policies established by the Committee from time to time. Such shares shall be held in the Employee’s Morgan Stanley Smith Barney account or in another account acceptable to the Company. In addition, shares used to maintain the Employee’s ownership level pursuant to this award should be held with Morgan Stanley Smith Barney or in another account acceptable to the Company.
If employment terminates due to the death of the Employee, such holding requirements shall cease at the date of death. If the Employee terminates for any other reason, the holding requirement will be applicable for up to a one year period following termination.
OTHER TERMS
6.    Rights of a Shareholder. Employee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this Agreement until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to him for such shares. Except as otherwise provided herein, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.
7.    Non-Assignability. This Agreement shall not be assignable or transferable by Employee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
8.    Effect of Termination of Employment or Death.
Effect on RSUs. In the event the Employee
(a)    ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate for any reason other than death and the RSUs have not vested in accordance with Paragraph 2, the RSUs shall be cancelled on the date of such termination of employment.
(b)    ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate by reason of death, the RSUs vest on the date of death and the certificates for shares shall be delivered in accordance with Paragraph 7 to the personal representatives, heirs or legatees of the deceased Employee.
9.    General Restrictions. If at any time the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to this Agreement upon any securities exchange or under any state or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the awarding of the RSUs or the issue or purchase of shares hereunder, the certificates for shares may not be issued in respect of RSUs in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the RSUs.
10.Responsibility for Taxes. Employee acknowledges that the ultimate responsibility for Employee’s Federal, state and municipal individual income taxes, the Employee’s portion of social security and other payroll taxes, and any other taxes related to Employee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Employee, is and remains his or her responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer.
11.Nature of Award. In accepting the award, Employee acknowledges that:
(a)the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time in a manner consistent with Section 13 of the Plan regarding Plan amendment and termination.
(b)    the award of the RSUs is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of RSUs, or benefits in lieu of RSUs, even if RSUs have been granted repeatedly in the past;
(c)    all decisions with respect to future RSU awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable;
(d)    Employee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to further employment with the Employer and shall not interfere with the ability of the Employer to terminate Employee’s employment relationship at any time; further, the RSU award and Employee’s participation in the Plan will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company;
(e)    Employee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;





(f)    the RSUs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs are an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of Employee’s employment contract, if any;
(g)    the RSUs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;
(h)    the RSUs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary of the Company;
(i)    the future value of the underlying shares of Common Stock is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;
(j)    in consideration of the award of the RSUs, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the RSUs, including, but not limited to, forfeiture resulting from termination of Employee’s employment with the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and Employee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, Employee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived Employee’s entitlement to pursue such claim; and
(k)    subject to the provisions in the Plan regarding Change in Control, RSUs and the benefits under the Plan, if any, will not automatically transfer to another company in the case of a merger, take-over or transfer of liability.
12.    No Advice Regarding Award. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Employee’s participation in the Plan, or his or her acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. Employee is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.
13.    Amendment of This Agreement. With the consent of the Employee, the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, may amend this Agreement in a manner not inconsistent with the Plan.
14.    Subsidiary. As used herein the term ”subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a ”subsidiary corporation” of the Company as the term is defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 on the date of award.
15.     Affiliate. As used herein the term “affiliate” shall mean any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.
16.    Recoupments.
(a)    If an Employee or former Employee of the Company is deemed by the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, to have engaged in detrimental activity against the Company, any awards granted to such Employee or former Employee shall be cancelled and be of no further force or effect and any payment or delivery of an award within six months prior to such detrimental activity may be rescinded. In the event of any such rescission, the Employee shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized or payment received as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment or delivery, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable. Detrimental activity may include:
(i)     violating terms of a non-compete agreement with the Company, if any;
(ii)     disclosing confidential or proprietary business information of the Company;
(iii)     violating any rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company;
(iv)     directly or indirectly soliciting any employee of the Company to terminate employment with the Company;
(v)     directly or indirectly soliciting or accepting business from any customer or potential customer or encouraging any customer, potential customer or supplier of the Company to reduce the level of business it does with the Company;
(vi)     engaging in any other conduct or act that is determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company.





(b)    If an accounting restatement by the Company is required in order to correct any material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements under relevant securities laws, the Company will have the authority to recover from executive officers or former executive officers, whether or not still employed by the Company, any excess  incentive-based compensation (in excess of what would have been paid under the accounting restatement), including entitlement to shares, provided under this Agreement to executive officers of the Company that was based on such erroneous data and paid during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare the accounting restatement.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company may implement any policy or take any action with respect to the recovery of excess incentive-based compensation, including entitlement to shares that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable in order to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Financial Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
17.    Cancellation and Rescission of Award. Without limiting the foregoing Paragraph regarding non-engagement in detrimental activity against the Company, the Company may cancel any award provided hereunder if the Employee is not in compliance with all of the following conditions:
(a)    An Employee shall not render services for any organization or engage directly or indirectly in any business which would cause the Employee to breach any of the post-employment prohibitions contained in any agreement between the Company and the Employee.
(b)    An Employee shall not, without prior written authorization from the Company, disclose to anyone outside the Company, or use in other than the Company’s business, any confidential information or material, as specified in any agreement between the Company and the Employee which contains post-employment prohibitions, relating to the business of the Company, acquired by the Employee either during or after employment with the Company.
(c)    An Employee, pursuant to any agreement between the Company and the Employee which contains post-employment prohibitions shall disclose promptly and assign to the Company all right, title and interest in any invention or idea, patentable or not, made or conceived by the Employee during employment with the Company, relating in any manner to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Company and shall do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent where appropriate in the United States and in foreign countries.
(d)    Failure to comply with the provision of subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Paragraph 17 prior to, or during the six months after, any payment or delivery shall cause such payment or delivery to be rescinded. The Company shall notify the Employee in writing of any such rescission within two years after such payment or delivery. Within ten days after receiving such a notice from the Company, the Employee shall pay to the Company the amount of any payment received as a result of the rescinded payment or delivery pursuant to an award. Such payment to the Company by the Employee shall be made either in cash or by returning to the Company the number of shares of common stock that the Employee received in connection with the rescinded payment or delivery.
18.    Notices. Notices hereunder shall be in writing and if to the Company shall be mailed to the Company at P.O. Box 4505, 45 Glover Avenue, 6th Floor, Norwalk, Connecticut 06856-4505, addressed to the attention of Stock Plan Administrator, and if to the Employee shall be delivered personally or mailed to the Employee at his address as the same appears on the records of the Company.
19.Language. If Employee has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.
20.Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. Employee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.
21.    Interpretation of This Agreement. The Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, shall have the authority to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to take whatever administrative actions, including correction of administrative errors in the awards subject to this Agreement and in this Agreement, as the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, in its sole good faith judgment shall be determined to be advisable. All decisions, interpretations and administrative actions made by the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, hereunder or under the Plan shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Employee. In the event there is inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.
22.    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of the Company and to the extent provided in Paragraph 7 to the personal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Employee.
23.    Governing Law and Venue. The validity, construction and effect of the Agreement and any actions taken under or relating to this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the state of New York and applicable Federal law.





This grant is made and/or administered in the U.S. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this grant or the Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the state of New York, agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Monroe County, New York, or the federal courts for the United States for the Western District of New York.
24.    Separability. In case any provision in the Agreement, or in any other instrument referred to herein, shall become invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions in the Agreement, or in any other instrument referred to herein, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
25.    Integration of Terms. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.
26.    Appendix for Non-U.S. Countries. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the RSU award shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Agreement for Employee’s country (the “Appendix”). Moreover, if Employee relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Employee, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan. The Appendix constitutes part of this Agreement.
27.    Imposition of Other Requirements. The Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, reserves the right to impose other requirements on Employee’s participation in the Plan, on the RSUs and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require Employee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth on the Award Summary.
                            
XEROX CORPORATION

                                                                                                                            
Signature By: ----------------------------------------






XRX-12.31.11-Ex12


EXHIBIT 12

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges, the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, as well as any deficiency of earnings are determined using the following applicable factors:
 
Earnings available for fixed charges are calculated first, by determining the sum of: (a) income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income; (b) distributed equity income; (c) fixed charges, as defined below; and (d) amortization of capitalized interest, if any. From this total, we subtract capitalized interest and net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.
 
Fixed charges are calculated as the sum of: (a) interest costs (both expensed and capitalized); (b) amortization of debt expense and discount or premium relating to any indebtedness; and (c) that portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest factor.

Preferred stock dividends used in the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends consist of the amount of pre-tax earnings required to cover dividends paid on our Series A convertible preferred stock.
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2,009
 
2008
 
2007
Fixed Charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
$
478

 
$
592

 
$
527

 
$
567

 
$
579

Capitalized interest
 
13

 
5

 
8

 
10

 
8

Portion of rental expense which represents interest factor
 
227

 
211

 
89

 
84

 
95

Total Fixed Charges
 
$
718

 
$
808

 
$
624

 
$
661

 
$
682

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings Available for Fixed Charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pre-tax income
 
$
1,565

 
$
815

 
$
627

 
$
(79
)
 
$
1,468

Distributed equity income of affiliated companies
 
63

 
41

 
16

 
60

 
37

Add: Fixed charges
 
718

 
808

 
624

 
661

 
682

Less: Capitalized interest
 
(13
)
 
(5
)
 
(8
)
 
(10
)
 
(8
)
Less: Net income-noncontrolling interests
 
(33
)
 
(31
)
 
(31
)
 
(35
)
 
(30
)
Total Earnings Available for Fixed Charges
 
$
2,300

 
$
1,628

 
$
1,228

 
$
597

 
$
2,149

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
3.20

 
2.01

 
1.97

 
*

 
3.15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
$
478

 
$
592

 
$
527

 
$
567

 
$
579

Capitalized interest
 
13

 
5

 
8

 
10

 
8

Portion of rental expense which represents interest factor
 
227

 
211

 
89

 
84

 
95

Total Fixed Charges before preferred stock dividends pre-tax income requirements
 
718

 
808

 
624

 
661

 
682

Preferred stock dividends pre-tax income requirements
 
39

 
35

 

 

 

Total Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
 
$
757

 
$
843

 
$
624

 
$
661

 
$
682

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings Available for Fixed Charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pre-tax income
 
$
1,565

 
$
815

 
$
627

 
$
(79
)
 
$
1,468

Distributed equity income of affiliated companies
 
63

 
41

 
16

 
60

 
37

Add: Fixed charges before preferred stock dividends
 
718

 
808

 
624

 
661

 
682

Less: Capitalized interest
 
(13
)
 
(5
)
 
(8
)
 
(10
)
 
(8
)
Less: Net income-noncontrolling interests
 
(33
)
 
(31
)
 
(31
)
 
(35
)
 
(30
)
Total Earnings Available for Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
 
$
2,300

 
$
1,628

 
$
1,228

 
$
597

 
$
2,149

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
 
3.04

 
1.93

 
1.97

 
*

 
3.15


* Earnings for year ended December 31, 2008 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $64.


XRX-12.31.11-Ex13
Table of Contents                         


EXHIBIT 13

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to help the reader understand the results of operations and financial condition of Xerox Corporation. MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes.
Throughout this document, references to “we,” “our,” the “Company,” and “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries. References to “Xerox Corporation” refer to the stand-alone parent company and do not include its subsidiaries.

Executive Overview

With sales approaching $23 billion, we are the world's leading global enterprise for business process and document management. Our technology, expertise and services enable workplaces - from small businesses to large global enterprises - to simplify the way work gets done so they operate more effectively. Headquartered in Norwalk, Connecticut, Xerox offers business process outsourcing and IT outsourcing services, including data processing, healthcare solutions, HR benefits management, finance support, transportation solutions and customer relationship management services for commercial and government organizations worldwide.  The company also provides extensive leading-edge document technology, services, software and genuine Xerox supplies for graphic communication and office printing environments of any size. Through our business process and IT outsourcing services as well as our document technology and managed print services, we operate in a market estimated to be more than $600 billion. The 140,000 people of Xerox serve clients in more than 160 countries.  Approximately 36 percent of our revenue is generated from customers outside the U.S.

We organize our business around two main segments: Services and Technology.

Our Services segment is comprised of business process outsourcing, information technology outsourcing and document outsourcing. The diversity of our offerings gives us a differentiated solution and delivers greater value to our customers. .

A key priority for Xerox in 2011 was accelerating growth in our services business. Revenue from services grew 12%, or 6% on a pro-forma1 basis, reflecting growth from our business process outsourcing ("BPO") and document outsourcing ("DO") services. Growth in BPO benefited from recent modestly-sized acquisitions, consistent with our strategy to continue diversifying our services portfolio and to expand our business globally. Our Information Technology outsourcing ("ITO") services business declined 4% during the year; however, there was a recent uplift in ITO signings in the fourth quarter. In 2011, through expanded sales activities, we increased new business signings by 14 percent and our services business now represents the largest portion of our total revenue at 48 percent.

Our Technology segment is comprised of our document technology and related supplies, technical service and equipment financing (the portion not related to document outsourcing contracts). Our product categories within this segment include Entry, Mid-range and High-end products.

Maintaining our leadership in document technology was a key priority in 2011. We not only continued to hold our number one equipment revenue market share position, but we also grew market share during the year. We did this by offering a more extensive and affordable portfolio of color products and by expanding our distribution to serve more small and mid-size businesses around the world. During the year, we launched 27 new products, with an emphasis on broadening our color portfolio for both production and office markets and expanding our channels of distribution for these products.

The fundamentals of our business are based on an annuity model that drives significant recurring revenue and cash generation. Approximately 83 percent of our 2011 total revenue was annuity-based revenue that includes contracted services, equipment maintenance, consumable supplies and financing, among other elements. Our annuity revenue significantly benefits from growth in services. Some of the key indicators of annuity revenue growth include:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
1

Table of Contents                         


Services signings growth, which reflects the year-over-year increase in estimated future revenues from contracts signed during the period.
Services pipeline growth, which measures the year-over-year increase in new business opportunities.
The number of page-producing machines-in-the-field ("MIF"), which is impacted by equipment installations.
Page volume and the mix of color pages, as color pages generate more revenue per page than black-and- white.

Consistent with our strategy to expand our service offerings through “tuck-in” acquisitions, we acquired the following companies in 2011:
In April 2011, we acquired Unamic/HCN B.V., the largest privately owned customer care provider in the Benelux region in Western Europe.
In July 2011, we acquired Education Sales and Marketing, LLC ("ESM"), a leading provider of outsourced enrollment management and student loan default solutions.
In September 2011, we acquired the net assets of the U.S. operations of Symcor. Symcor specializes in outsourcing services for U.S. financial institutions, and its offerings range from cash management services to statement and check processing.
In November 2011, we acquired The Breakaway Group ("Breakaway"), a cloud-based service provider that helps healthcare professionals accelerate their adoption of electronic medical records.

We also completed additional Services acquisitions in the areas of print consultancy, healthcare provider and customer care in 2011, increasing our presence in the United States and Europe.

In addition, we acquired companies during 2011 that expand our distribution capacity for Xerox technology to small and mid-sized businesses (“SMB”) and in under-penetrated markets:
In February 2011, we acquired Concept Group, Ltd. This acquisition expands our reach into the SMB market in the U.K.
In December 2011, we acquired the Merizon Group Incorporated, which operates MBM, a Wisconsin-based office products distributor.
   
We also acquired office product distributors in Iowa, New York, Illinois, Virginia and Florida.

Financial Overview

Total revenue of $22.6 billion in 2011 grew 5% from the prior year, including a 2-percentage point favorable impact from currency. To provide a clearer comparison of our year-over-year results, we are also providing a discussion and analysis on a pro-forma basis for the full year, where we include ACS's 2010 estimated results from January 1 through February 5 in our historical 2010 results. On a pro-forma1 basis, total revenue for 2011 increased 2%, including a 2-percentage point favorable impact from currency. Total revenue growth was primarily driven by increased revenues in our Services segment which grew by 12% in 2011 or 6% on a pro-forma1 basis, reflecting strong performance in BPO and DO services. Technology revenues in 2011 declined 1% from the prior year and included a 2-percentage point favorable impact from currency. Technology revenues in 2011 were impacted by macro conditions, including the natural disaster in Japan in the first quarter and economic weakness in Europe, particularly in the fourth quarter.

Net income attributable to Xerox for 2011 was $1.3 billion and included $305 million of after-tax costs and expenses related to the amortization of intangible assets, restructuring, and the loss on the early extinguishment of a long-term liability, which were partially offset by an after-tax curtailment gain of $66 million. Net income attributable to Xerox for 2010 was $606 million and included $690 million of after-tax costs and expenses related to the amortization of intangible assets, restructuring, acquisition-related costs and other discrete items. The improvement in net income reflects continued operational cost savings from restructuring and productivity improvements that more than offset the impacts from economic events.

Cash flow from operations was $2.0 billion in 2011 as compared to $2.7 billion in 2010. The decrease reflects increased cash usage in 2011 for working capital, higher pension contributions and investments associated with new services contracts. Cash used in investing activities of $675 million primarily reflects capital expenditures of $501 million and acquisitions of $212 million. Cash used in financing activities was $1.6 billion, which includes the redemption of Xerox Capital Trust's $650 million preferred securities, the scheduled repayment of $750 million of Senior Notes and net payments of $200 million on Commercial Paper partially offset by the issuance of $1.0 billion

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
2

Table of Contents                         


in Senior Notes. Financing activities also reflect $701 million for the repurchase of common stock and $265 million for dividends.

Total revenue is expected to grow modestly in 2012, reflecting the mix of continued solid growth in our services business partially offset by continued pressure in our technology business, which is impacted by challenging economic conditions, especially in Europe. The steady progress we've made in increasing signings for our diverse service offerings positions us well to accelerate revenue growth from Services in 2012. In our Technology business, we expect that Xerox's competitively advantaged product portfolio and expanded distribution will drive an increase in installs of Xerox equipment, maintaining our leadership in document technology.

We expect to continue our focus on cost management and productivity improvements. This will help offset the potential impact from unfavorable currency movements, pension expense and funding requirements, near-term impact of new Services contracts and economic uncertainty.

Our 2012 balance sheet and cash flow strategy includes: sustaining our working capital improvements; leveraging of our financing assets (finance receivables and equipment on operating leases); achieving an optimal cost of capital; and effectively deploying cash to maximize shareholder value through share repurchases, acquisitions and dividends.

Europe

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, approximately $3.5 billion of our total revenues and $3.3 billion of our total assets are based in countries where the Euro is the functional currency. Approximately $1.9 billion of those assets are finance receivables and approximately 16% of those receivables are with governmental entities. Accordingly, we are impacted by the significant challenges facing the Euro zone economies and governments, and we expect those negative impacts to continue in 2012 mainly with respect to revenue growth and bad debt provisions.

Currency Impact

To understand the trends in the business, we believe that it is helpful to analyze the impact of changes in the translation of foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars on revenue and expenses. We refer to this analysis as “currency impact” or “the impact from currency.” This impact is calculated by translating current period activity in local currency using the comparable prior year period's currency translation rate. This impact is calculated for all countries where the functional currency is the local country currency. Revenues and expenses from our developing market countries (Latin America, Brazil, the Middle East, India, Eurasia and Central-Eastern Europe) are analyzed at actual exchange rates for all periods presented, since these countries generally have unpredictable currency and inflationary environments, and our operations in these countries have historically implemented pricing actions to recover the impact of inflation and devaluation. We do not hedge the translation effect of revenues or expenses denominated in currencies where the local currency is the functional currency.

Approximately 36% of our consolidated revenues are derived from operations outside of the United States where the U.S. Dollar is normally not the functional currency. When compared with the average of the major European currencies and Canadian Dollar on a revenue-weighted basis, the U.S. Dollar was 5% weaker in 2011 and 2% stronger in 2010, each compared to the prior year. As a result, the foreign currency translation impact on revenue was a 2% benefit in 2011 and negligible in 2010.


Application of Critical Accounting Policies
 
In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances, we apply various accounting policies. Senior management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting policies, estimates and related disclosures included herein with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. We consider the policies discussed below as critical to understanding our Consolidated Financial Statements, as their application places the most significant demands on management's judgment, since financial reporting results rely on estimates of the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. In instances where different estimates could have reasonably been used, we disclosed the impact of these different estimates on our operations. In certain instances, like revenue recognition for leases, the accounting rules are prescriptive; therefore, it would not have been possible to reasonably use different estimates. Changes in assumptions and estimates are

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
3

Table of Contents                         


reflected in the period in which they occur. The impact of such changes could be material to our results of operations and financial condition in any quarterly or annual period.
Specific risks associated with these critical accounting policies are discussed throughout the MD&A, where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results. For a detailed discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, refer to Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue Recognition for Bundled Lease Arrangements
We sell our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include equipment, service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single negotiated monthly fixed price for all elements over the contractual lease term. Approximately 40% of our equipment sales revenue is related to sales made under bundled lease arrangements. Typically these arrangements include an incremental, variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual page volume minimums, which are often expressed in terms of price per page. Revenues under these arrangements are allocated, considering the relative fair values of the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement, based upon the estimated fair values of each element. Lease deliverables include maintenance and executory costs, equipment and financing, while non-lease deliverables generally consist of supplies and non-maintenance services. The allocation for lease deliverables begins by allocating revenues to the maintenance and executory costs plus profit thereon. These elements are generally recognized over the term of the lease as services revenue. The remaining amounts are allocated to the equipment and financing elements, which are subjected to the accounting estimates noted in “Revenue Recognition for Leases” in Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our pricing interest rates, which are used in determining customer payments, are developed based upon a variety of factors including local prevailing rates in the marketplace and the customer's credit history, industry and credit class. We reassess our pricing interest rates quarterly based on changes in the local prevailing rates in the marketplace. These interest rates have generally been adjusted if the rates vary by twenty-five basis points or more, cumulatively, from the last rate in effect. The pricing interest rates generally equal the implicit rates within the leases, as corroborated by our comparisons of cash to lease selling prices.
Revenue Recognition for Services - Percentage-of-Completion
A portion of our services revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion accounting method. This method requires the use of estimates and judgment as discussed below. During 2011, we recognized approximately $320 million of revenue using the percentage-of-completion accounting method.
Revenues on certain fixed price contracts where we provide system development and implementation services related to our information technology business are recognized using the percentage-of-completion approach. Revenue is recognized over the contract term based on the percentage of development and implementation services that are provided during the period compared with the total estimated development and implementation services to be provided over the entire contract. These contracts require that we perform significant, extensive and complex design, development, modification and implementation activities for our clients' systems. Performance will often extend over long periods, and our right to receive future payment depends on our future performance in accordance with the agreement.
The percentage-of-completion methodology involves recognizing probable and reasonably estimable revenue using the percentage of services completed, on a current cumulative cost to estimated total cost basis, using a reasonably consistent profit margin over the period. Due to the longer term nature of these projects, developing the estimates of costs often requires significant judgment. Factors that must be considered in estimating the progress of work completed and ultimate cost of the projects include, but are not limited to, the availability of labor and labor productivity, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed and the impact of delayed performance. If changes occur in delivery, productivity or other factors used in developing the estimates of costs or revenues, we revise our cost and revenue estimates, which may result in increases or decreases in revenues and costs. Such revisions are reflected in income in the period in which the facts that give rise to that revision become known. If at any time these estimates indicate the contract will be unprofitable, the entire estimated loss for the remainder of the contract is recorded immediately in cost of service. We perform ongoing profitability analysis of our services contracts in order to determine whether the latest estimates require updating.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Credit Losses
We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust credit limits based upon customer payment

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
4

Table of Contents                         


history and current creditworthiness. We continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience adjusted for current conditions. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience credit loss rates similar to those we have experienced in the past. Measurement of such losses requires consideration of historical loss experience, including the need to adjust for current conditions, and judgments about the probable effects of relevant observable data, including present economic conditions such as delinquency rates and financial health of specific customers. We recorded bad debt provisions of $157 million, $188 million and $291 million in SAG expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Historically, the majority of the bad debt provision is related to our finance receivables portfolio. This provision is inherently more difficult to estimate than the provision for trade accounts receivable because the underlying lease portfolio has an average maturity, at any time, of approximately two to three years and contains past due billed amounts, as well as unbilled amounts. The estimated credit quality of any given customer and class of customer or geographic location can significantly change during the life of the portfolio. We consider all available information in our quarterly assessments of the adequacy of the provision for doubtful accounts.
Bad debt provisions decreased by $31 million in 2011. Reserves as a percentage of trade and finance receivables were 3.3% at both December 31, 2011 and 2010 and 4.1% at December 31, 2009. The improving trend in write-offs for the U.S. and Canada was offset by higher write-offs in Southern Europe. We continue to assess our receivable portfolio in light of the current economic environment and its impact on our estimation of the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Refer to Note 4 - Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
As discussed above, in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements for the three years ended December 31, 2011, we estimated our provision for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and customer-specific collection issues. This methodology was consistently applied for all periods presented. During the five year period ended December 31, 2011, our reserve for doubtful accounts ranged from 3.1% to 4.1% of gross receivables. Holding all assumptions constant, a 1-percentage point increase or decrease in the reserve from the December 31, 2011 rate of 3.3% would change the 2011 provision by approximately $93 million.
Pension and Retiree Health Benefit Plan Assumptions
We sponsor defined benefit pension plans in various forms in several countries covering employees who meet eligibility requirements. Retiree health benefit plans cover U.S. and Canadian employees for retirement medical costs. Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our pension and retiree health benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases and mortality. Differences between these assumptions and actual experiences are reported as net actuarial gains and losses and are subject to amortization to net periodic benefit cost generally over the average remaining service lives of the employees participating in the plans. In plans where substantially all participants are inactive, the amortization period for net actuarial gains and losses is the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants.
Cumulative actuarial losses for our defined benefit pension plans of $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2011 increased by approximately $700 million from December 31, 2010. The increase reflects the increase in our benefit obligations as a result of a lower discount rate, which was only partially offset by positive returns on plan assets in 2011 as compared to expected returns. The total actuarial loss will be amortized over future periods, subject to offsetting gains or losses that will impact the future amortization amounts.
We used a weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets of 7.2% for 2011, 7.3% for 2010 and 7.4% for 2009, on a worldwide basis. During 2011, the actual return on plan assets was $694 million. When estimating the 2012 expected rate of return, in addition to assessing recent performance, we considered the historical returns earned on plan assets, the rates of return expected in the future, particularly in light of current economic conditions, and our investment strategy and asset mix with respect to the plans' funds. The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets we will use in 2012 is 6.9%. The reduction in the expected rate of return in 2012 as compared to 2011 reflects the expected decrease in long term capital market returns for all asset categories.
For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we use a calculated value approach to determine the value of the pension plan assets, rather than a fair market value approach. The primary difference between these two methods relates to a systematic recognition of changes in fair value over time (generally two years)

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
5

Table of Contents                         


versus immediate recognition of changes in fair value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is applied to the calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The calculated value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost that can result from using the fair market value approach. The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets is added to, or subtracted from, any cumulative differences from prior years. This amount is a component of the net actuarial gain or loss.
Another significant assumption affecting our pension and retiree health benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit cost is the rate that we use to discount our future anticipated benefit obligations. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the benefit liabilities could be effectively settled considering the timing of expected payments for plan participants. In estimating this rate, we consider rates of return on high quality fixed-income investments included in published bond indices, adjusted to eliminate the effects of call provisions and differences in the timing and amounts of cash outflows related to the bonds. In the U.S. and the U.K., which comprise approximately 75% of our projected benefit obligations, we consider the Moody's Aa Corporate Bond Index and the International Index Company's iBoxx Sterling Corporate AA Cash Bond Index, respectively, in the determination of the appropriate discount rate assumptions. The weighted average discount rate we used to measure our pension obligations as of December 31, 2011 and to calculate our 2012 expense was 4.7%, which is lower than the 5.2% that was used to calculate our 2011 expense. The weighted average discount rate we used to measure our retiree health obligation as of December 31, 2011 and to calculate our 2012 expense was 4.5%, which is lower than the 4.9% that was used to calculate our 2011 expense.
The following is a summary of our benefit plan costs and funding for the three years ended December 31, 2011 as well as estimated amounts for 2012:
 
 
Estimated
 
Actual
Benefit Plan Costs:
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Defined benefit pension plans(1)
 
$
321

 
$
284

 
$
304

 
$
232

Curtailment gain(2)
 

 
(107
)
 

 

Defined contribution plans
 
67

 
66

 
51

 
38

Retiree health benefit plans
 
13

 
14

 
32

 
26

Total Benefit Plan Expense
 
$
401

 
$
257

 
$
387

 
$
296

(1)
Estimated 2012 assumes settlement losses are consistent with 2011
(2)
Refer to the "Plan Amendment" section in Note 14 - Employee Benefit Plans in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
Our estimated 2012 defined benefit pension plan cost is expected to be approximately $37 million higher than 2011, primarily driven by reductions in the discount rate and the corresponding increase in service cost as well as higher amortization of actuarial losses.
 
 
Estimated
 
Actual
Benefit Plan Funding:
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Defined benefit pension plans
 
$
560

 
$
556

 
$
237

 
$
122

Defined contribution plans
 
67

 
66

 
51

 
38

Retiree health benefit plans
 
80

 
73

 
92

 
107

Total Benefit Plan Funding
 
$
707

 
$
695

 
$
380

 
$
267

Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the discount rate would change the 2012 projected net periodic pension cost by $28 million. Likewise, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would change the 2012 projected net periodic pension cost by $18 million.
Benefit plan costs are included in several income statement components based on the related underlying employee costs. Pension and retiree health benefit plan assumptions are included in Note 14 - Employee Benefit Plans in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Income Taxes

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
6

Table of Contents                         


We record the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and provide valuation allowances as required. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability considering historical profitability, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. If we continue to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions or are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results. Conversely, if and when our operations in some jurisdictions become sufficiently profitable to recover previously reserved deferred tax assets, we would reduce all or a portion of the applicable valuation allowance in the period when such determination is made. This would result in an increase to reported earnings in such period. Adjustments to our valuation allowance, through (credits) charges to income tax expense, were $(5) million, $22 million and $(11) million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were other (decreases) increases to our valuation allowance, including the effects of currency, of $(53) million, $11 million and $55 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These did not affect income tax expense in total as there was a corresponding adjustment to deferred tax assets or other comprehensive income. Gross deferred tax assets of $3.7 billion and $3.8 billion had valuation allowances of $677 million and $735 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
We are subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions. Accordingly, we may incur additional tax expense based upon our assessment of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of such matters. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results. Our ongoing assessments of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can materially increase or decrease our effective tax rate, as well as impact our operating results. Unrecognized tax benefits were $225 million, $186 million and $148 million at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
We file income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and in various foreign jurisdictions. In the U.S, with the exception of ACS, we are no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examinations for years before 2007. ACS is no longer subject to such examination for years before 2004. With respect to our major foreign jurisdictions, we are no longer subject to tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2000.
Refer to Note 15 - Income and Other Taxes for additional information regarding deferred income taxes and unrecognized tax benefits.
Business Combinations and Goodwill
The application of the purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are depreciated and amortized from goodwill. Our estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, and when appropriate, include assistance from independent third-party appraisal firms.

As a result of our acquisition of ACS, as well as other acquisitions including GIS, we have a significant amount of goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment may have been incurred.

Impairment testing for goodwill is done at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (also known as a component). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available, and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we early adopted ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which allows an entity to use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. As a result, in performing our annual impairment test, we first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, including goodwill. If it is concluded that this is the case for one or more reporting units, we perform a detailed quantitative assessment. Our annual impairment test of goodwill is performed in the fourth quarter of each year.


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
7

Table of Contents                         


We performed a quantitative goodwill impairment test in 2010. The estimated fair values of our reporting units for that test were based on discounted cash flow models derived from internal earnings forecasts and assumptions. The assumptions and estimates used in those valuations considered the current economic environment. Based on these valuations, the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values by more than adequate margins. The lowest margins were in two of the three reporting units comprising our Services segment. However, these two reporting units were the direct result of our acquisition of ACS and, therefore, the lower margins were considered reasonable due, in large part, to the recent nature of the acquisition.

The qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment requires significant judgment. This assessment involves the consideration and evaluation of various factors, including macroeconomic and general economic conditions; entity-specific events such as industry and market conditions as well as reporting unit level financial performance; and other events affecting a reporting unit, such as an expectation that a reporting unit will be sold or reorganized.
After consideration of the margins from our 2010 quantitative impairment test, our 2011 qualitative assessment centered on the evaluation of the key factors from those noted above and whether there had been any significant adverse changes since the 2010 quantitative test. The assessment involved a review of internal and external sources of information necessary to monitor the relevant factors for each reporting unit, including a review of analyst reports as well as credit rating information.

We believe that our expected long-term projections with respect to revenue, operating profit and cash flows continue to be achievable based on consideration of the following:
Services - Services revenue grew in 2011, signings for new contracts increased 14%, and our services pipeline increased 5% over the prior year. Accordingly, we believe that we are well positioned for continued future growth in each of our services reporting units consistent with our long-term projections. As such, we continue to invest in growing our DO, BPO and ITO service offerings to commercial and government customers, both domestically and internationally.
Technology - In 2011, we continued to hold our number-one equipment revenue market share position and we also grew market share. We also launched 27 new products, reflecting the continued demand for our equipment. In addition, we continue to expand our distribution capabilities to serve more small and medium sized businesses.
Cost containment - We continue to offset pricing pressures and increased supply chain costs with cost savings from restructuring and productivity improvements.
Capital - We remain an investment grade company and have ready access to the capital markets, including a commercial paper program.

Based on the above, in 2011, after completing our annual qualitative reviews for each of our reporting units, we concluded that it was not more likely than not that the carrying value of any of our reporting units exceed its fair value. Accordingly, we concluded that further quantitative analysis and testing was not required, and no goodwill impairment charge was required during the fourth quarter 2011.

Refer to Note 8 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding goodwill by operating segment.


Revenue Results Summary
Total Revenue
Revenue for the three years ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
8

Table of Contents                         


 
Revenues
 
 Change
 
Pro-forma(1)
 
Percent of Total Revenue
(in millions)
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
2010
 
2011
 
2010
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Equipment sales
$
3,856

 
$
3,857

 
3,550

 
 %
 
9
 %
 
 %
 
9
 %
 
17
 %
 
18
 %
 
23
 %
Annuity revenue
18,770

 
17,776

 
11,629

 
6
 %
 
53
 %
 
2
 %
 
1
 %
 
83
 %
 
82
 %
 
77
 %
Total Revenue
$
22,626

 
$
21,633

 
15,179

 
5
 %
 
43
 %
 
2
 %
 
3
 %
 
100
 %
 
100
 %
 
100
 %
Memo: Color (2)
$
6,795

 
$
6,446

 
5,972

 
5
 %
 
8
 %
 
5
 %
 
8
 %
 
30
 %
 
30
 %
 
39
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation to Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
$
7,126

 
$
7,234

 
6,646

 
(1
)%
 
9
 %
 
(2
)%
 
7
 %
 
31
 %
 
33
 %
 
43
 %
Less: Supplies, paper and other sales
(3,270
)
 
(3,377
)
 
(3,096
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(14
)%
 
(15
)%
 
(20
)%
Equipment Sales
$
3,856

 
$
3,857

 
3,550

 
 %
 
9
 %
 
 %
 
9
 %
 
17
 %
 
18
 %
 
23
 %
Service, outsourcing and rentals
$
14,868

 
$
13,739

 
7,820

 
8
 %
 
76
 %
 
4
 %
 
1
 %
 
66
 %
 
64
 %
 
52
 %
Add: Finance income
632

 
660

 
713

 
(4
)%
 
(7
)%
 
(4
)%
 
(7
)%
 
3
 %
 
3
 %
 
5
 %
Add: Supplies, paper and other sales
3,270

 
3,377

 
3,096

 
(3
)%
 
9
 %
 
(4
)%
 
4
 %
 
14
 %
 
15
 %
 
20
 %
Annuity Revenue
$
18,770

 
$
17,776

 
$
11,629

 
6
 %
 
53
 %
 
2
 %
 
1
 %
 
83
 %
 
82
 %
 
77
 %
 

Revenue 2011
Total revenues increased 5% compared to the prior year. Our consolidated 2011 results include a full year of revenues from ACS, which was acquired on February 5, 2010. On a pro-forma1 basis, including ACS's estimated 2010 revenues for the period from January 1 through February 5 in our historical 2010 results, the total revenue for 2011 grew 2%. Total revenue growth included a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. Total revenues included the following:
Annuity revenue increased 6%, or 2% on a pro-forma1 basis, and included a 1-percentage point positive impact from currency. Annuity revenue is comprised of the following:
Service, outsourcing and rentals revenue of $14,868 million increased 8%, or 4% on a pro-forma1 basis, and included a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. The increase was primarily due to growth in BPO and DO revenue in our Services segment partially offset by a decline in pages. Total digital pages declined 3% despite a 2% increase in digital MIF.
Supplies, paper and other sales of $3,270 million decreased 3%, or 4% on a pro-forma1 basis, and included a 1-percentage point positive impact from currency. The decrease primarily reflected a decline in paper sales.
Equipment sales revenue was flat and included a 1-percentage point positive impact from currency. Favorable product mix in high-end products was offset by price declines in the range of 5% to 10%.
5% increase in color2 revenue, including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency reflecting:
6% increase in color2 annuity revenue, with a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. The increase was driven by higher page volumes of 9% on color devices, as well as an increase in color device MIF of 14%.
4% increase in color2 equipment sales revenue, including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. This increase was driven by higher installs of new mid-range products.
Color2 pages represented 27% of total pages in 2011 while color device MIF represented 35% of total MIF.

Revenue 2010
Total revenues increased 43% compared to the prior year. Our consolidated 2010 results include ACS results subsequent to February 5, 2010, the effective date of the acquisition. On a pro-forma1 basis total revenue for 2010 grew 3%. Currency had a negligible impact on total revenues during 2010. Total revenues included the following:
Annuity revenue increased 53% or 1% on a pro-forma1 basis, with a 1-percentage point negative impact from currency. The components of annuity revenue were as follows:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
9

Table of Contents                         


Service, outsourcing and rentals revenue of $13,739 million increased 76%, or 1% on a pro-forma1 basis, and included a negligible impact from currency. The increase was driven by BPO revenue that partially offset the declines in technical service revenue which were driven by a continued but stabilizing decline in pages. Total digital pages declined 4% while color pages increased 9%. During 2010 digital MIF increased by 1% and color MIF increased by 15%.
Supplies, paper and other sales of $3,377 million increased 9%, or 4% on a pro-forma1 basis, with a 1-percentage point negative impact from currency. Growth in supplies revenues were partially offset by a decline in paper sales.
Equipment sales revenue increased 9% and included a 1-percentage point negative impact from currency. Growth in install activity was partially offset by price declines of approximately 5% and mix.
8% increase in color2 revenue, including a 1-percentage point negative impact from currency reflecting:
5% increase in color2 annuity revenue, including a 1-percentage point negative impact from currency. The increase was driven by higher printer supplies sales and higher page volumes.
12% increase in color2 equipment sales revenue, including a 2-percentage point negative impact from currency. The increase was driven by higher installs of new products.
9% growth in color pages2 representing 23% of total pages in 2010 while color device MIF represented 31% of total MIF.
An analysis of the change in revenue for each business segment is included in the “Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profit” section.

Costs, Expenses and Other Income
Summary of Key Financial Ratios
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Change
 
Pro-forma(1)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
 
2010
 
 
2011
 
 
2010
 
Total Gross Margin
32.8
%
 
34.4
%
 
39.7
%
 
(1.6
)
pts
 
(5.3
)
pts
 
(1.1
)
pts
 
(0.2
)
pts
RD&E as a % of Revenue
3.2
%
 
3.6
%
 
5.5
%
 
(0.4
)
pts
 
(1.9
)
pts
 
(0.3
)
pts
 
(0.4
)
pts
SAG as a % of Revenue
19.9
%
 
21.2
%
 
27.3
%
 
(1.3
)
pts
 
(6.1
)
pts
 
(1.0
)
pts
 
(0.9
)
pts
Operating Margin(3)
9.8
%
 
9.6
%
 
6.8
%
 
0.2

pts
 
2.8

pts
 
0.3

pts
 
1.0

pts
Pre-tax Income Margin
6.9
%
 
3.8
%
 
4.1
%
 
3.1

pts
 
(0.3
)
pts
 
3.4

pts
 
(2.2
)
pts
Operating Margin
The operating margin3 for the year ended December 31, 2011 of 9.8% increased 0.2-percentage points, or 0.3-percentage points on a pro-forma1 basis as compared to 2010. The increase was due primarily to disciplined cost and expense management.
The operating margin3 for the year ended December 31, 2010 of 9.6% increased 2.8-percentage points, or 1.0-percentage points on a pro-forma1 basis as compared to 2009. The improvement reflects strong revenue growth and continued disciplined cost and expense management.
Note: The acquisition of ACS increased the proportion of our revenue from services, which has a lower gross margin and SAG as a percent of revenue than we historically experienced when Xerox was primarily a technology company. As a result, gross margins and SAG are also discussed below on a pro-forma basis. In 2011, for comparison purposes, we adjust our historical 2010 results to include ACS’s 2010 estimated results for the period from January 1 through February 5, 2010. In 2010, for comparison purposes, we adjust our historical 2009 results to include ACS's 2009 estimated results for the period from February 6 through December 31, 2009. We believe these pro-forma comparisons provide a perspective on the impact of the ACS acquisition on our results and trends.
Refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for a further explanation and discussion of this non-GAAP presentation.
Gross Margin
Gross margin for year ended December 31, 2011 of 32.8% decreased 1.6-percentage points, or 1.1-percentage

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
10

Table of Contents                         


points on a pro-forma1 basis as compared to 2010. The decrease was driven by the ramping of new services contracts, the impact of lower contract renewals, transaction currency and the mix of higher services revenue.
Gross margin for year ended December 31, 2010 of 34.4% decreased 5.3-percentage points, or 0.2-percentage points on a pro-forma1 basis, as compared to 2009. The decrease is primarily due to the unfavorable impact of year-over-year transaction currency.
Services gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased 1.7-percentage points, or 1.2-percentage points on a pro-forma1 basis, as compared to 2010. The decrease is primarily due to the ramping of new services contracts within BPO and ITO and the impact of lower contract renewals.
Services gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased 5.8-percentage points, but were essentially flat on a pro-forma1 basis as compared to 2009.
Technology gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by 0.9-percentage points as compared to 2010 due to the impact of price declines and the negative year-over-year impact of transaction currency. The decline was partially offset by cost productivities and restructuring savings which reflect our continued focus on cost management.
Technology gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased by 0.8-percentage points as compared to 2009. Cost improvements and positive mix partially offset a 0.5-percentage point adverse impact from transaction currency and price declines of about 1-percentage point.
 
Research, Development and Engineering Expenses (“RD&E”)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Change
(in millions)
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
2010
R&D
$
613

 
$
653

 
$
713

 
$
(40
)
 
$
(60
)
Sustaining engineering
108

 
128

 
127

 
(20
)
 
1

Total RD&E Expenses
$
721

 
$
781

 
$
840

 
$
(60
)
 
$
(59
)
R&D Investment by Fuji Xerox(1)
$
880

 
$
821

 
$
796

 
$
59

 
$
25

(1) Increase in Fuji Xerox R&D was primarily due to changes in foreign exchange rates.
RD&E as a percent of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 of 3.2% decreased 0.4-percentage points. In addition to lower spending, the decrease was also driven by the positive mix impact of the continued growth in Services revenue, which historically has a lower RD&E percent of revenue.
RD&E of $721 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, was $60 million lower reflecting the impact of restructuring and productivity improvements. Innovation is one of our core strengths and we continue to invest at levels that enhance this core strength, particularly in color, software and services. Xerox R&D is strategically coordinated with Fuji Xerox.
RD&E as a percent of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 of 3.6% decreased 1.9-percentage points reflecting savings from restructuring and productivity improvements.
RD&E of $781 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $59 million lower reflecting the impact of restructuring cost actions which consolidated the development and engineering infrastructures within our Technology segment.
Selling, Administrative and General Expenses (“SAG”)
SAG as a percent of revenue of 19.9% decreased 1.3-percentage points, or 1.0-percentage points on a pro-forma1 basis for the year ended December 31, 2011. In addition to spending reductions and lower compensation, the decrease was also driven by the positive mix impact from the continued growth in Services revenue, which historically has a lower SAG percent of revenue.
SAG expenses of $4,497 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $97 million lower than the prior year period, or $156 million lower on a pro-forma1 basis, both including a $68 million unfavorable impact from currency. The pro-forma SAG expense decrease reflects the following:
$68 million decrease in selling expenses reflecting the benefits from restructuring, productivity improvements

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
11

Table of Contents                         


and decrease in brand advertising partially offset by the impact of acquisitions.
$54 million decrease in general and administrative expenses primarily reflecting lower compensation as well as the benefits from restructuring and operational improvements.
$31 million decrease in bad debt expenses to $157 million, as improvements in write-off trends in North America were more than offset by higher write-offs in southern Europe.
SAG as a percent of revenue of 21.2% decreased 6.1-percentage points, or 0.9-percentage points on a pro-forma1 basis for the year ended December 31, 2010.
SAG expenses of $4,594 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $445 million higher than 2009, or $57 million lower on a pro-forma1 basis, including a negligible impact from currency. The pro-forma SAG decrease reflects the following:
$137 million increase in selling expenses, reflecting increased demand generation and brand advertising and higher commissions partially offset by restructuring savings and productivity improvements.
$86 million decrease in general and administrative expenses, reflecting benefits from restructuring and operational improvements.
$108 million decrease in bad debt expense, to $188 million, reflecting an improved write-off trend.

Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges
 
During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded net restructuring and asset impairment charges of $33 million ($18 million after-tax), which included the following:
$98 million of severance costs related to headcount reductions of approximately 3,900 employees primarily in North America. The actions impacted several functional areas, and approximately 55% of the costs were focused on gross margin improvements, 36% on SAG and 9% on the optimization of RD&E investments.
$1 million for lease termination costs.
$5 million of asset impairment losses from the disposition of two aircraft associated with the restructuring of our corporate aviation operations.
The above charges were partially offset by $71 million of net reversals for changes in estimated reserves from prior period initiatives.
We expect 2012 pre-tax savings of approximately $60 million from our 2011 restructuring actions.
To date we have identified and approved additional restructuring initiatives of approximately $25 million for the first quarter of 2012. These actions are expected to impact all geographies and segments with approximately equal focus on SAG reductions, gross margin improvements and optimization of RD&E investments.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded $483 million of net restructuring and asset impairment charges which included the following:
$470 million of severance costs related to headcount reductions of approximately 9,000 employees. The costs associated with these actions applied about equally to North America and Europe, with approximately 20% related to our developing market countries. Approximately 50% of the costs were focused on gross margin improvements, 40% on SAG and 10% on the optimization of RD&E investments and impacted the following functional areas:
Services
Supply chain and manufacturing
Back office administration
Development and engineering
$28 million for lease termination costs primarily reflecting the continued rationalization and optimization of our worldwide operating locations, including consolidations with ACS.
$19 million loss associated with the sale of our Venezuelan subsidiary. The loss primarily reflects the write-off our Venezuelan net assets including working capital and long-lived assets. We continue to sell equipment, parts and supplies to the acquiring company through a distribution arrangement but no longer have any direct or local operations in Venezuela.
The above charges were partially offset by $41 million of net reversals for changes in estimated reserves from prior period initiatives.
Restructuring Summary
The restructuring reserve balance as of December 31, 2011 for all programs was $123 million, of which approximately $116 million is expected to be spent over the next twelve months. Refer to Note 9, Restructuring and Asset

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
12

Table of Contents                         


Impairment Charges, in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our restructuring programs.
Acquisition Related Costs
Costs of $77 million were incurred during 2010 in connection with our acquisition of ACS. These costs include $53 million of transaction costs, which represent external costs directly related to completing the acquisition of ACS. The remainder of the acquisition-related costs represents external incremental costs directly related to the integration of ACS and Xerox.

Costs of $72 million were incurred during 2009 in connection with our acquisition of ACS. $58 million of the costs relate to the write-off of fees associated with a Bridge Loan Facility commitment which was terminated as a result of securing permanent financing to fund the acquisition. The remainder of the costs represent transaction costs such as banking, legal and accounting fees, as well as some pre-integration costs such as external consulting services.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded $398 million of expense related to the amortization of intangible assets, which is $86 million higher than the prior year. $52 million of the increase reflects the accelerated write-off of the ACS trade name as a result of the decision to discontinue its use and transition the services business to the "Xerox Services" trade name. The remainder of the increase primarily reflects the additional month of amortization of intangibles associated with our acquisition of ACS in 2010 as well as the amortization of intangible assets associated with other prior year acquisitions.
Curtailment Gain
In December 2011, we amended all of our primary non-union U.S. defined benefit pension plans for salaried employees. Our primary qualified plans had previously been amended to freeze the final average pay formulas within the plans as of December 31, 2012, but the cash balance service credit was expected to continue post December 31, 2012. The 2011 amendments now fully freeze benefit and service accruals after December 31, 2012 for these plans, including the related non-qualified plans. As a result of these plan amendments, we recognized a pre-tax curtailment gain of $107 million ($66 million after-tax), which represents the recognition of deferred gains from other prior year amendments ("prior service credits") as a result of the discontinuation ("freeze") of any future benefit or service accrual period. The amendments are not expected to materially impact 2012 pension expense.
Worldwide Employment
Worldwide employment of 139,650 at December 31, 2011 increased approximately 3,100 from December 31, 2010, primarily due to the impact of acquisitions partially offset by restructuring related actions. Worldwide employment was approximately 136,500 and 53,600 at December 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Other Expenses, Net
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Non-financing interest expense
$
247

 
$
346

 
$
256

Interest income
(21
)
 
(19
)
 
(21
)
Gains on sales of businesses and assets
(9
)
 
(18
)
 
(16
)
Currency losses, net
12

 
11

 
26

ACS shareholders litigation settlement

 
36

 

Litigation matters
11

 
(4
)
 
9

Loss on early extinguishment of liability
33

 
15

 

All other expenses, net
49

 
22

 
31

Total Other Expenses, Net
$
322

 
$
389

 
$
285


Non-Financing Interest Expense: Non-financing interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $247 million was $99 million lower than prior year. The decreases in interest expense reflects a lower average debt balance

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
13

Table of Contents                         


due to the repayments of Senior Notes, as well as the benefit of lower borrowing costs achieved as a result of refinancing existing debt and utilizing the commercial paper program.
Non-financing interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $346 million was $90 million higher than the prior year. The increase is due to higher average debt balances primarily resulting from the funding of the ACS acquisition, partially offset by the early extinguishment of certain debt instruments as well as the scheduled repayments of other debt.

Gains on Sales of Businesses and Assets: Gains on sales of businesses and assets for the three years ended December 31, 2011 were primarily related to the sales of certain surplus facilities in Latin America.
 
Currency Losses, Net: Currency losses primarily result from the re-measurement of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, the cost of hedging foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, the mark-to-market of foreign exchange contracts utilized to hedge those foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities and the mark-to-market impact of hedges of anticipated transactions, primarily future inventory purchases, for those that we do not apply cash flow hedge accounting treatment.

The 2011 net currency losses were primarily due to the significant movement in exchange rates during the third quarter of 2011 among the U.S. Dollar, Euro, Yen and several developing market currencies.

The 2010 net currency losses,include a currency loss of $21 million for the re-measurement of our Venezuelan Bolivar denominated monetary net assets following a devaluation of the Bolivar in the first quarter of 2010 . This loss was partially offset by a cumulative translation gain of $6 million that was recognized upon the repatriation of cash and liquidation of a foreign subsidiary.

The 2009 net currency losses were primarily due to the significant movement in exchange rates among the U.S. Dollar, Euro and Yen in the first quarter of 2009, as well as the increased cost of hedging, particularly in our developing markets.
ACS Shareholders' Litigation Settlement: The 2010 expense of $36 million relates to the settlement of claims by ACS shareholders arising from our acquisition of ACS in 2010. The total settlement for all defendants was approximately $69 million, with Xerox paying approximately $36 million net of insurance proceeds.
Litigation Matters: Litigation matters for 2011, 2010 and 2009 represent charges related to probable losses for various legal matters, none of which were individually material. Refer to Note 16 - Contingencies and Litigation, in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding litigation against the Company.
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Liability: In May 2011, Xerox Capital Trust I, our wholly-owned subsidiary trust, redeemed its $650 million 8% Preferred Securities due in 2027. The redemption resulted in a pre-tax loss of $33 million ($20 million after-tax), representing the call premium of approximately $10 million as well as the write-off of unamortized debt costs and other liability carrying value adjustments of $23 million.

The 2010 loss on early extinguishment of liability of $15 million represents the loss associated with the redemption of senior and medium-term notes in the fourth quarter 2010 and reflects a call premium and the write-off of unamortized debt costs.
All Other Expenses, Net: All other expenses, net for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $27 million driven in part by higher fees associated with the sale of receivables as well as higher interest expense on the Brazil tax and labor contingencies. All Other expenses, net for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $9 million, primarily due to lower interest expense on the Brazil tax and labor contingencies.
Income Taxes
The 2011 effective tax rate was 24.7% or 27.5% on an adjusted basis3. The adjusted tax rate for the year was lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the geographical mix of profits as well as a higher foreign tax credit benefit as a result of our decision to repatriate current year income from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries.
The 2010 effective tax rate was 31.4% or 31.2% on an adjusted basis3. The adjusted tax rate for the year was lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related tax rates in those jurisdictions as well as the U.S. tax impacts on certain foreign income and tax law changes.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
14

Table of Contents                         


The 2009 effective tax rate was 24.2% or 25.8% on an adjusted basis3. The adjusted tax rate for the year was lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily reflecting the benefit to taxes from the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions and the settlement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits partially offset by a reduction in the utilization of foreign tax credits.
Xerox operations are widely dispersed. The statutory tax rate in most non U.S. jurisdictions is lower than the combined U.S. and state tax rate. The amount of income subject to these lower foreign rates relative to the amount of U.S. income will impact our effective tax rate. However, no one country outside of the U.S. is a significant factor to our overall effective tax rate. Certain foreign income is subject to U.S. tax net of any available foreign tax credits. Our full year effective tax rate for 2011 includes a benefit of approximately 10 percentage points from these non U.S. operations. Refer to Note 15 - Income and Other Taxes, in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the geographic mix of income before taxes and the related impacts on our effective tax rate.
Our effective tax rate is based on nonrecurring events as well as recurring factors, including the taxation of foreign income. In addition, our effective tax rate will change based on discrete or other nonrecurring events (such as audit settlements) that may not be predictable. We anticipate that our effective tax rate for 2012 will be approximately 29%, excluding the effects of intangibles amortization and any discrete events.
Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Total equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
$
149

 
$
78

 
$
41

Fuji Xerox after-tax restructuring costs
19

 
38

 
46

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates primarily reflects our 25% share of Fuji Xerox.
The 2011 increase of $71 million was primarily due to an increase in Fuji Xerox’s net income, which was primarily driven by higher revenue and cost improvements as well as the strengthening of the Yen and lower restructuring costs.
The 2010 increase of $37 million from 2009 was primarily due to an increase in Fuji Xerox’s net income, which was primarily driven by higher revenue and cost improvements, as well as lower restructuring costs.
 
Net Income
Net income attributable to Xerox for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1,295 million, or $0.90 per diluted share. On an adjusted basis3, net income attributable to Xerox was $1,563 million, or $1.08 per diluted share, and included adjustments for the amortization of intangible assets and the loss on early extinguishment of liability.
Net income attributable to Xerox for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $606 million, or $0.43 per diluted share. On an adjusted basis3, net income attributable to Xerox was $1,296 million, or $0.94 per diluted share, and included adjustments for the amortization of intangible assets, restructuring and asset impairment charges (including those incurred by Fuji Xerox), acquisition-related costs and other discrete costs and expenses.
Refer to the the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section for the reconciliation of reported net income to adjusted net income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective dates of adoption and the effects on results of operations and financial conditions.

Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profit

Our reportable segments are consistent with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are Technology, Services and Other. Revenues by segment for the three years ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
15

Table of Contents                         


(in millions)
Total Revenue
 
Segment Profit (Loss)
 
Segment Margin
2011
 
 
 
 
 
Service
$
10,837

 
$
1,207

 
11.1
 %
Technology
10,259

 
1,140

 
11.1
 %
Other
1,530

 
(255
)
 
(16.7
)%
Total
$
22,626

 
$
2,092

 
9.2
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
Service
$
9,637

 
1,132

 
11.7
 %
Technology
10,349

 
1,085

 
10.5
 %
Other
1,647

 
(342
)
 
(20.8
)%
Total
$
21,633

 
$
1,875

 
8.7
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
2009
 
 
 
 
 
Service
$
3,476

 
$
231

 
6.6
 %
Technology
10,067

 
949

 
9.4
 %
Other
1,636

 
(342
)
 
(20.9
)%
Total
$
15,179

 
$
838

 
5.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010 Pro-forma(1)
 
 
 
 
 
Service
$
10,256

 
$
1,166

 
11.4
 %
Technology
10,349

 
1,085

 
10.5
 %
Other
1,647

 
(353
)
 
(21.4
)%
Total
$
22,252

 
$
1,898

 
8.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
2009 Pro-forma(1)
 
 
 
 
 
Service
$
9,379

 
$
1,008

 
10.7
 %
Technology
10,067

 
949

 
9.4
 %
Other
1,636

 
(447
)
 
(27.3
)%
Total
$
21,082

 
$
1,510

 
7.2
 %
 
Services
Our Services segment comprises three service offerings: Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”), Information Technology Outsourcing (“ITO”) and Document Outsourcing (“DO”). The DO business included within the Services segment essentially represents Xerox’s pre-ACS acquisition outsourcing business, as ACS’s outsourcing business is reported as BPO and ITO revenue.
Services segment revenues for the three years ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:
 
 
Revenue
 
Change
 
Pro-forma(1) Change
(in millions)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
2010
 
2011
 
2010
Business Processing Outsourcing
 
$
6,035

 
$
5,112

 
$
94

 
18
%
 
*

 
8
 %
 
8
 %
Document Outsourcing
 
3,584

 
3,297

 
3,382

 
9
%
 
(3
)%
 
9
 %
 
(3
)%
Information Technology Outsourcing
 
1,326

 
1,249

 

 
6
%
 
*

 
(4
)%
 

Less: Intra-segment Elimination
 
(108
)
 
(21
)
 

 
*

 
*

 
*

 

Total Services Revenue
 
$
10,837

 
$
9,637

 
$
3,476

 
12
%
 
177
 %
 
6
 %
 
3
 %
____________________________
* Percent not meaningful.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
16

Table of Contents                         


Note: The Services segment is discussed on a pro-forma1 basis. In 2011, for comparison purposes, we adjust our historical 2010 results to include ACS’s 2010 estimated results for the period from January 1 through February 5, 2010. In 2010, for comparison purposes, we adjust our historical 2009 results to include ACS's 2009 estimated results for the period from February 6 through December 31, 2009. We believe these pro-forma comparisons provide a perspective on the impact of the ACS acquisition on our results and trends. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for a further explanation and discussion of this non-GAAP presentation.
Revenue 2011
Services revenue of $10,837 million increased 12% or 6% on a pro-forma1 basis, with no impact from currency.
BPO revenue had pro-forma1 revenue growth of 8% and represented 55% of total Services revenue. The growth in BPO was primarily driven by acquisitions over the past two years consistent with our strategy to expand our service offerings through "tuck-in" acquisitions. BPO growth was also driven to a lesser extent by growth in the healthcare payer, human resources services, business process solutions and transportation solutions businesses.
DO revenue increased 9%, including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency, and represented 33% of total Services revenue. The increase reflects an improving growth trend from our partner print services offerings as well as new signings.
ITO revenue on a pro-forma1 basis decreased 4% and represented 12% of total Services revenue. The decrease in ITO revenue was driven by lower third-party equipment sales as well as the impact of lower contract renewals partially offset by growth in new commercial business.
Segment Margin 2011
Services segment margin of 11.1% decreased 0.6-percentage points, or 0.3-percentage points on a pro-forma1 basis, from the prior year as the gross margin decline, which was driven by the ramping of new services contracts and the impact of lower contract renewals, more than offset the lower costs and expenses from restructuring and synergy savings.
Metrics
Pipeline
Our total services sales pipeline at December 31, 2011, including synergy opportunities, grew 5% over the prior year. We have been able to maintain a significant pipeline since the ACS acquisition. This sales pipeline includes the Total Contract Value (“TCV”) of new business opportunities that potentially could be contracted within the next six months and excludes business opportunities with estimated annual recurring revenue in excess of $100 million.
Signings
Signings are defined as estimated future revenues from contracts signed during the period, including renewals of existing contracts.

TCV represents the estimated future contract revenue for pipeline or signed contracts for signings, as applicable.
Signings were as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in billions)
 
2011
 
2010
BPO
 
$
6.8

 
$
10.0

DO
 
4.4

 
3.3

ITO
 
3.4

 
1.3

Total Signings
 
$
14.6

 
$
14.6

Services signings were an estimated $14.6 billion in TCV for 2011 and were flat as compared to the prior year and were impacted by the cyclicality of large deals, particularly the California Medicaid signing in 2010. However, signings did trend positively in 2011, increasing sequentially for the last three quarters of the year. Estimated services signings of $14.6 billion in 2010 increased by 13% as compared to the comparable prior-year period driven by strong signings in all lines of businesses.
Revenue 2010
Services revenue of $9,637 million increased 177%, or 3% on a pro-forma1 basis, including a negligible impact from currency.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
17

Table of Contents                         


BPO delivered pro-forma1 revenue growth of 8% and represented 53% of total Services revenue. BPO growth was driven by healthcare services, customer care, transportation solutions, healthcare payer services and acquisitions during the year.
DO revenue decreased 3%, including a negligible impact from currency, and represented 34% of total Services revenue. The decrease primarily reflects the continued impact of the weak economy in 2010 on usage levels and renewal rates.
ITO revenue was flat on a pro-forma1 basis and represented 13% of total Services revenue.
Segment Margin 2010
Services segment margin of 11.7% increased 5.1-percentage points, or 1.0-percentage points on a pro-forma1 basis, from 2009 primarily driven by BPO revenue growth and lower G&A expenses.

Technology
Our Technology segment includes the sale of products and supplies, as well as the associated technical service and financing of those products. The Technology segment represents our pre-ACS acquisition equipment-related business exclusive of our document outsourcing business, which was integrated into the Services segment together with the acquired ACS outsourcing businesses – business process outsourcing and information technology outsourcing.
Revenue
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Change
(in millions)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
2010
Equipment sales
 
$
3,277

 
$
3,404

 
$
3,137

 
(4
)%
 
9
%
Annuity revenue
 
6,982

 
6,945

 
6,930

 
1
 %
 
%
Total Revenue
 
$
10,259

 
$
10,349

 
$
10,067

 
(1
)%
 
3
%
Revenue 2011
Technology revenue of $10,259 million decreased 1%, including a 2-percentage points positive impact from currency. Total revenues include the following:
4% decrease in equipment sales revenue with a 1-percentage point positive impact from currency primarily driven by a decline in Europe reflecting the economic conditions in the Euro Zone, particularly in the fourth quarter 2011. In addition, install declines of entry and mono products were only partially offset by install growth in mid-range and high-end color products. Consistent with prior years, price declines were in the range of 5% to 10%. Technology revenue excludes increasing revenues in our DO offerings.
1% increase in annuity revenue, including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. An increase in supplies revenue increase was offset by a decline in pages.
Technology revenue mix is 22% entry, 57% mid-range and 21% high-end.
Segment Margin 2011
Technology segment margin of 11.1% increased 0.6-percentage points from prior year. Lower cost and expense from restructuring savings in addition to an increase in equity in net income from unconsolidated affiliates more than offset the gross margin decline.
Installs 2011
Entry
4% decrease in entry black-and-white and color multifunction devices and color printers reflecting:
A decline in sales to OEM partners
A decline in developing markets due in part to a very strong 2010 in which installs increased significantly
These declines were partially offset by growth in newly launched products such as the WorkCentre® 3045 and WorkCentre® 6015.

Mid-Range
26% increase in installs of mid-range color devices driven primarily by demand for new products, such as the WorkCentre® 7530/7535, WorkCentre® 7545/7556 and WorkCentre® 7120 and the Xerox Color 550/560. This growth has enabled market share gains in the fastest growing and most profitable segment of the office color market.
2% increase in installs of mid-range black-and-white devices driven by strong demand for the recently launched

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
18

Table of Contents                         


WorkCentre® 5325/5330/5335 product partially offset by declines in Europe.
High-End
7% increase in installs of high-end color systems driven primarily by installs of our market-leading Xerox Color 800 and 1000 and iGen as well as strong demand for the recently launched Xerox Color 770 and the DocuColorTM 8080. These products have improved our offerings in the entry production color product category.
8% decrease in installs of high-end black-and-white systems driven by declines across most product areas.
Install activity percentages include installations for Document Outsourcing and the Xerox-branded product shipments to GIS. Descriptions of “Entry”, “Mid-range” and “High-end” are defined in Note 2 - Segment Reporting, in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue 2010
Technology revenue of $10,349 million increased 3%, including a negligible impact from currency and reflected solid install and related equipment revenue growth including the launch of 21 new products in 2010. Total revenues include the following:
9% increase in equipment sales revenue, with a 1-percentage point negative impact from currency, driven primarily by a install growth across all color product categories.
Annuity revenue was flat compared to prior year, with a 1-percentage point negative impact from currency, as increased supplies sales were offset by lower service revenues reflecting decreased but stabilizing page volumes.
Technology revenue mix is 22% entry, 56% mid-range and 22% high-end.
Segment Margin 2010
Technology segment margin of 10.5% increased 1.1-percentage points from prior year period. Lower cost and expense from restructuring savings in addition to an increase in equity in net income from unconsolidated affiliates more than offset the gross margin decline.
Installs 2010
Entry
46% increase in installs of A4 black-and-white multifunction devices driven by growth in developing markets and indirect channels.
39% increase in install of A4 color multifunction devices driven by demand for new products.
4% increase in installs of color printers.

Mid-Range
4% increase in installs of mid-range black-and-white devices.
27% increase in installs of mid-range color devices primarily driven by demand for new products, such as the Xerox Color 550/560, WorkCentre 7545/7556 and WorkCentre 7120/7700, and the continued strong demand for the ColorQube.
High-End
8% decrease in installs of high-end black-and-white systems, reflecting declines across most product areas.
26% increase in installs of high-end color systems reflecting strong demand for the recently launched Xerox Color 800 and 1000.
Install activity percentages include installations for Document Outsourcing and the Xerox-branded product shipments to GIS. Descriptions of “Entry”, “Mid-range” and “High-end” are defined in Note 2 - Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Other
Revenue 2011
Other segment revenue of $1,530 million decreased 7%, including 2-percentage points positive impact from currency, due to a decline in paper sales, wide format systems and other supplies partially offset by an increase in revenue from patent sales and licensing as noted below. Paper comprised approximately 59% of the 2011 Other segment revenue.
In the fourth quarter of 2011, we entered into an agreement with another company that included, among other items, the sale of certain patents and the cross-licensing of certain patents of each party, pursuant to which we received an up-front payment with the remaining amount payable in two equal annual installment payments. Consistent with our accounting

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
19

Table of Contents                         


policy for these transactions, revenue associated with this agreement will be recorded as earned and only to the extent of cash received. During the fourth quarter 2011, the Other segment included revenue and pre-tax income/segment profit of approximately $32 million and $26 million ($16 million after-tax), respectively, which is net of certain expenses paid in connection with this agreement. We expect to recognize additional revenue and pre-tax income/segment profit of approximately $12 million and $8 million ($5 million after-tax), respectively, in each of the next two years in the Other Segment related to this agreement.
 
Segment Loss 2011
Other segment loss of $255 million, improved $87 million from the prior year, primarily driven by lower non-financing interest expense and SAG expense.
Revenue 2010
Other segment revenue of $1,647 million increased 1%, including a negligible impact from currency. Increases in GIS's network integration and electronic presentation systems and wide format sales offset a decline in paper sales. Paper comprised approximately 58% of the 2010 Other segment revenue.

Segment Loss 2010
Other segment loss of $342 million was flat from the prior year as higher gross profit reflecting an increase in gross margins from the mix of revenues was partially offset by higher interest expense associated with funding for the ACS acquisition.
____________________________
(1)
Results are discussed primarily on a pro-forma basis and include ACS’s estimated results from January 1 through February 5 in 2010 and ACS's estimated results from February 6 through December 31 in 2009. See the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for an explanation of these non-GAAP financial measures.
(2)
Color revenues and pages represent revenues and pages from color enabled devices and is a subset of total revenues and excludes Global Imaging Systems, Inc. (“GIS”).
(3)See the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for an explanation of this non-GAAP financial measure.



Capital Resources and Liquidity
Our ability to maintain positive liquidity going forward depends on our ability to continue to generate cash from operations and access the financial capital markets, both of which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other market factors that are beyond our control.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, total cash and cash equivalents were $902 million and $1.2 billion, respectively, borrowings under our Commercial Paper Programs were $100 million and $300 million, respectively, and there were no outstanding borrowings or letters of credit under our $2 billion Credit Facility for either year end. The decrease in our cash balance was largely due to the use of a portion of our cash balance to fund share repurchases in 2011.
Our Commercial Paper program was established in 2010 as a means to reduce our cost of capital and to provide us with an additional liquidity vehicle in the market. Aggregate Commercial Paper and Credit Facility borrowings may not exceed the borrowing capacity under our Credit Facility at any time.
Over the past three years we have consistently delivered strong cash flow from operations driven by the strength of our annuity based revenue model. Cash flows from operations were $1,961 million, $2,726 million and $2,208 million for the three years ended December 31, 2011, respectively. We expect cash flows from operations between $2.0 and $2.3 billion for 2012.
Cash Flow Analysis
The following summarizes our cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 2011, as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements:
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
20

Table of Contents                         


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Change
(in millions)
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
2010
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
1,961

 
$
2,726

 
$
2,208

 
$
(765
)
 
$
518

Net cash used in investing activities
(675
)
 
(2,178
)
 
(343
)
 
1,503

 
(1,835
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(1,586
)
 
(3,116
)
 
692

 
1,530

 
(3,808
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(9
)
 
(20
)
 
13

 
11

 
(33
)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(309
)
 
(2,588
)
 
2,570

 
2,279

 
(5,158
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
1,211

 
3,799

 
1,229

 
(2,588
)
 
2,570

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
$
902

 
$
1,211

 
$
3,799

 
$
(309
)
 
$
(2,588
)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,961 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $765 million decrease in cash from 2010 was primarily due to the following:
$533 million decrease due to lower benefit from changes in accounts payable and accrued compensation primarily related to the timing of payments as well as lower spending.
$189 million decrease due to higher contributions to our defined benefit pension plans.
$101 million decrease as a result of up-front costs and other customer related spending associated primarily with new services contracts.
$65 million decrease from higher net income tax payments primarily due to refunds in the prior year.
$49 million decrease due to higher finance receivables of $39 million and equipment on operating leases of $10 million both reflective of increased equipment placements.
$46 million decrease in derivatives primarily due to the absence of proceeds from the early termination of certain interest rate swaps.
$16 million decrease due to a lower benefit from accounts receivable sales partially offset by improved collections.
$290 million increase in pre-tax income before depreciation and amortization, litigation, restructuring, curtailment and the Venezuelan currency devaluation.
$113 million increase due to the absence of cash outflows from acquisition-related expenditures.

In September 2011, we elected to make a U.S. pension contribution of 16.6 million shares of our common stock, with an aggregate value of approximately $130 million, to meet our planned level of funding for 2011.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $2,726 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and includes $113 million of cash outflows for acquisition related costs. The $518 million increase in cash from 2009 was primarily due to the following:
$1,173 million increase in pre-tax income before depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, litigation, restructuring and the Venezuelan currency devaluation.
$458 million increase due to higher accounts payable and accrued compensation primarily related to higher inventory purchases and the timing of accounts payable payments as well as increased compensation, benefit and other accruals.
$141 million increase primarily from the early termination of certain interest rate swaps.
$57 million increase due to lower restructuring payments.
$470 million decrease as a result of higher inventory levels reflecting increased activity.
$367 million decrease due to an increase in accounts receivable, net of collections of deferred proceeds from the sale of receivables, primarily as a result of higher revenues and a lower impact from receivable sales.
$216 million decrease as a result of up-front costs and other customer related spending associated with our services contracts.
$140 million decrease due to higher finance receivables of $119 million and equipment on operating leases of $21 million both reflective of increased equipment placements.
$115 million decrease primarily due to higher contributions to our U.S. pension plans. No contributions were made in 2009 to our U.S. pension plans due to the availability of prior years' credit balances.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $675 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $1,503 million decrease in the use of cash from 2010 was primarily due to the following:
$1,522 million decrease in acquisitions. 2011 acquisitions include Unamic/HCN for $55 million, ESM for $43

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
21

Table of Contents                         


million, Concept Group for $41 million, MBM for $42 million, Breakaway for $18 million and ten smaller acquisitions for an aggregate of $46 million as well as a net cash receipt of $35 million for Symcor. 2010 acquisitions include ACS for $1,495 million, ExcellerateHRO, LLP ("EHRO") for $125 million, TMS Health, LLC ("TMS") for $48 million, Irish Business Systems Limited ("IBS") for $29 million, Georgia Duplicating Products for $21 million and Spur Information Solutions for $12 million.
$24 million increase due to lower cash proceeds from asset sales.

Net cash used in investing activities was $2,178 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The $1,835 million increase in the use of cash from 2009 was primarily due to the following:
$1,571 million increase primarily due to the acquisitions of ACS for $1,495 million, EHRO for $125 million, TMS for $48 million, IBS for $29 million, Georgia Duplicating Products for $21 million and Spur Information Solutions for $12 million.
$326 million increase due to higher capital expenditures (including internal use software) primarily as a result of the inclusion of ACS in 2010.
$35 million decrease due to higher cash proceeds from asset sales.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $1,586 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $1,530 million decrease in the use of cash from 2010 was primarily due to the following:
$3,105 million decrease from net debt activity. 2011 includes proceeds of $1.0 billion from the issuance of Senior Notes offset by the repayment of $750 million for Senior Notes due in 2011 and net payments of $200 million of Commercial Paper and $1 million other debt. 2010 includes the repayments of $1,733 million of ACS's debt on the acquisition date, $950 million of Senior Notes, $550 million early redemption of the 2013 Senior Notes, net payments of $109 million of other debt and $14 million of debt issuance costs for the bridge loan facility commitment, which was terminated in 2009. These payments were offset by net proceeds of $300 million from Commercial Paper.
$701 million increase resulting from the resumption of our share repurchase program.
$670 million increase reflecting the payment of our liability to Xerox Capital Trust I in connection with their redemption of preferred securities.
$139 million increase due to lower proceeds from the issuances of common stock under our stock option plans.
$26 million increase reflecting a full year of dividend payments on shares issued in connection with the acquisition of ACS in 2010.
$12 million increase due to higher share repurchases related to employee withholding taxes on stock-based compensation vesting.

Net cash used in financing activities was $3,116 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The $3,808 million decrease in cash from 2009 was primarily due to the following:
$3,980 million decrease due to net debt activity. 2010 includes the repayments of $1,733 million of ACS's debt on the acquisition date, $950 million of Senior Notes, $550 million early redemption of the 2013 Senior Notes, net payments of $109 million on other debt and $14 million of debt issuance costs for the bridge loan facility commitment, which was terminated in 2009. These payments were offset by net proceeds of $300 million from Commercial Paper issued under a program we initiated during the fourth quarter 2010. 2009 reflects the repayment of $1,029 million for Senior Notes due in 2009, net payments of $448 million for Zero Coupon Notes, net payments of $246 million on the Credit Facility, net payments of $35 million primarily for foreign short-term borrowings, net payments of $57 million for secured debt and $44 million of debt issuance costs for the Bridge Loan Facility commitment which was terminated. These payments were partially offset by net proceeds of $2,725 million from the issuance of Senior Notes in May and December 2009.
$66 million decrease reflecting dividends on an additional number of outstanding shares as a result of the acquisition of ACS.
$182 million increase due to proceeds from the issuance of common stock primarily as a result of the exercise of stock options issued under the former ACS plans as well as the exercise of stock options from several expiring grants.
Financing Activities, Credit Facility and Capital Markets
Customer Financing Activities
We provide lease equipment financing to our customers, primarily in our Technology segment. Our lease contracts permit customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation. Our investment in these contracts is reflected in Total finance assets, net. We currently fund our customer financing activity through cash

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
22

Table of Contents                         


generated from operations, cash on hand, borrowings under bank credit facilities and proceeds from capital markets offerings.

We have arrangements in certain international countries and domestically with our small and medium sized customers, where third-party financial institutions independently provide lease financing, on a non-recourse basis to Xerox, directly to our customers. In these arrangements, we sell and transfer title of the equipment to these financial institutions. Generally, we have no continuing ownership rights in the equipment subsequent to its sale; therefore, the unrelated third-party finance receivable and debt are not included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following represents our Total finance assets, net associated with our lease and finance operations:
 
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2011
 
2010
Total Finance receivables, net(1)
$
6,362

 
$
6,620

Equipment on operating leases, net
533

 
530

Total Finance Assets, net
$
6,895

 
$
7,150

____________________________ 
(1)
Includes (i) billed portion of finance receivables, net, (ii) finance receivables, net and (iii) finance receivables due after one year, net as included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The decrease of $255 million in Total finance assets, net includes unfavorable currency of $63 million, and reflects the decrease in equipment sales over the past several years prior to 2011 as well as equipment sales growth in regions or operations where we do not have direct leasing.
Our lease contracts permit customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation; therefore, we maintain a certain level of debt, referred to as financing debt, to support our investment in these lease contracts or Total finance assets, net. We maintain this financing debt at an assumed 7:1 leverage ratio of debt to equity as compared to our Total finance assets, net for this financing aspect of our business. Based on this leverage, the following represents the breakdown of our total debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010 between financing debt and core debt:
 
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2011
 
2010
Financing debt(1)
$
6,033

 
$
6,256

Core debt
2,600

 
2,351

Total Debt
$
8,633

 
$
8,607

____________________________
(1)
Financing debt includes $5,567 million and $5,793 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, of debt associated with Total finance receivables, net and is the basis for our calculation of “Equipment financing interest” expense. The remainder of the financing debt is associated with Equipment on operating leases.
The following summarizes our total debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010:
 
 
December 31,
(in millions)
2011
 
2010
Principal debt balance(1)
$
8,450

 
$
8,380

Net unamortized discount
(7
)
 
(1
)
Fair value adjustments
190

 
228

Total Debt
8,633

 
8,607

Less: Current maturities and short-term debt
(1,545
)
 
(1,370
)
Total Long-term Debt
$
7,088

 
$
7,237

____________________________
(1)
Includes Commercial Paper of $100 million and $300 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2011 balance also includes $650 million in debt resulting from the refinancing of the Xerox Capital Trust I preferred securities.

Sales of Accounts Receivable

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
23

Table of Contents                         


We have facilities in the U.S., Canada and several countries in Europe that enable us to sell to third-parties, on an on-going basis, certain accounts receivables without recourse. The accounts receivables sold are generally short-term trade receivables with payment due dates of less than 60 days. Accounts receivables sales were as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Accounts receivable sales
$
3,218

 
$
2,374

 
$
1,566

Deferred proceeds
386

 
307

 

Fees associated with sales
20

 
15

 
13

Estimated increase to operating cash flows(1)
133

 
106

 
309

____________________________ 
(1)
Represents the difference between current and prior year fourth quarter receivable sales adjusted for the effects of: (i) the deferred proceeds, (ii) collections prior to the end of the year, and (iii) currency.
Refer to Note 4 - Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Credit Facility and Capital Market Activity
In 2011, we refinanced our $2.0 billion unsecured revolving Credit Facility that was executed in 2007 (the "2007 Credit Facility"). This new $2.0 billion Credit Facility is a five year commitment maturing in 2016 with a group of lenders, most of whom were lenders under the prior facility.

In May 2011, we issued $300 million of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “2014 Floating Rate Notes”) and $700 of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2021 Senior Notes”). Proceeds from the offering were used to redeem the $650 million Trust I 8% Preferred Securities mentioned below and for general corporate purposes.
In May 2011, Xerox Capital Trust I (“Trust I”), our wholly owned subsidiary, redeemed its 8% Preferred Securities due in 2027 of $650 million. The redemption resulted in a pre-tax loss on extinguishment of debt of $33 million ($20 million after-tax), representing the call premium of approximately $10 million and the write-off of unamortized debt costs and other liability carrying value adjustments of approximately $23 million.

Refer to Note 11- Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding 2011 debt activity.

In February 2012, we completed an exchange of our 5.71% Zero Coupon Notes due 2023 with an accreted book value at the date of the exchange of $303 million, for approximately $363 million of our 4.50% Senior Notes due 2021. Accordingly, this increased the principal amount for our 4.5% Senior notes due 2021 from $700 million to $1,063 million. The exchange was conducted to retire high interest long-dated debt in a favorable interest rate environment.

Refer to Note 21 - Subsequent Events in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this debt exchange.

Financial Instruments
Refer to Note 12 - Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our derivative financial instruments.

Share Repurchase Programs - Treasury Stock
In July 2011, we resumed our share repurchase program previously authorized by our Board of Directors. During 2011, we repurchased 87.9 million shares for an aggregate cost of $701 million, including fees.Through February 21, 2012, we repurchased an additional 6.1 million shares at an aggregate cost of $50 million, including fees, for a cumulative program total of 288.1 million shares at a cost of $3.7 billion, including fees. In January 2012, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $500 million in share repurchase, bringing the total remaining authorization for share repurchases to $1.3 billion as of February 21, 2012.

Refer to Note 18 - Shareholders’ Equity – Treasury Stock in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our share repurchase programs.

Dividends

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
24

Table of Contents                         


The Board of Directors declared aggregate dividends of $241 million and $243 million on common stock in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in 2011 is primarily due to a lower level of outstanding shares in 2011 as a result of the repurchase of shares under our share repurchase programs.

The Board of Directors declared aggregate dividends of $24 million and $21 million on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The preferred shares were issued in connection with the acquisition of ACS. The slight increase in dividends is due to the shares being outstanding for a full year in 2011 as compared to 11 months in 2010.
Liquidity and Financial Flexibility
We manage our worldwide liquidity using internal cash management practices, which are subject to (1) the statutes, regulations and practices of each of the local jurisdictions in which we operate, (2) the legal requirements of the agreements to which we are a party and (3) the policies and cooperation of the financial institutions we utilize to maintain and provide cash management services.

Our principal debt maturities are in line with historical and projected cash flows and are spread over the next ten years as follows (in millions):
Year
 
Amount
2012
 
$
1,545

2013
 
425

2014
 
1,078

2015
 
1,252

2016
 
951

2017
 
501

2018
 
1,001

2019
 
650

2020
 

2021 and thereafter
 
1,047

Total
 
$
8,450


2012 maturities include $100 million of Commercial Paper and $301 million for the 5.71% Zero Coupon Notes due 2023. In February 2012, we completed an exchange of the 5.71% Zero Coupon Notes due 2023 for approximately $363 million of our 4.50% Senior Notes due 2021.
Foreign Cash
At December 31, 2011, we had $902 million of cash and cash equivalents on a consolidated basis. Of that amount, approximately $280 million was held outside the U.S. by our foreign subsidiaries and is needed to fund future working capital, investment and financing needs of our foreign subsidiaries. Accordingly, we have asserted that such funds are indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S.

We believe we have sufficient levels of cash and cash flows to support our domestic requirements. However, if the cash held by our foreign subsidiaries was needed to fund our U.S. requirements, there would not be a significant tax liability associated with the repatriation, as any U.S. liability would be reduced by the foreign tax credits associated with the repatriated earnings.

However, our determination above is based on the assumption that only the cash held outside the U.S. would be repatriated as a result of an unanticipated or unique domestic need. It does not assume repatriation of the entire amount of indefinitely reinvested earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. As disclosed in Note 15 - Income and Other Taxes in our Consolidated Financial Statements, we have not estimated the potential tax consequences associated with the repatriation of the entire amount of our foreign earnings indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. We do not believe it is practical to calculate the potential tax impact, as there is a significant amount of uncertainty with respect to determining the amount of foreign tax credits as well as any additional local withholding tax and other indirect tax consequences that may arise from the distribution of these earnings. In addition, because such earnings have been indefinitely reinvested in our foreign operations, repatriation would require liquidation of those investments or a recapitalization of our foreign subsidiaries, the impacts and effects of which are not readily determinable.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
25

Table of Contents                         


Loan Covenants and Compliance
At December 31, 2011, we were in full compliance with the covenants and other provisions of our Credit Facility and Senior Notes. We have the right to prepay outstanding loans or to terminate the Credit Facility without penalty. Failure to comply with material provisions or covenants of the Credit Facility and Senior Notes could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and operations and our ability to continue to fund our customers' purchase of Xerox equipment.
Refer to Note 11 - Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding debt arrangements.

Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies
At December 31, 2011, we had the following contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments and contingencies:
 
(in millions) 
 
2012 
 
2013 
 
2014 
 
2015
 
2016 
 
Thereafter 
Total debt, including capital lease obligations (1)
 
$
1,541

 
$
425

 
$
1,078

 
$
1,252

 
$
951

 
$
3,202

Minimum operating lease commitments (2) 
 
637

 
503

 
296

 
168

 
83

 
103

Defined benefit pension plans
 
560

 

 

 

 

 

Retiree health payments
 
80

 
83

 
82

 
81

 
80

 
372

Estimated Purchase Commitments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Flextronics (3)
 
599

 

 

 

 

 

Fuji Xerox(4)
 
2,180

 

 

 

 

 

IM service contracts(5)
 
180

 
141

 
95

 
45

 
12

 

Other (6)
 
22

 
5

 
2

 

 

 

Total
 
$
5,799

 
$
1,157

 
$
1,553

 
$
1,546

 
$
1,126

 
$
3,677

 
(1)
Refer to Note 11 - Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information and interest payments related to total debt. Amounts above include principal portion only and $100 million of Commercial Paper at December 31, 2011.
(2)
Refer to Note 6 - Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to minimum operating lease commitments.
(3)
Flextronics: We outsource certain manufacturing activities to Flextronics. The amount included in the table reflects our estimate of purchases over the next year and is not a contractual commitment. Actual purchases from Flextronics were approximately $600 million in 2011 and 2010.
(4)
Fuji Xerox: The amount included in the table reflects our estimate of purchases over the next year and is not a contractual commitment.
(5)
We have an information management contract with HP Enterprise Services (“HPES”) which runs through 2014. Services provided under this contract include support for our European mainframe system processing, as well as workplace, service desk and voice and data network management. We can terminate this contract for convenience without paying a termination fee by providing 60 days prior notice. We also have several agreements for similar services with other third party providers. These contracts have various terms through 2016 and include desktop services, voice and data network related services, mainframe application, development and support and mid-range applications processing and support.
(6)
Other purchase commitments: We enter into other purchase commitments with vendors in the ordinary course of business. Our policy with respect to all purchase commitments is to record losses, if any, when they are probable and reasonably estimable. We currently do not have, nor do we anticipate, material loss contracts.
Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefit Plans
We sponsor defined benefit pension plans and retiree health plans that require periodic cash contributions. Our 2011 cash contributions for these plans were $426 million for our defined benefit pension plans and $73 million for our retiree health plans. We also elected to make a contribution of 16.6 million shares of our common stock, with an aggregate value of approximately $130 million, to our U.S. defined benefit pension plan for salaried employees in order to meet our planned level of funding for 2011. Accordingly, total contributions to our defined benefit pension plans were $556 million in 2011.

In 2012 , based on current actuarial calculations, we expect to make contributions of approximately $560 million to our worldwide defined benefit pension plans and approximately $80 million to our retiree health benefit plans. As in 2011, contributions to our defined benefit pension plans may include shares of our common stock in lieu of cash depending on our cash requirements during the year. Despite favorable returns on our defined benefit pension plan assets, contributions in 2012 are expected to be level with 2011 primarily due to a significant decrease in the discount rate. Contributions in subsequent years will depend on a number of factors, including the investment performance of plan assets and discount rates as well as potential legislative and plan changes. We currently expect contributions to our defined benefit pension plans to decline in years subsequent to 2012.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
26

Table of Contents                         


Our retiree health benefit plans are non-funded and are almost entirely related to domestic operations. Cash contributions are made each year to cover medical claims costs incurred during the year. The amounts reported in the above table as retiree health payments represent our estimate of future benefit payments.
Fuji Xerox
We purchased products, including parts and supplies, from Fuji Xerox totaling $2.2 billion, $2.1 billion and $1.6 billion in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are entered into in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. Related party transactions with Fuji Xerox are discussed in Note 7 - Investments in Affiliates, at Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies
Our Brazilian operations are involved in various litigation matters and have received or been the subject of numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes, as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these tax matters and intend to vigorously defend our positions. Based on the opinion of legal counsel and current reserves for those matters deemed probable of loss, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will materially impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The labor matters principally relate to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the equivalent payment of all social security and other related labor benefits, as well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular employees. As of December 31, 2011, the total amounts related to the unreserved portion of the tax and labor contingencies, inclusive of related interest, amounted to approximately $1,120 million, with the decrease from December 31, 2010 balance of approximately $1,274 million, primarily related to currency and adjustments from closed cases partially offset by interest and new cases. With respect to the unreserved balance of $1,120 million, the majority of has been assessed by management as being remote as to the likelihood of ultimately resulting in a loss to the Company. In connection with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2011 we had $240 million of escrow cash deposits for matters we are disputing, and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net book value of $16 million and additional letters of credit of approximately $237 million, which include associated indexation. Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable.
Other Contingencies and Commitments
As more fully discussed in Note 16 - Contingencies and Litigation in the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. In addition, guarantees, indemnifications and claims may arise during the ordinary course of business from relationships with suppliers, customers and non-consolidated affiliates. Nonperformance under a contract including a guarantee, indemnification or claim could trigger an obligation of the Company.

We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. Should developments in any of these areas cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits
As of December 31, 2011, we had $225 million of unrecognized tax benefits. This represents the tax benefits associated with various tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, on domestic and international tax returns that have not been recognized in our financial statements due to uncertainty regarding their resolution. The resolution or settlement of these tax positions with the taxing authorities is at various stages and therefore we are unable to make a reliable estimate of the eventual cash flows by period that may be required to settle these matters. In addition, certain of these matters may not require cash settlement due to the existence of credit and net operating loss carryforwards, as well as other offsets, including the indirect benefit from other taxing jurisdictions that may be available.


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
27

Table of Contents                         


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Although we rarely utilize off-balance sheet arrangements in our operations (as defined by the SEC Financial Reporting Release 67 (FRR-67), “Disclosure in Management’s Discussion and Analysis about Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations.”), we enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. The nature of these lease arrangements is discussed in Note 6 - Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, we have facilities primarily in the U.S., Canada and several countries in Europe that enable us to sell to third-parties, on an on-going basis, certain accounts receivable without recourse. Refer to Note 4 - Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding these facilities.
See the table above for the Company's contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments and Note 16 - Contingencies and Litigation in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding contingencies, guarantees, indemnifications and warranty liabilities.
 

Financial Risk Management
 
We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. We utilized derivative financial instruments to hedge economic exposures, as well as reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates.

Recent market events have not caused us to materially modify or change our financial risk management strategies with respect to our exposures to interest rate and foreign currency risk. Refer to Note 12 - Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on our financial risk management.
Foreign Exchange Risk Management
Assuming a 10% appreciation or depreciation in foreign currency exchange rates from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2011, the potential change in the fair value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities in each entity would not be significant because all material currency asset and liability exposures were economically hedged as of December 31, 2011. A 10% appreciation or depreciation of the U.S. Dollar against all currencies from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2011 would have an impact on our cumulative translation adjustment portion of equity of approximately $740 million. The net amount invested in foreign subsidiaries and affiliates, primarily Xerox Limited, Fuji Xerox, Xerox Canada Inc. and Xerox Brasil, and translated into U.S. Dollars using the year-end exchange rates, was approximately $7.4 billion at December 31, 2011.
Interest Rate Risk Management

The consolidated weighted-average interest rates related to our total debt for 2011, 2010 and 2009 approximated 5.2%, 5.8%, and 6.1%, respectively. Interest expense includes the impact of our interest rate derivatives.
Virtually all customer-financing assets earn fixed rates of interest. The interest rates on a significant portion of the Company's term debt are fixed.
As of December 31, 2011, $302 million of our total debt carried variable interest rates, including the effect of pay variable interest rate swaps we use to reduce the effective interest rate on our fixed coupon debt.
The fair market values of our fixed-rate financial instruments are sensitive to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2011, a 10% change in market interest rates would change the fair values of such financial instruments by approximately $160 million.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We have reported our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). In addition, we have discussed our results using non-GAAP measures.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
28

Table of Contents                         


Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide an additional means of analyzing the current periods’ results against the corresponding prior periods’ results. However, these non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP financial measures are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for comparable GAAP measures and should be read only in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our management regularly uses our supplemental non-GAAP financial measures internally to understand, manage and evaluate our business and make operating decisions. These non-GAAP measures are among the primary factors management uses in planning for and forecasting future periods. Compensation of our executives is based in part on the performance of our business based on these non-GAAP measures.
 
A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures and the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP are set forth on the following tables.
Adjusted Earnings Measures
To better understand the trends in our business and the impact of the ACS acquisition, we believe it is necessary to adjust the following amounts determined in accordance with GAAP to exclude the effects of the certain items as well as their related income tax effects. For our 2011 reporting year, adjustments were limited to the amortization of intangible assets and the loss on early extinguishment of liability.
 
Net income and Earnings per share (“EPS”),
Effective tax rate, and
Pre-tax income(loss) margin.

The above have been adjusted for the following items:
 
Amortization of intangible assets (All periods): The amortization of intangible assets is driven by our acquisition activity which can vary in size, nature and timing as compared to other companies within our industry and from period to period. Accordingly, due to the incomparability of acquisition activity among companies and from period to period, we believe exclusion of the amortization associated with intangible assets acquired through our acquisitions allows investors to better compare and understand our results. The use of intangible assets contributed to our revenues earned during the periods presented and will contribute to our future period revenues as well. Amortization of intangible assets will recur in future periods.
Restructuring and asset impairment charges (including those incurred by Fuji Xerox) (2010 and 2009 only): Restructuring and asset impairment charges consist of costs primarily related to severance and benefits for employees terminated pursuant to formal restructuring and workforce reduction plans. We exclude these charges because we believe that these historical costs do not reflect expected future operating expenses and do not contribute to a meaningful evaluation of our current or past operating performance. In addition, such charges are inconsistent in amount and frequency. Such charges are expected to yield future benefits and savings with respect to our operational performance.
Acquisition-related costs (2010 and 2009 only): We incurred significant expenses in connection with our acquisition of ACS which we generally would not have otherwise incurred in the periods presented as a part of our continuing operations. Acquisition-related costs include transaction and integration costs, which represent external incremental costs directly related to completing the acquisition and the integration of ACS and Xerox. We believe it is useful for investors to understand the effects of these costs on our total operating expenses.
Other discrete, unusual or infrequent costs and expenses: In addition, we have also excluded the following additional items given the discrete, unusual or infrequent nature of the item on our results of operations for the period: 1) Loss on early extinguishment of liability (2011 and 2010), 2) Medicare subsidy tax law change (income tax effect only)(2010), 3) ACS shareholder’s litigation settlement (2010) and 4) Venezuela devaluation (2010). We believe the exclusion of these items allows investors to better understand and analyze the results for the period as compared to prior periods as well as expected trends in our business.
In addition to the above excluded items, the calculation of operating income and margin also excludes other expenses, net which is primarily composed of non-financing interest expense, as well a curtailment gain in 2011.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
29

Table of Contents                         


Pro-forma Basis
To better understand the trends in our business, we discuss our 2011 and 2010 operating results by comparing them against adjusted prior period results which include ACS historical results for the comparable period. We acquired ACS on February 5, 2010 and ACS's results subsequent that date are included in our reported results. Accordingly, for the comparison of our reported 2011 results to 2010, we included ACS’s 2010 estimated results for the period, January 1 through February 5, 2010 in our reported 2010 results (pro-forma 2010). For the comparison of our reported 2010 results to 2009, we included ACS's 2009 estimated results for the period February 6 through December 31 in our reported 2009 results (pro-forma 2009). We refer to these comparisons against adjusted results as “pro-forma” basis comparisons. ACS’s historical results for these periods have been adjusted to reflect fair value adjustments related to property, equipment and computer software as well as customer contract costs. In addition, adjustments were made for deferred revenue, exited businesses and other material non-recurring costs associated with the acquisition. We believe comparisons on a pro-forma basis provide an enhanced assessment than the actual comparisons given the size and nature of the ACS acquisition. In addition, the acquisition of ACS increased the proportion of our revenue from services, which has a lower gross margin and SAG as a percent of revenue than we historically experienced when Xerox was primarily a Technology company. We believe the pro-forma basis comparisons provide investors with a better understanding and additional perspective of the expected trends in our business as well as the impact of the ACS acquisition on the Company’s operations.
Net Income and EPS reconciliation:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011(1)
 
2010
(in millions; except per share amounts)
 
Net Income
 
EPS
 
Net Income
 
EPS
As Reported
 
$
1,295

 
$
0.90

 
$
606

 
$
0.43

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
248

 
0.17

 
194

 
0.14

Loss on early extinguishment of liability
 
20

 
0.01

 
10

 
0.01

Xerox and Fuji Xerox restructuring charges
 
 
 
 
 
355

 
0.26

ACS acquisition-related costs
 
 
 
 
 
58

 
0.04

ACS shareholders’ litigation settlement
 
 
 
 
 
36

 
0.03

Venezuela devaluation costs
 
 
 
 
 
21

 
0.02

Medicare subsidy tax law change
 
 
 
 
 
16

 
0.01

Adjusted
 
$
1,563

 
$
1.08

 
$
1,296

 
$
0.94

Weighted average shares for adjusted EPS(2)
 
1,444

 
 
 
1,378

 
 
 ____________________________
(1)
For 2011, we only adjusted for Amortization of intangible assets and the Loss on early extinguishment of liability.
(2)
Average shares for the calculation of adjusted EPS for 2011 were 1,444 million and include 27 million of shares associated with the Series A convertible preferred stock and therefore the related 2011 annual dividend of $24 million is excluded. Year 2010 shares of 1,378 million also include pro-rated portion of the 27 million shares associated with the Series A convertible preferred stock and therefore the 2010 annual dividend of $21 million associated with those shares was excluded. We evaluate the dilutive effect of the Series A convertible preferred stock on an “if-converted” basis.


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
30

Table of Contents                         


Effective Tax reconciliation:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2011(1)
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
 
(in millions)
 
Pre-Tax
Income
 
Income Tax
Expense
 
Effective
Tax Rate
 
Pre-Tax Income
 
Income Tax
Expense
 
Effective
Tax Rate
As Reported
 
$
1,565

 
$
386

 
24.7
%
 
$
815

 
$
256

 
31.4
%
Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
398

 
150

 
 
 
312

 
118

 
 
Loss on early extinguishment of liability
 
33

 
13

 
 
 
15

 
5

 
 
Xerox restructuring charge
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
483

 
166

 
 
ACS acquisition-related costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77

 
19

 
 
ACS shareholders’ litigation settlement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36

 

 
 
Venezuela devaluation costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21

 

 
 
Medicare subsidy tax law change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(16
)
 
 
Adjusted
 
$
1,996

 
$
549

 
27.5
%
 
$
1,759

 
$
548

 
31.2
%
____________________________
(1)
For 2011, we only adjusted for Amortization of intangible assets and the Loss on early extinguishment of liability.

Operating Income / Margin reconciliation:
 
 
 
As Reported
 
Pro-forma
(in millions)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2010
 
2009
Total Revenue
 
$
22,626

 
$
21,633

 
$
15,179

 
$
22,252

 
$
21,082

Pre-tax Income
 
1,565

 
815

 
627

 
777

 
1,267

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
398

 
312

 
60

 
339

 
60

Xerox restructuring charge
 
33

 
483

 
(8
)
 
483

 
(8
)
Curtailment gain
 
(107
)
 

 

 

 

ACS Acquisition-related costs
 

 
77

 
72

 
77

 
104

Other expenses, net
 
322

 
389

 
285

 
444

 
382

Adjusted Operating Income
 
$
2,211

 
$
2,076

 
$
1,036

 
$
2,120

 
$
1,805

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pre-tax Income Margin
 
6.9
%
 
3.8
%
 
4.1
%
 
3.5
%
 
6.0
%
Adjusted Operating Margin
 
9.8
%
 
9.6
%
 
6.8
%
 
9.5
%
 
8.6
%
____________________________

(1) Pro-forma 2010 includes ACS’s 2010 estimated results from January 1 through February 6 in our reported 2010 results. Pro-forma 2009 includes ACS’s 2009 estimated results from February 6 through December 31 in our reported 2009 results. ACS's estimated results were adjusted to reflect fair value adjustments related to property, equipment and computer software as well as customer contract costs. In addition, adjustments were made for deferred revenue, exited businesses, certain non-recurring product sales and other material non-recurring costs associated with the acquisition.


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
31

Table of Contents                         


Pro-forma:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
As Reported
 
Pro-forma(1)
 
As Reported Change
 
Pro-forma Change
(in millions)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
 
2010
 
 
2011
 
 
2010(2)
 
Total Xerox
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment sales
 
$
3,856

 
$
3,857

 
$
3,550

 
$
3,857

 
$
3,550

 
 %
 
 
9
 %
 
 
 %
 
 
9
 %
 
Supplies, paper and other
 
3,270

 
3,377

 
3,096

 
3,402

 
3,234

 
(3
)%
 
 
9
 %
 
 
(4
)%
 
 
4
 %
 
Sales
 
7,126

 
7,234

 
6,646

 
7,259

 
6,784

 
(1
)%
 
 
9
 %
 
 
(2
)%
 
 
7
 %
 
Service, outsourcing and rentals
 
14,868

 
13,739

 
7,820

 
14,333

 
13,585

 
8
 %
 
 
76
 %
 
 
4
 %
 
 
1
 %
 
Finance income
 
632

 
660

 
713

 
660

 
713

 
(4
)%
 
 
(7
)%
 
 
(4
)%
 
 
(7
)%
 
Total Revenues
 
$
22,626

 
$
21,633

 
$
15,179

 
$
22,252

 
$
21,082

 
5
 %
 
 
43
 %
 
 
2
 %
 
 
3
 %
 
Service, outsourcing and rentals
 
$
14,868

 
$
13,739

 
$
7,820

 
$
14,333

 
$
13,585

 
8
 %
 
 
76
 %
 
 
4
 %
 
 
1
 %
 
Add: Finance income
 
632

 
660

 
713

 
660

 
713

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Add: Supplies, paper and other sales
 
3,270

 
3,377

 
3,096

 
3,402

 
3,234

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annuity Revenue
 
$
18,770

 
$
17,776

 
$
11,629

 
$
18,395

 
$
17,532

 
6
 %
 
 
53
 %
 
 
2
 %
 
 
1
 %
 
Gross Profit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
 
$
2,429

 
$
2,493

 
$
2,251

 
$
2,494

 
$
2,269

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service, outsourcing and rentals
 
4,599

 
4,544

 
3,332

 
4,646

 
4,585

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance income
 
401

 
414

 
442

 
414

 
442

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
7,429

 
$
7,451

 
$
6,025

 
$
7,554

 
$
7,296

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Margin:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
 
34.1
%
 
34.5
%
 
33.9
%
 
34.4
%
 
33.4
%
 
(0.4
)
pts
 
0.6

pts
 
(0.3
)
pts
 
1.1

pts
Service, outsourcing and rentals
 
30.9
%
 
33.1
%
 
42.6
%
 
32.4
%
 
33.8
%
 
(2.2
)
pts
 
(9.5
)
pts
 
(1.5
)
pts
 
(0.7
)
pts
Finance income
 
63.4
%
 
62.7
%
 
62.0
%
 
62.7
%
 
62.0
%
 
0.7

pts
 
0.7

pts
 
0.7

pts
 
0.7

pts
Total
 
32.8
%
 
34.4
%
 
39.7
%
 
33.9
%
 
34.6
%
 
(1.6
)
pts
 
(5.3
)
pts
 
(1.1
)
pts
 
(0.2
)
pts
RD&E
 
$
721

 
$
781

 
$
840

 
$
781

 
$
840

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RD&E % Revenue
 
3.2
%
 
3.6
%
 
5.5
%
 
3.5
%
 
4.0
%
 
(0.4
)
pts
 
(1.9
)
pts
 
(0.3
)
pts
 
(0.4
)
pts
SAG
 
$
4,497

 
$
4,594

 
$
4,149

 
$
4,653

 
$
4,651

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SAG % Revenue
 
19.9
%
 
21.2
%
 
27.3
%
 
20.9
%
 
22.1
%
 
(1.3
)
pts
 
(6.1
)
pts
 
(1.0
)
pts
 
(0.9
)
pts
Adjusted Operating Profit
 
$
2,211

 
$
2,076

 
$
1,036

 
$
2,120

 
$
1,805

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusting Operating Margin
 
9.8
%
 
9.6
%
 
6.8
%
 
9.5
%
 
8.6
%
 
0.2

pts
 
2.8

pts
 
0.3

pts
 
1.0

pts
Services Segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Document Outsourcing
 
$
3,584

 
$
3,297

 
$
3,382

 
$
3,297

 
$
3,382

 
9
 %
 
 
(3
)%
 
 
9
 %
 
 
(3
)%
 
Business Processing Outsourcing(2)
 
6,035

 
5,112

 
94

 
5,603

 
4,751

 
18
 %
 
 
*

 
 
8
 %
 
 
8
 %
 
Information Technology Outsourcing
 
1,326

 
1,249

 

 
1,377

 
1,246

 
6
 %
 
 
*

 
 
(4
)%
 
 
 %
 
Less: Intra-Segment Eliminations
 
(108
)
 
(21
)
 

 
(21
)
 

 
*

 
 
*

 
 
*

 
 
*

 
Total Revenue – Services
 
$
10,837

 
$
9,637

 
$
3,476

 
$
10,256

 
$
9,379

 
12
 %
 
 
177
 %
 
 
6
 %
 
 
3
 %
 
Segment Profit – Services
 
$
1,207

 
$
1,132

 
$
231

 
$
1,166

 
$
1,008

 
7
 %
 
 
390
 %
 
 
4
 %
 
 
12
 %
 
Segment Margin – Services
 
11.1
%
 
11.7
%
 
6.6
%
 
11.4
%
 
10.7
%
 
(0.6
)
pts
 
5.1

pts
 
(0.3
)
pts
 
1.0

pts
 *
Percent change not meaningful.
____________________________
(1)
2010 pro-forma includes ACS’s 2010 estimated results from January 1 through February 5, 2010 in our reported 2010 results. 2009 pro-forma includes ACS's 2009 estimated results from February 6 through December 31, 2009 in our reported 2009 results. The ACS results were adjusted to reflect fair value adjustments related to property, equipment and computer software as well as customer contract costs. In addition, adjustments were made for deferred revenue, exited businesses and other material non-recurring costs associated with the acquisition.
(2)
2010 changes for Xerox excluding ACS results for gross margin, RD&E and SAG were (0.2) pts, (0.5) pts and (0.8) pts, respectively, which were comparable to the pro-forma changes noted.



Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
32

Table of Contents                         


Forward-Looking Statements     
 
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management's current beliefs, assumptions and expectations and are subject to a number of factors that may cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these factors is included in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements, except as required by law.






Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
33

Table of Contents                         



XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions, except per-share data)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
 
$
7,126

 
$
7,234

 
$
6,646

Service, outsourcing and rentals
 
14,868

 
13,739

 
7,820

Finance income
 
632

 
660

 
713

Total Revenues
 
22,626

 
21,633

 
15,179

Costs and Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of sales
 
4,697

 
4,741

 
4,395

Cost of service, outsourcing and rentals
 
10,269

 
9,195

 
4,488

Equipment financing interest
 
231

 
246

 
271

Research, development and engineering expenses
 
721

 
781

 
840

Selling, administrative and general expenses
 
4,497

 
4,594

 
4,149

Restructuring and asset impairment charges
 
33

 
483

 
(8
)
Acquisition-related costs
 

 
77

 
72

Amortization of intangible assets
 
398

 
312

 
60

Curtailment gain
 
(107
)
 

 

Other expenses, net
 
322

 
389

 
285

Total Costs and Expenses
 
21,061

 
20,818

 
14,552

Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income
 
1,565

 
815

 
627

Income tax expense
 
386

 
256

 
152

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
149

 
78

 
41

Net Income
 
1,328

 
637

 
516

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
33

 
31

 
31

Net Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
1,295

 
$
606

 
$
485

Basic Earnings per Share
 
$
0.92

 
$
0.44

 
$
0.56

Diluted Earnings per Share
 
$
0.90

 
$
0.43

 
$
0.55


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
34

Table of Contents                         


XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Net Income
 
$
1,328

 
$
637

 
$
516

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
33

 
31

 
31

Net Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
1,295

 
$
606

 
$
485

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income(1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Translation adjustments, net
 
$
(105
)
 
$
(35
)
 
$
596

Unrealized gains (losses), net
 
12

 
12

 
2

Changes in defined benefit plans, net
 
(636
)
 
23

 
(169
)
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, net
 
(729
)
 

 
429

Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(1
)
 

 
1

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
(728
)
 
$

 
$
428

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive Income, net
 
$
599

 
$
637

 
$
945

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
32

 
31

 
32

Comprehensive Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
567

 
$
606

 
$
913


(1) Refer to Note 19 - Comprehensive Income for gross components of other comprehensive income, reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income and related tax effects.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
35

Table of Contents                         


XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
 
December 31,
(in millions, except share data in thousands)
 
2011
 
2010
Assets
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
902

 
$
1,211

Accounts receivable, net
 
2,600

 
2,826

Billed portion of finance receivables, net
 
166

 
198

Finance receivables, net
 
2,165

 
2,287

Inventories
 
1,021

 
991

Other current assets
 
1,058

 
1,126

Total current assets
 
7,912

 
8,639

Finance receivables due after one year, net
 
4,031

 
4,135

Equipment on operating leases, net
 
533

 
530

Land, buildings and equipment, net
 
1,612

 
1,671

Investments in affiliates, at equity
 
1,395

 
1,291

Intangible assets, net
 
3,042

 
3,371

Goodwill
 
8,803

 
8,649

Deferred tax assets, long-term
 
672

 
540

Other long-term assets
 
2,116

 
1,774

Total Assets
 
$
30,116

 
$
30,600

Liabilities and Equity
 
 
 
 
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 
$
1,545

 
$
1,370

Accounts payable
 
2,016

 
1,968

Accrued compensation and benefits costs
 
757

 
901

Unearned income
 
432

 
371

Other current liabilities
 
1,631

 
1,807

Total current liabilities
 
6,381

 
6,417

Long-term debt
 
7,088

 
7,237

Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities
 

 
650

Pension and other benefit liabilities
 
2,487

 
2,071

Post-retirement medical benefits
 
925

 
920

Other long-term liabilities
 
861

 
797

Total Liabilities
 
17,742

 
18,092

 
 
 
 
 
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
 
349

 
349

 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
 
1,353

 
1,398

Additional paid-in capital
 
6,317

 
6,580

Treasury stock, at cost
 
(124
)
 

Retained earnings
 
7,046

 
6,016

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(2,716
)
 
(1,988
)
Xerox shareholders’ equity
 
11,876

 
12,006

Noncontrolling interests
 
149

 
153

Total Equity
 
12,025

 
12,159

Total Liabilities and Equity
 
$
30,116

 
$
30,600

 
 
 
 
 
Shares of common stock issued
 
1,352,849

 
1,397,578

Treasury stock
 
(15,508
)
 

Shares of common stock outstanding
 
1,337,341

 
1,397,578


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
36

Table of Contents                         


XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
1,328

 
$
637

 
$
516

Adjustments required to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
1,251

 
1,097

 
698

Provision for receivables
 
154

 
180

 
289

Provision for inventory
 
39

 
31

 
52

Deferred tax expense (benefit)
 
203

 
(2
)
 
120

Net gain on sales of businesses and assets
 
(9
)
 
(18
)
 
(16
)
Undistributed equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
(86
)
 
(37
)
 
(25
)
Stock-based compensation
 
123

 
123

 
85

Restructuring and asset impairment charges
 
33

 
483

 
(8
)
Curtailment gain
 
(107
)
 

 

Payments for restructurings
 
(218
)
 
(213
)
 
(270
)
Contributions to defined benefit pension plans
 
(426
)
 
(237
)
 
(122
)
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable and billed portion of finance receivables
 
(296
)
 
(118
)
 
467

Collections of deferred proceeds from sales of receivables
 
380

 
218

 

(Increase) decrease in inventories
 
(124
)
 
(151
)
 
319

Increase in equipment on operating leases
 
(298
)
 
(288
)
 
(267
)
Decrease in finance receivables
 
90

 
129

 
248

(Increase) decrease in other current and long-term assets
 
(249
)
 
(98
)
 
129

Increase in accounts payable and accrued compensation
 
82

 
615

 
157

Decrease in other current and long-term liabilities
 
(22
)
 
(9
)
 
(128
)
Net change in income tax assets and liabilities
 
89

 
229

 
(18
)
Net change in derivative assets and liabilities
 
39

 
85

 
(56
)
Other operating, net
 
(15
)
 
70

 
38

Net cash provided by operating activities
 
1,961

 
2,726

 
2,208

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment
 
(338
)
 
(355
)
 
(95
)
Proceeds from sales of land, buildings and equipment
 
28

 
52

 
17

Cost of additions to internal use software
 
(163
)
 
(164
)
 
(98
)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
 
(212
)
 
(1,734
)
 
(163
)
Net change in escrow and other restricted investments
 
(10
)
 
20

 
(6
)
Other investing, net
 
20

 
3

 
2

Net cash used in investing activities
 
(675
)
 
(2,178
)
 
(343
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds (payments) on debt
 
49

 
(3,056
)
 
866

Payment of liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities
 
(670
)
 

 

Common stock dividends
 
(241
)
 
(215
)
 
(149
)
Preferred stock dividends
 
(24
)
 
(15
)
 

Proceeds from issuances of common stock
 
44

 
183

 
1

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
 
6

 
24

 

Payments to acquire treasury stock, including fees
 
(701
)
 

 

Repurchases related to stock-based compensation
 
(27
)
 
(15
)
 
(12
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
 
(22
)
 
(22
)
 
(14
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 
(1,586
)
 
(3,116
)
 
692

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
(9
)
 
(20
)
 
13

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
(309
)
 
(2,588
)
 
2,570

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
1,211

 
3,799

 
1,229

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
 
$
902

 
$
1,211

 
$
3,799


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
37

Table of Contents                         


XEROX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in millions)
Common Stock(1)
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Treasury Stock(1)
 
Retained
Earnings
 
AOCL(6)
 
Xerox
Shareholders’
Equity
 
Non-
controlling
Interests
 
Total
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2008
$
866

 
$
2,447

 
$

 
$
5,341

 
$
(2,416
)
 
$
6,238

 
$
120

 
$
6,358

Comprehensive income

 

 

 
485

 
428

 
913

 
32

 
945

Cash dividends declared-common stock(2)

 

 

 
(152
)
 

 
(152
)
 

 
(152
)
Stock option and incentive plans
5

 
67

 

 

 

 
72

 

 
72

Tax loss on stock option and incentive plans, net

 
(21
)
 

 

 

 
(21
)
 

 
(21
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 
(11
)
 
(11
)
Balance at December 31, 2009
$
871

 
$
2,493

 
$

 
$
5,674

 
$
(1,988
)
 
$
7,050

 
$
141

 
$
7,191

Comprehensive income

 

 

 
606

 

 
606

 
31

 
637

ACS Acquisition(4)
490

 
3,825

 

 

 

 
4,315

 

 
4,315

Cash dividends declared-common stock(2)

 

 

 
(243
)
 

 
(243
)
 

 
(243
)
Cash dividends declared-preferred stock(3)

 

 

 
(21
)
 

 
(21
)
 

 
(21
)
Stock option and incentive plans
37

 
256

 

 

 

 
293

 

 
293

Tax benefit on stock option and incentive plans, net

 
6

 

 

 

 
6

 

 
6

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 
(19
)
 
(19
)
Balance at December 31, 2010
$
1,398

 
$
6,580

 
$

 
$
6,016

 
$
(1,988
)
 
$
12,006

 
$
153

 
$
12,159

Comprehensive income

 

 

 
1,295

 
(728
)
 
567

 
32

 
599

Cash dividends declared-common stock(2)

 

 

 
(241
)
 

 
(241
)
 

 
(241
)
Cash dividends declared-preferred stock(3)

 

 

 
(24
)
 

 
(24
)
 

 
(24
)
Contribution of common stock to U.S. pension plan(5)
17

 
113

 

 

 

 
130

 

 
130

Stock option and incentive plans
11

 
129

 

 

 

 
140

 

 
140

Tax loss on stock option and incentive plans, net

 
(1
)
 

 

 

 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Payments to acquire treasury stock, including fees

 

 
(701
)
 

 

 
(701
)
 

 
(701
)
Cancellation of treasury stock
(73
)
 
(504
)
 
577

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 
(37
)
 
(37
)
Other

 

 

 

 

 

 
1

 
1

Balance at December 31, 2011
$
1,353

 
$
6,317

 
$
(124
)
 
$
7,046

 
$
(2,716
)
 
$
11,876

 
$
149

 
$
12,025

_____________________________
(1)
Refer to Note 18 - Shareholders' Equity for rollforward of related shares.
(2)
Cash dividends declared on common stock of $0.0425 in each of the four quarters in 2011, 2010 and 2009.
(3)
Cash dividends declared on preferred stock of $12.22 per share in the first quarter of 2010 and $20 per share in each quarter thereafter in 2010 and 2011.
(4)
Refer to Note 3 - Acquisitions for additional information.
(5)
Refer to Note 14 - Employee Benefit Plans for additional information regarding pension plan contributions.
(6)
Refer to Note 19 - Comprehensive Income for components.





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
 


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
38

Table of Contents                         


XEROX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions, except per-share data and where otherwise noted)

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
References herein to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries unless the context specifically requires otherwise.
Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
We are a $22.6 billion global enterprise for business process and document management. We offer business process outsourcing and IT outsourcing services, including data processing, healthcare solutions, human resource benefits management, finance support, transportation solutions and customer relationship management services for commercial and government organizations worldwide. The company also provides extensive leading-edge document technology, services, software and genuine Xerox supplies for graphic communication and office printing environments of any size.
Basis of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Xerox Corporation and all of our controlled subsidiary companies. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in business entities in which we do not have control, but we have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies (generally 20% to 50% ownership) are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Operating results of acquired businesses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of acquisition.
We consolidate variable interest entities if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the entity. Operating results for variable interest entities in which we are determined to be the primary beneficiary are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date such determination is made.
For convenience and ease of reference, we refer to the financial statement caption “Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income” as “pre-tax income” throughout the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to: (i) allocation of revenues and fair values in leases and other multiple element arrangements; (ii) accounting for residual values; (iii) economic lives of leased assets; (iv) revenue recognition for services under the percentage-of-completion method; (v) allowance for doubtful accounts; (vi) inventory valuation; (vii) restructuring and related charges; (viii) asset impairments; (ix) depreciable lives of assets; (x) useful lives of intangible assets; (xi) amortization period for customer contract costs; (xii) pension and post-retirement benefit plans; (xiii) income tax reserves and valuation allowances; and (xiv) contingency and litigation reserves. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, our accounting estimates require the exercise of judgment. The accounting estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
The following table summarizes certain significant charges that require management estimates for the three years ended December 31, 2011:
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
39

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Expense/(Income)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Provision for restructuring and asset impairments
 
$
33

 
$
483

 
$
(8
)
Provisions for receivables(1)
 
154

 
180

 
289

Provisions for litigation and regulatory matters
 
11

 
(4
)
 
9

Provisions for obsolete and excess inventory
 
39

 
31

 
52

Provision for product warranty liability
 
30

 
33

 
34

Depreciation and obsolescence of equipment on operating leases
 
294

 
313

 
329

Depreciation of buildings and equipment
 
405

 
379

 
247

Amortization of internal use software
 
91

 
70

 
53

Amortization of product software
 
11

 
7

 
5

Amortization of acquired intangible assets(2)
 
401

 
316

 
64

Amortization of customer contract costs
 
49

 
12

 

Defined pension benefits - net periodic benefit cost(3)
 
177

 
304

 
232

Other post-retirement benefits - net periodic benefit cost
 
14

 
32

 
26

Income tax expense(4)
 
386

 
256

 
152


(1)
Includes net receivable adjustments of $(3), $(8) and $(2) for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(2)
Includes amortization of approximately $3 for patents, which is included in cost of sales for each period presented.
(3)
2011 includes $107 pre-tax curtailment gain - refer to Note 14 - Employee Benefit Plans for additional information.
(4)
Includes impacts from changes in unrecognized tax benefits and deferred tax valuation allowances.
Changes in Estimates
In the ordinary course of accounting for items discussed above, we make changes in estimates as appropriate and as we become aware of circumstances surrounding those estimates. Such changes and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations in the period in which the changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes
Goodwill:
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which allows an entity to use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that a potential exposure exists, it is necessary to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. We adopted ASU 2011-08 in connection with our annual impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2011. The adoption of this update did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income:
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the Statement of Shareholders' Equity. The items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income were not changed. Additionally, no changes were made to the calculation and presentation of earnings per share. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which deferred the effective date of guidance pertaining to the reporting of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income in ASU 2011-05. ASU 2011-12 reinstated the requirements for the presentation of reclassifications that were in place prior to the issuance of ASU 2011-05. We adopted ASU 2011-05 effective for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 and have retrospectively applied the new presentation of comprehensive income to prior periods presented. We elected to present comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive statements. Note 19 - Comprehensive Income provides details regarding the gross components of other comprehensive income, reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income and the related tax effects. Other than

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
40

Table of Contents                         


the change in presentation and disclosure, the update did not have an impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Receivables:
In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, to provide additional guidance on a creditor’s determination of whether a restructuring qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring. This guidance was provided to assist a creditor in determining whether it has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties for purposes of determining if a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The update was effective for our third quarter beginning July 1, 2011 and did not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or disclosures as renegotiations and modifications of our finance receivables only occur on a limited basis and typically do not have a material impact.
Fair Value Accounting:
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, which amended Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures - Overall (ASC Topic 820-10) to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements, particularly for level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2012 and must be applied prospectively. Early adoption is not permitted. We do not expect this update to have a material effect on financial condition or results of operations.

In 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, which amended Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures - Overall (ASC Topic 820-10). This update required a gross presentation of activities within the rollforward of Level 3 measurements and added a new requirement to disclose transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2 measurements. The update also clarified the existing disclosure requirements in ASC 820-10 regarding: i) the level of disaggregation of fair value measurements; and ii) the disclosures regarding inputs and valuation techniques. This update was effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2010 except for the gross presentation of the Level 3 rollforward information, which was effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2011. The principal impact from this update was expanded disclosures regarding our fair value measurements.
Other Accounting Changes:
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210), Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. ASU 2011-11 requires entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the Balance Sheet and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effects of offsetting and related arrangements on its financial position. This update is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2013 and must be applied retrospectively. The principle impact from this update will be to expand disclosures regarding our financial instruments. We currently report our derivative assets and liabilities on a gross basis in the Balance Sheet even in those instances where offsetting may be allowed under a master netting agreement.

In 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-16, which amended Transfers and Servicing (ASC Topic 860): Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets. This update removed the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity and removed the exception from applying consolidation guidance to these entities. This update also clarified the requirements for isolation and limitations on portions of financial assets that are eligible for sale accounting. We adopted this update effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2010. Certain accounts receivable sale arrangements were modified in order to qualify for sale accounting under this updated guidance. The adoption of this update did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Except for the ASU's discussed above, the remaining ASU's issued by the FASB during the year entail technical corrections to existing guidance or affect guidance related to unique/infrequent transactions or specialized industries/entities and therefore have minimal, if any, impact on the Company.
Summary of Accounting Policies
Revenue Recognition
We generate revenue through services, the sale and rental of equipment, supplies and income associated with the financing of our equipment sales. Revenue is recognized when earned. More specifically, revenue related to services and sales of our products is recognized as follows:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
41

Table of Contents                         


Equipment: Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from sales-type leases, are recognized at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require us to install the product at the customer location, revenue is recognized when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer installable products are recognized upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the operating lease method and are recognized as earned over the lease term, which is generally on a straight-line basis.
Services: Technical service revenues are derived primarily from maintenance contracts on our equipment sold to customers and are recognized over the term of the contracts. A substantial portion of our products are sold with full service maintenance agreements for which the customer typically pays a base service fee plus a variable amount based on usage. As a consequence, other than the product warranty obligations associated with certain of our low end products, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations, including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs.
Revenues associated with outsourcing services are generally recognized as services are rendered, which is generally on the basis of the number of accounts or transactions processed. Information technology processing revenues are recognized as services are provided to the customer, generally at the contractual selling prices of resources consumed or capacity utilized by our customers. In those service arrangements where final acceptance of a system or solution by the customer is required, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Revenues on cost reimbursable contracts are recognized by applying an estimated factor to costs as incurred, determined by the contract provisions and prior experience. Revenues on unit-price contracts are recognized at the contractual selling prices as work is completed and accepted by the customer. Revenues on time and material contracts are recognized at the contractual rates as the labor hours and direct expenses are incurred.
In connection with our services arrangements, we incur costs to originate these long-term contracts and to perform the migration, transition and setup activities necessary to enable us to perform under the terms of the arrangement. Initial direct costs of an arrangement are capitalized and amortized over the contractual service period. We also capitalize certain incremental direct costs that are related to the contract origination or transition, implementation and setup activities and amortize them over the term of the arrangement. From time to time, we also provide certain inducements to customers in the form of various arrangements, including contractual credits, which are capitalized and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the term of the contract. Customer-related deferred set-up/transition and inducement costs were $294 and $134 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are amortized over a weighted average period of approximately eight years. Amortization expense associated with customer-related contract costs at December 31, 2011 is expected to be approximately $80 million in 2012.
Long-lived assets used in the fulfillment of the arrangements are capitalized and depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the term of the contract if an asset is contract specific.
Revenues on certain fixed price contracts where we provide information technology system development and implementation services are recognized over the contract term based on the percentage of development and implementation services that are provided during the period compared with the total estimated development and implementation services to be provided over the entire contract. These services require that we perform significant, extensive and complex design, development, modification or implementation of our customers' systems. Performance will often extend over long periods, and our right to receive future payment depends on our future performance in accordance with the agreement. During 2011 and 2010, we recognized approximately $320 and $270, respectively, of revenue using the percentage-of-completion accounting method.
The percentage-of-completion methodology involves recognizing probable and reasonably estimable revenue using the percentage of services completed, on a current cumulative cost to estimated total cost basis, using a reasonably consistent profit margin over the period. Due to the long-term nature of these projects, developing the estimates of costs often requires significant judgment. Factors that must be considered in estimating the progress of work completed and ultimate cost of the projects include, but are not limited to, the availability of labor and labor productivity, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed and the impact of delayed performance. If changes occur in delivery, productivity or other factors used in developing the estimates of costs or revenues, we revise our cost and revenue estimates, which may result in increases or decreases in revenues and costs, and such revisions are reflected in income in the period in which the facts that give rise to that revision become known.
Revenues earned in excess of related billings are accrued, whereas billings in excess of revenues earned are

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
42

Table of Contents                         


deferred until the related services are provided. We recognize revenues for non-refundable, upfront implementation fees on a straight-line basis over the period between the initiation of the ongoing services through the end of the contract term.
Sales to distributors and resellers: We utilize distributors and resellers to sell many of our technology products to end-user customers. We refer to our distributor and reseller network as our two-tier distribution model. Sales to distributors and resellers are generally recognized as revenue when products are sold to such distributors and resellers. Distributors and resellers participate in various cooperative marketing and other programs, and we record provisions for these programs as a reduction to revenue when the sales occur. Similarly, we account for our estimates of sales returns and other allowances when the sales occur based on our historical experience.
In certain instances, we may provide lease financing to end-user customers who purchased equipment we sold to distributors or resellers. We compete with other third party leasing companies with respect to the lease financing provided to these end-user customers.
Supplies: Supplies revenue generally is recognized upon shipment or utilization by customers in accordance with the sales contract terms.
Software: Most of our equipment has both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the equipment's essential functionality and therefore they are accounted for together as part of equipment sales revenues. Software accessories sold in connection with our equipment sales, as well as free-standing software sales are accounted for as separate deliverables or elements. In most cases, these software products are sold as part of multiple element arrangements and include software maintenance agreements for the delivery of technical service, as well as unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis. In those software accessory and free-standing software arrangements that include more than one element, we allocate the revenue among the elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value. VSOE of fair value is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately by us on a regular basis and not as part of the multiple-element arrangement. Revenue allocated to software is normally recognized upon delivery while revenue allocated to the software maintenance element is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.
Leases: The two primary accounting provisions which we use to classify transactions as sales-type or operating leases are: 1) a review of the lease term to determine if it is equal to or greater than 75% of the economic life of the equipment and 2) a review of the present value of the minimum lease payments to determine if they are equal to or greater than 90% of the fair market value of the equipment at the inception of the lease.
We consider the economic life of most of our products to be five years, since this represents the most frequent contractual lease term for our principal products and only a small percentage of our leases are for original terms longer than five years. There is no significant after-market for our used equipment. We believe five years is representative of the period during which the equipment is expected to be economically usable, with normal service, for the purpose for which it is intended. Residual values, if any, are established at lease inception using estimates of fair value at the end of the lease term.
With respect to fair value, we perform an analysis of equipment fair value based on cash selling prices during the applicable period. The cash selling prices are compared to the range of values determined for our leases. The range of cash selling prices must be reasonably consistent with the lease selling prices in order for us to determine that such lease prices are indicative of fair value.
The vast majority of our leases that qualify as sales-type are non-cancelable and include cancellation penalties approximately equal to the full value of the lease receivables. A portion of our business involves sales to governmental units. Certain of our governmental contracts may have cancellation provisions or renewal clauses that are required by law, such as 1) those dependent on fiscal funding outside of a governmental unit's control, 2) those that can be canceled if deemed in the best interest of the governmental unit's taxpayers or 3) those that must be renewed each fiscal year, given limitations that may exist on entering into multi-year contracts that are imposed by statute. In these circumstances, we carefully evaluate these contracts to assess whether cancellation is remote and that they are offered only in instances where required by law. Where such contract terms are not legally required, we consider the arrangement to be cancellable and account for the lease as an operating lease.
Bundled Lease Arrangements: We sell our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include equipment, service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
43

Table of Contents                         


negotiated fixed minimum monthly payment for all elements over the contractual lease term. Approximately 40% of our equipment sales revenue is related to sales made under bundled lease arrangements. These arrangements also typically include an incremental, variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual page volume minimums, which are often expressed in terms of price-per-page. The fixed minimum monthly payments are multiplied by the number of months in the contract term to arrive at the total fixed minimum payments that the customer is obligated to make (“fixed payments”) over the lease term. The payments associated with page volumes in excess of the minimums are contingent on whether or not such minimums are exceeded (“contingent payments”). In applying our lease accounting methodology, we only consider the fixed payments for purposes of allocating to the relative fair value elements of the contract. Contingent payments, if any, are recognized as revenue in the period when the customer exceeds the minimum copy volumes specified in the contract. Revenues under bundled arrangements are allocated considering the relative selling prices of the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement. Lease deliverables include maintenance and executory costs, equipment and financing, while non-lease deliverables generally consist of the supplies and non-maintenance services. The allocation for the lease deliverables begins by allocating revenues to the maintenance and executory costs plus profit thereon. These elements are generally recognized over the term of the lease as service revenue. The remaining amounts are allocated to the equipment and financing elements which are subjected to the accounting estimates noted above under “Leases.”

Multiple Element Arrangements: We enter into the following revenue arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables:
Bundled lease arrangements, which typically include both lease deliverables and non-lease deliverables as described above.
Outright sales of equipment with a related full-service maintenance agreement.
Contracts for multiple types of outsourcing services, as well as professional and value-added services. For instance, we may contract for an implementation or development project and also provide services to operate the system over a period of time; or we may contract to scan, manage and store customer documents.

If a deliverable in a multiple-element arrangement is subject to specific guidance, such as leased equipment in our bundled lease arrangements (which is subject to specific leasing guidance) or accessory software (which is subject to software revenue recognition guidance), that deliverable is separated from the arrangement based on its relative selling price (the relative selling price method - see below) and accounted for in accordance with such specific guidance. The remaining deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement are accounted for based on the following guidance.
A multiple-element arrangement is separated into more than one unit of accounting if both of the following criteria are met:
The delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and
If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in our control. If these criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as one unit of accounting and the recognition of revenue is generally upon delivery/completion or ratably as a single unit of accounting over the contractual service period.

If these criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as one unit of accounting which would result in revenue being recognized ratably over the contract term or being deferred until the earlier of when such criteria are met or when the last undelivered element is delivered.

Consideration in a multiple-element arrangement is allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables on the basis of the relative selling price. When applying the relative selling price method, the selling price for each deliverable is determined using VSOE of the selling price. When VSOE cannot be established, we attempt to establish the selling price of each deliverable based on third-party evidence ("TPE"). TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. In substantially all our multiple-element arrangements we allocate revenue based on VSOE or TPE, since products and services are generally sold separately or the selling price is determinable based on competitor prices for similar deliverables. If neither VSOE nor TPE of the selling price exists for a deliverable, we will use our best estimate of the selling price for that deliverable.
The objective of using an estimated selling price based methodology is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. Accordingly, we determine our best estimate of selling price considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions,

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
44

Table of Contents                         


competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives and pricing practices. Estimated selling price based methodology generally will apply to an insignificant proportion of our arrangements with multiple deliverables.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, including money-market funds, and investments with original maturities of three months or less.
Restricted Cash and Investments
As more fully discussed in Note 16 - Contingencies and Litigation, various litigation matters in Brazil require us to make cash deposits to escrow as a condition of continuing the litigation. In addition, as more fully discussed in Note 4 - Receivables, Net, we continue to service the receivables sold under most of our accounts receivable sale agreements. As servicer, we may collect cash related to sold receivables prior to month-end that will be remitted to the purchaser the following month. Since we are acting on behalf of the purchaser in our capacity as servicer, such cash collected is reported as restricted cash. These cash amounts are classified in our Consolidated Balance Sheets based on when the cash will be contractually or judicially released (refer to Note 10 - Supplementary Financial Information for classification of amounts).

Restricted cash amounts were as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Tax and labor litigation deposits in Brazil
 
$
240

 
$
276

Escrow and cash collections related to receivable sales
 
88

 
88

Other restricted cash
 
15

 
7

Total Restricted Cash and Investments
 
$
343

 
$
371

Inventories
Inventories are carried at the lower of average cost or market. Inventories also include equipment that is returned at the end of the lease term. Returned equipment is recorded at the lower of remaining net book value or salvage value. Salvage value consists of the estimated market value (generally determined based on replacement cost) of the salvageable component parts, which are expected to be used in the remanufacturing process. We regularly review inventory quantities and record a provision for excess and/or obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of product demand, production requirements and servicing commitments. Several factors may influence the realizability of our inventories, including our decision to exit a product line, technological changes and new product development. The provision for excess and/or obsolete raw materials and equipment inventories is based primarily on near term forecasts of product demand and include consideration of new product introductions, as well as changes in remanufacturing strategies. The provision for excess and/or obsolete service parts inventory is based primarily on projected servicing requirements over the life of the related equipment populations.
Land, Buildings and Equipment and Equipment on Operating Leases
Land, buildings and equipment are recorded at cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Equipment on operating leases is depreciated to estimated salvage value over the lease term. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Significant improvements are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are expensed. Refer to Note 5 - Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net and Note 6 - Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net for further discussion.
Software - Internal Use and Product
We capitalize direct costs associated with developing, purchasing or otherwise acquiring software for internal use and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the software, beginning when the software is implemented (“Internal Use Software”). Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements that will not result in additional functionality are expensed as incurred. Useful lives of Internal Use Software generally vary from three to ten years. Amounts expended for Internal Use Software are included in Cash Flows from Investing.

We also capitalize certain costs related to the development of software solutions to be sold to our customers upon reaching technological feasibility and amortize these costs based on estimated future revenues (“Product Software”). In recognition of the uncertainties involved in estimating revenue, that amortization is not less than straight-line amortization over the software's remaining estimated economic life. Useful lives of Product Software

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
45

Table of Contents                         


generally vary from three to ten years. Amounts expended for Product Software are included in Cash Flows from Operations.

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Additions to:
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Internal use software
 
$
163

 
$
164

 
$
98

Product software
 
108

 
70

 
1


 
 
December 31,
Capitalized costs, net:
 
2011
 
2010
Internal use software
 
$
545

 
$
468

Product software
 
256

 
145

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired net assets in a business combination, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets. The primary drivers that generate goodwill are the value of synergies between the acquired entities and the company and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies as an identifiable intangible asset. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred.

Impairment testing for goodwill is done at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (a "component") if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available, and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component.

As noted previously, in the fourth quarter of 2011, we early adopted ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which allows an entity to use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. As a result, in performing our annual impairment test, we first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, including allocated goodwill. If it is concluded that this is the case for one or more reporting units, we would then perform a detailed quantitative assessment. In 2011, after completing our annual qualitative reviews for each of our reporting units, we concluded that it was not more likely than not that the carrying value of any of our reporting units exceeded its fair value and therefore, further quantitative analysis was not required.
 
Other intangible assets primarily consist of assets obtained in connection with business acquisitions, including installed customer base and distribution network relationships, patents on existing technology and trademarks. We apply an impairment evaluation whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our intangible assets may not be recoverable. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. We believe that the straight-line method of amortization reflects an appropriate allocation of the cost of the intangible assets to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained annually by the Company. Refer to Note 8 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for further information.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We review the recoverability of our long-lived assets, including buildings, equipment, internal use software and other intangible assets, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. Our primary measure of fair value is based on discounted cash flows.
Treasury Stock
We account for repurchased common stock under the cost method and include such treasury stock as a component of our Common shareholders' equity. Retirement of Treasury stock is recorded as a reduction of Common stock and Additional paid-in capital at the time such retirement is approved by our Board of Directors.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
46

Table of Contents                         


Research, Development and Engineering (“RD&E”)
Research, development and engineering costs are expensed as incurred. Sustaining engineering costs are incurred with respect to on-going product improvements or environmental compliance after initial product launch. Our RD&E expense was as follows:

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
R&D
 
$
613

 
$
653

 
$
713

Sustaining engineering
 
108

 
128

 
127

Total RD&E Expense
 
$
721

 
$
781

 
$
840

Restructuring Charges
Costs associated with exit or disposal activities, including lease termination costs and certain employee severance costs associated with restructuring, plant closing or other activity, are recognized when they are incurred. In those geographies where we have either a formal severance plan or a history of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, we recognize severance costs when they are both probable and reasonably estimable. Refer to Note 9 - Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges for further information.
Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations
We sponsor defined benefit pension plans in various forms in several countries covering employees who meet eligibility requirements. Retiree health benefit plans cover U.S. and Canadian employees for retiree medical costs. We employ a delayed recognition feature in measuring the costs of pension and post-retirement benefit plans. This requires changes in the benefit obligations and changes in the value of assets set aside to meet those obligations to be recognized not as they occur, but systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. All changes are ultimately recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, except to the extent they may be offset by subsequent changes. At any point, changes that have been identified and quantified but not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, are recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax.
Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our pension and retiree health benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases and mortality. Actual returns on plan assets are not immediately recognized in our income statement, due to the delayed recognition requirement. In calculating the expected return on the plan asset component of our net periodic pension cost, we apply our estimate of the long-term rate of return on the plan assets that support our pension obligations, after deducting assets that are specifically allocated to Transitional Retirement Accounts (which are accounted for based on specific plan terms).
For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a calculated value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets, rather than a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the two methods relates to systematic recognition of changes in fair value over time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is applied to the calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The calculated value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost that would result from using the fair market value approach.
The discount rate is used to present value our future anticipated benefit obligations. In estimating our discount rate, we consider rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments included in various published bond indexes, adjusted to eliminate the effects of call provisions and differences in the timing and amounts of cash outflows related to the bonds, as well as the expected timing of pension and other benefit payments. In the U.S. and the U.K., which comprise approximately 75% of our projected benefit obligation, we consider the Moody's Aa Corporate Bond Index and the International Index Company's iBoxx Sterling Corporate AA Cash Bond Index, respectively, in the determination of the appropriate discount rate assumptions. Refer to Note 14 - Employee Benefit Plans for further information.
Each year, the difference between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets, as well as increases or decreases in the benefit obligation as a result of changes in the discount rate are added to or subtracted from any cumulative actuarial gain or loss from prior years. This amount is the net actuarial gain or loss

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
47

Table of Contents                         


recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and is subject to subsequent amortization to net periodic pension cost in future periods over the remaining service lives of the employees participating in the pension plan. In plans where substantially all participants are inactive, the amortization period for net actuarial gains and losses is the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants.
Foreign Currency Translation and Re-measurement
The functional currency for most foreign operations is the local currency. Net assets are translated at current rates of exchange and income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates for the applicable period. The translation adjustments are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss.

The U.S. Dollar is used as the functional currency for certain foreign subsidiaries that conduct their business in U.S. Dollars. A combination of current and historical exchange rates is used in re-measuring the local currency transactions of these subsidiaries and the resulting exchange adjustments are included in income.

Foreign currency losses were $12, $11 and $26 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and are included in Other expenses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.


Note 2 – Segment Reporting
Our reportable segments are aligned with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. We report our financial performance based on the following two primary reportable segments – Technology and Services. Our Technology segment includes the sale and support of a broad range of document systems from entry level to high-end. Our Services segment operations involve delivery of a broad range of outsourcing services including document, business processing and IT outsourcing services.
Our Technology segment is centered on strategic product groups, which share common technology, manufacturing and product platforms. This segment includes the sale of document systems and supplies, technical services and product financing. Our products range from:
 
“Entry,” which includes A4 devices and desktop printers; to
“Mid-range,” which includes A3 devices that generally serve workgroup environments in mid to large enterprises and includes products that fall into the following market categories: Color 41+ ppm priced at less than $100K and Light Production 91+ ppm priced at less than $100K; to
“High-end,” which includes production printing and publishing systems that generally serve the graphic communications marketplace and large enterprises.
The Services segment is comprised of three outsourcing service offerings:
 
Document Outsourcing (which includes Managed Print Services) ("DO")
Business Process Outsourcing ("BPO")
Information Technology Outsourcing ("ITO")
Document outsourcing services include service arrangements that allow customers to streamline, simplify and digitize their document-intensive business processes through automation and deployment of software application and tools and the management of their printing needs. Document outsourcing also includes revenues from our partner print services offerings. Business process outsourcing services includes service arrangements where we manage a customer’s business activity or process. Information technology outsourcing services include service arrangements where we manage a customer’s IT-related activities, such as application management and application development, data center operations or testing and quality assurance.
The segment classified as Other includes several units, none of which meet the thresholds for separate segment reporting. This group primarily includes Xerox Supplies Business Group (predominantly paper sales), Wide Format Systems, licensing revenues, GIS network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems and non-allocated Corporate items including non-financing interest, as well as other items included in Other expenses, net.
Selected financial information for our Operating segments was as follows:
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
48

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
Services
 
Technology
 
Other
 
Total
2011(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
$
10,754

 
$
9,722

 
$
1,518

 
$
21,994

Finance income
 
83

 
537

 
12

 
632

Total Segment Revenue
 
$
10,837

 
$
10,259

 
$
1,530

 
$
22,626

Interest expense
 
25

 
202

 
251

 
478

Segment profit(loss)(2)
 
1,207

 
1,140

 
(255
)
 
2,092

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
31

 
118

 

 
149

2010(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
$
9,548

 
$
9,790

 
$
1,635

 
$
20,973

Finance income
 
89

 
559

 
12

 
660

Total Segment Revenue
 
$
9,637

 
$
10,349

 
$
1,647

 
$
21,633

Interest expense
 
$
28

 
$
212

 
$
352

 
$
592

Segment profit(loss)(2)
 
1,132

 
1,085

 
(342
)
 
1,875

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
16

 
62

 

 
78

2009(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
$
3,373

 
$
9,470

 
$
1,623

 
$
14,466

Finance income
 
103

 
597

 
13

 
713

Total Segment Revenue
 
$
3,476

 
$
10,067

 
$
1,636

 
$
15,179

Interest expense
 
$
36

 
$
229

 
$
262

 
$
527

Segment profit(loss)(2)
 
231

 
949

 
(342
)
 
838

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
8

 
33

 

 
41


 
(1)
Asset information on a segment basis is not disclosed as this information is not separately identified and internally reported to our chief executive officer.
(2)
Depreciation and amortization expense, which is recorded in cost of sales, RD&E and SAG are included in segment profit above. This information is neither identified nor internally reported to our chief executive officer. The separate identification of this information for purposes of segment disclosure is impracticable, as it is not readily available and the cost to develop it would be excessive.
 
The following is a reconciliation of segment profit to pre-tax income:

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
Segment Profit Reconciliation to Pre-tax Income
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Total Segment Profit
 
$
2,092

 
$
1,875

 
$
838

Reconciling items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring and asset impairment charges
 
(33
)
 
(483
)
 
8

Restructuring charges of Fuji Xerox
 
(19
)
 
(38
)
 
(46
)
Acquisition-related costs
 

 
(77
)
 
(72
)
Amortization of intangible assets
 
(398
)
 
(312
)
 
(60
)
Venezuelan devaluation costs
 

 
(21
)
 

ACS shareholders' litigation settlement
 

 
(36
)
 

Loss on early extinguishment of liability and debt
 
(33
)
 
(15
)
 

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
(149
)
 
(78
)
 
(41
)
Curtailment gain
 
107

 

 

Other
 
(2
)
 

 

Pre-tax Income
 
$
1,565

 
$
815

 
$
627

Geographic area data is based upon the location of the subsidiary reporting the revenue or long-lived assets and is

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
49

Table of Contents                         


as follows for the three years ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
Revenues
 
 
Long-Lived Assets (1) 
 
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
United States
 
$
14,493

 
$
13,801

 
$
8,156

 
$
1,894

 
$
1,764

 
$
1,245

Europe
 
5,557

 
5,332

 
4,971

 
776

 
741

 
717

Other areas
 
2,576

 
2,500

 
2,052

 
276

 
309

 
262

Total Revenues and Long-Lived Assets
 
$
22,626

 
$
21,633

 
$
15,179

 
$
2,946

 
$
2,814

 
$
2,224

 
(1)
Long-lived assets are comprised of (i) land, buildings and equipment, net, (ii) equipment on operating leases, net, (iii) internal use software, net and (iv) product software, net.

Note 3 – Acquisitions

2011 Acquisitions
In December 2011, we acquired the Merizon Group Inc. which operates MBM formerly known as Modern Business Machines, a Wisconsin-based office products distributor for approximately $42 net of cash acquired. The acquisition furthers our strategy of creating a nationwide network of locally-based companies focused on improving document workflow and office efficiency.

In November 2011, we acquired The Breakaway Group ("Breakaway"), a cloud-based service provider that helps healthcare professionals accelerate their adoption of an electronic medical records ("EMR") system, for approximately $18 net of cash acquired. We are also obligated to pay the sellers up to an additional $25 if certain future performance targets are achieved, of which $18 was recorded as of the acquisition date representing the estimated fair value of this obligation for a total acquisition fair value of $36. The Denver-based firm's technology allows caregivers to practice using an EMR system without jeopardizing actual patient data. This acquisition adds to our offering of services that help healthcare professionals use the EMR system for clinical benefit.

In September 2011, we acquired the net assets related to the U.S. operations of Symcor Inc. ("Symcor"). In connection with the acquisition, we assumed and took over the operational responsibility for the customer contracts related to this operation. We agreed to pay $17 for the acquired net assets and the seller agreed to pay us $52, which represented the fair value of the liabilities assumed for a net cash receipt of $35.The assumed liabilities primarily include customer contract liabilities representing the estimated fair value of the obligations associated with the assumed customer contracts. We are recognizing these liabilities over a weighted-average period of approximately two years consistent with the cash outflows from the contracts. Symcor specializes in outsourcing services for U.S. financial institutions and its offerings range from cash management services to statement and check processing.

In July 2011, we acquired Education Sales and Marketing, LLC ("ESM"), a leading provider of outsourced enrollment management and student loan default solutions, for approximately $43 net of cash acquired. The acquisition of ESM enables us to offer a broader range of services to assist post-secondary schools in attracting and retaining the most qualified students while reducing accreditation risk.

In April 2011, we acquired Unamic/HCN B.V., the largest privately-owned customer care provider in the Benelux region in Western Europe, for approximately $55 net of cash acquired. Unamic/HCN’s focus on the Dutch-speaking market expands our customer care capabilities in the Netherlands, Belgium, Turkey and Suriname.

In February 2011, we acquired Concept Group, Ltd. for $41 net of cash acquired. This acquisition expands our reach into the small and mid-size business market in the U.K. Concept Group has nine locations throughout the U.K. and provides document imaging solutions and technical services to more than 3,000 customers.

Our Technology segment also acquired seven additional businesses in 2011 for a total of $21 in cash as part of our strategy of increasing our U.S. distribution network primarily for small and mid-size businesses. Our Services segment acquired three additional businesses in 2011 for a total of $25 in cash, primarily related to software to support our BPO service offerings.
2011 Summary
The operating results of the acquisitions described above are not material to our financial statements and are

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
50

Table of Contents                         


included within our results from the respective acquisition dates. Breakaway, Symcor, ESM and Unamic/HCN are included within our Services segment while the acquisitions of MBM and Concept Group are included within our Technology segment. The purchase prices for all acquisitions, except Symcor, were primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuation and management's estimates. Refer to Note 8 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for additional information. The overall weighted-average life of the identified amortizable intangible assets is 10 years which is being amortized using a weighted average straight-line methodology. Our 2011 acquisitions contributed aggregate revenues of approximately $177 to our 2011 total revenues from their respective acquisition dates.
2010 and 2009 Acquisitions
In October 2010, we acquired TMS Health, LLC ("TMS"), a U.S. based teleservices company that provides customer care services to the pharmaceutical, biotech and healthcare industries, for approximately $48 in cash. TMS enables us to improve communications among pharmaceutical companies, physicians, consumers and pharmacists. By providing customer education, product sales and marketing and clinical trial solutions, we augment the IT and BPO services we deliver to the healthcare and pharmaceutical industries.

In July 2010, we acquired ExcellerateHRO, LLP ("EHRO"), a global benefits administration and relocation services provider for $125 net of cash acquired. EHRO established us as one of the world's largest pension plan administrators and as a leading provider of outsourced health and welfare and relocation services.

In January 2010, we acquired Irish Business Systems Limited ("IBS"), a managed print services provider, for approximately $29 net of cash acquired. IBS expanded our reach into the small and mid-size business market in Ireland where it is the largest independent supplier of digital imaging and printing solutions.

In February 2009, we acquired ComDoc, Inc. for approximately $145 in cash. ComDoc is one of the largest independent office technology dealers in the U.S. and it expanded our coverage in Ohio, Pennsylvania, New York and West Virginia.

Our Technology segment also acquired one additional business in both 2010 and 2009 for $21 and $18 in cash, respectively, as part of our strategy of increasing our U.S. distribution network for small and mid-size businesses. Our Services segment acquired one additional business in 2010 for $12 in cash.

Summary - 2010 and 2009 Acquisitions
The operating results of the 2010 and 2009 acquisitions described above were not material to our financial statements and were included within our results from the respective acquisition dates. TMS and EHRO were included within our Services segment while the acquisition of IBS and ComDoc were primarily included within our Technology segment. The purchase prices were primarily allocated to intangible assets and goodwill based on third-party valuations and management's estimates. Refer to Note 8 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for additional information. Excluding ACS, our 2010 acquisitions contributed aggregate revenues from their respective acquisition dates of approximately $318 and $140 to our 2011 and 2010 total revenues, respectively.

Contingent Consideration
In connection with certain acquisitions, we are obligated to make contingent payments if specified contractual performance targets are achieved. Contingent consideration obligations are recorded at their respective fair value. As of December 31, 2011, the maximum aggregate amount of outstanding contingent obligations to former owners of acquired entities was approximately $42, of which $27 was accrued representing the estimated fair value of this obligation. We made contingent payments of $2 and $8 in 2011 and 2010, respectively, which are reflected within investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. ("ACS")
In February 2010, we acquired ACS in a cash-and-stock transaction valued at approximately $6.5 billion. Each outstanding share of ACS common stock was converted into a combination of 4.935 shares of Xerox common stock and $18.60 in cash. In addition, as of the acquisition date, we repaid $1.7 billion of ACS’s debt and assumed an additional $0.6 billion of debt. We also issued convertible preferred stock with a fair value of $349 and stock options valued at $222 (Refer to Note 17 - Preferred Stock and Note 18 - Shareholders' Equity for additional information regarding the issuance of preferred stock and stock options, respectively). ACS provides business process outsourcing and information technology outsourcing services and solutions to commercial and governmental clients worldwide. The operating results of ACS are included in our Services segment from February 6, 2010.


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
51

Table of Contents                         


The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The following table summarizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:

 
 
February 5, 2010
Assets
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
351

Accounts receivable
 
1,344

Other current assets
 
389

Land, buildings and equipment
 
416

Intangible assets
 
3,035

Goodwill
 
5,127

Other long-term assets
 
258

 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
Other current liabilities
 
645

Deferred revenue
 
161

Deferred tax liability
 
990

Debt
 
2,310

Pension liabilities
 
39

Other long-term liabilities
 
263

Net Assets Acquired
 
$
6,512


The unaudited pro-forma results presented below include the effects of the ACS acquisition as if it had been consummated as of January 1, 2010. The pro-forma results include the amortization associated with the acquired intangible assets and interest expense associated with debt used to fund the acquisition, as well as fair value adjustments for unearned revenue, software and land, buildings and equipment. To better reflect the combined operating results, material non-recurring charges directly attributable to the transaction have been excluded. In addition, the pro-forma results do not include any synergies or other benefits of the acquisition. Accordingly, the unaudited pro-forma financial information below is not necessarily indicative of either future results of operations or results that might have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of January 1, 2010.
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
 
Pro-forma
 
As Reported
Revenue
 
$
22,252

 
$
21,633

Net income – Xerox
 
592

 
606

Basic earnings per-share
 
0.41

 
0.44

Diluted earnings per-share
 
0.41

 
0.43


Note 4 – Receivables, Net
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable, net were as follows:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Amounts billed or billable
 
$
2,307

 
$
2,491

Unbilled amounts
 
395

 
447

Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
(102
)
 
(112
)
Accounts Receivable, net
 
$
2,600

 
$
2,826

The allowance for uncollectible accounts receivables is determined principally on the basis of past collection experience

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
52

Table of Contents                         


as well as consideration of current economic conditions and changes in our customer collection trends. Unbilled amounts include amounts associated with percentage-of-completion accounting, and other earned revenues not currently billable due to contractual provisions. Amounts to be invoiced in the subsequent month for current services provided are included in amounts billable, and at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were approximately $963 and $1,066, respectively.
Accounts Receivable Sales Arrangements
We have facilities in the U.S., Canada and several countries in Europe that enable us to sell to third-parties, on an on-going basis, certain accounts receivable without recourse. The accounts receivables sold are generally short-term trade receivables with payment due dates of less than 60 days. The agreements involve the sale of entire groups of accounts receivable for cash. In certain instances a portion of the sales proceeds are held back by the purchaser and payment is deferred until collection of the related receivables sold. Such holdbacks are not considered legal securities nor are they certificated. We report collections on such receivables as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, because such receivables are the result of an operating activity and the associated interest rate risk is de minimis due to their short-term nature. These receivables are included in the caption “Other current assets” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and were $97 and $90 at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Of the accounts receivables sold and derecognized from our Balance Sheet, $815 and $684 remained uncollected as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Under most of the agreements, we continue to service the sold accounts receivable. When applicable, a servicing liability is recorded for the estimated fair value of the servicing. The amounts associated with the servicing liability were not material. Accounts receivable sales were as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Accounts receivable sales
 
$
3,218

 
$
2,374

 
$
1,566

Deferred proceeds
 
386

 
307

 

Fees associated with sales
 
20

 
15

 
13

Estimated increase to operating cash flows(1)
 
133

 
106

 
309

 _____________________________
(1)
Represents the difference between current and prior year-end receivable sales adjusted for the effects of: (i) the deferred proceeds, (ii) collections prior to the end of the year and (iii) currency.




Finance Receivables
Finance receivables include sales-type leases, direct financing leases and installment loans arising from the marketing of our equipment. These receivables are typically collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Finance receivables, net were as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Gross receivables
 
$
7,583

 
$
7,914

Unearned income
 
(1,027
)
 
(1,093
)
Subtotal
 
6,556

 
6,821

Residual values
 
7

 
11

Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
(201
)
 
(212
)
Finance receivables, net
 
6,362

 
6,620

Less: Billed portion of finance receivables, net
 
166

 
198

Less: Current portion of finance receivables not billed, net
 
2,165

 
2,287

Finance Receivables Due After One Year, net
 
$
4,031

 
$
4,135

Contractual maturities of our gross finance receivables as of December 31, 2011 were as follows (including those already billed of $166):

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
53

Table of Contents                         


 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter 
 
Total 
$
2,832

 
$
2,073

 
$
1,469

 
$
859

 
$
315

 
$
35

 
$
7,583


Our finance receivable portfolios are primarily in the US, Canada and Western Europe. We generally establish customer credit limits and estimate the allowance for credit losses on a country or geographic basis. We establish credit limits based upon an initial evaluation of the customer's credit quality and adjust that limit accordingly based upon ongoing credit assessments of the customer including payment history and changes in credit quality.

The allowance for doubtful accounts and provision for credit losses represents an estimate of the losses expected to be incurred from the Company's finance receivable portfolio. The level of the allowance is determined on a collective basis by applying projected loss rates to our different portfolios by country, which represent our portfolio segments. This is the level at which we develop and document our methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. This loss rate is primarily based upon historical loss experience adjusted for judgments about the probable effects of relevant observable data including current economic conditions as well as delinquency trends, resolution rates, the aging of receivables, credit quality indicators and the financial health of specific customer classes or groups. The allowance for doubtful finance receivables is inherently more difficult to estimate than the allowance for trade accounts receivable because the underlying lease portfolio has an average maturity, at any time, of approximately two to three years and contains past due billed amounts, as well as unbilled amounts. We consider all available information in our quarterly assessments of the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. The identification of account-specific exposure is not a significant factor in establishing the allowance for doubtful finance receivables. Our policy and methodology used to establish our allowance for doubtful accounts has been consistently applied over all periods presented.

Since our allowance for doubtful finance receivables is determined by country, the risk characteristics in our finance receivable portfolio segments will generally be consistent with the risk factors associated with the economies of those countries/regions. Loss rates declined in both the U.S. and Canada reflecting improving economic conditions in those countries during 2011 and now are more comparable to pre-2008 rates. Since Europe is comprised of various countries and regional economies, the risk profile within our European portfolio segment is somewhat more diversified due to the varying economic conditions among the countries. However, although charge-offs in Europe were flat in 2011 as compared to 2010, loss rates increased in 2011 reflecting the economic challenges currently facing Europe particularly for those countries in the southern region. We expect 2012 loss rates to continue to be elevated within Europe as compared to prior years because of the on-going economic challenges in this region.

The following table is a rollforward of the allowance for doubtful finance receivables as well as the related investment in finance receivables:
 
 
 
United States
 
Canada
 
Europe
 
Other(3)
 
Total
Allowance for Credit Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2009
 
$
99

 
$
33

 
$
87

 
$
3

 
$
222

Provision
 
47

 
22

 
59

 

 
128

Charge-offs
 
(58
)
 
(23
)
 
(59
)
 

 
(140
)
Recoveries and other(1)
 
3

 
5

 
(6
)
 

 
2

Balance at December 31, 2010
 
91

 
37

 
81

 
3

 
212

Provision
 
15

 
11

 
74

 

 
100

Charge-offs
 
(31
)
 
(17
)
 
(59
)
 
(1
)
 
(108
)
Recoveries and other(1)
 

 
2

 
(5
)
 

 
(3
)
Balance December 31, 2011
 
$
75

 
$
33

 
$
91

 
$
2

 
$
201

Finance Receivables Collectively Evaluated for Impairment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2010(2)
 
$
3,177

 
$
872

 
$
2,706

 
$
66

 
$
6,821

December 31, 2011(2)
 
$
2,993

 
$
825

 
$
2,630

 
$
108

 
$
6,556

 _____________________________
(1)
Includes the impacts of foreign currency translation and adjustments to reserves necessary to reflect events of non-payment such as customer

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
54

Table of Contents                         


accommodations and contract terminations.
(2)
Total Finance receivables exclude residual values of $7 and $11, and the allowance for credit losses of $201 and $212 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(3)
Includes developing market countries and smaller units.

In the U.S. and Canada, customers are further evaluated or segregated by class based on industry sector. The primary customer classes are Finance & Other Services, Government & Education; Graphic Arts; Industrial; Healthcare and Other. In Europe, customers are further grouped by class based on the country or region of the customer. The primary customer classes include the U.K./Ireland, France and the following European regions - Central, Nordic and Southern. These groupings or classes are used to understand the nature and extent of our exposure to credit risk arising from finance receivables.
We evaluate our customers based on the following credit quality indicators:
 
Investment grade: This rating includes accounts with excellent to good business credit, asset quality and the capacity to meet financial obligations. These customers are less susceptible to adverse effects due to shifts in economic conditions or changes in circumstance. The rating generally equates to a Standard & Poors (S&P) rating of BBB- or better. Loss rates in this category are normally minimal at less than 1%.
Non-investment grade: This rating includes accounts with average credit risk that are more susceptible to loss in the event of adverse business or economic conditions. This rating generally equates to a BB S&P rating. Although we experience higher loss rates associated with this customer class, we believe the risk is somewhat mitigated by
the fact that our leases are fairly well dispersed across a large and diverse customer base. In addition, the higher loss rates are largely offset by the higher rates of return we obtain with such leases. Loss rates in this category are generally in the range of 2% to 4%.
Substandard: This rating includes accounts that have marginal credit risk such that the customer’s ability to make repayment is impaired or may likely become impaired. We use numerous strategies to mitigate risk including higher rates of interest, prepayments, personal guarantees and etc. Accounts in this category include customers who were downgraded during the term of the lease from investment and non-investment grade evaluation when the lease was originated. Accordingly there is a distinct possibility for a loss of principal and interest or customer default. The loss rates in this category are around 10%.
Credit quality indicators are updated at least annually, and the credit quality of any given customer can change during the life of the portfolio. Details about our finance receivables portfolio based on industry and credit quality indicators are as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
Investment
Grade
 
Non-investment
Grade
 
Substandard
 
Total Finance
Receivables
Finance and Other Services
$
349

 
$
380

 
$
160

 
$
889

Government and Education
821

 
20

 
4

 
845

Graphic Arts
126

 
200

 
172

 
498

Industrial
180

 
83

 
32

 
295

Healthcare
130

 
42

 
28

 
200

Other
97

 
93

 
76

 
266

Total United States
1,703

 
818

 
472

 
2,993

Finance and Other Services
153

 
118

 
51

 
322

Government and Education
121

 
9

 
4

 
134

Graphic Arts
36

 
39

 
35

 
110

Industrial
56

 
41

 
34

 
131

Other
74

 
42

 
12

 
128

Total Canada
440

 
249

 
136

 
825

France
246

 
354

 
92

 
692

U.K./Ireland
201

 
162

 
54

 
417

Central(1)
330

 
494

 
57

 
881

Southern(2)
219

 
256

 
63

 
538


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
55

Table of Contents                         


Nordics(3)
60

 
39

 
3

 
102

Total Europe
1,056

 
1,305

 
269

 
2,630

Other
75

 
26

 
7

 
108

Total
$
3,274

 
$
2,398

 
$
884

 
$
6,556

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2010
 
Investment
Grade
 
Non-investment
Grade
 
Substandard
 
Total Finance
Receivables
Finance and Other Services
$
360

 
$
401

 
$
190

 
$
951

Government and Education
849

 
21

 
7

 
877

Graphic Arts
147

 
217

 
156

 
520

Industrial
206

 
91

 
38

 
335

Healthcare
134

 
48

 
32

 
214

Other
102

 
109

 
69

 
280

Total United States
1,798

 
887

 
492

 
3,177

Finance and Other Services
150

 
127

 
56

 
333

Government and Education
127

 
12

 
3

 
142

Graphic Arts
32

 
35

 
48

 
115

Industrial
57

 
47

 
30

 
134

Other
88

 
47

 
13

 
148

Total Canada
454

 
268

 
150

 
872

France
219

 
374

 
82

 
675

U.K./Ireland
206

 
164

 
51

 
421

Central(1)
297

 
551

 
65

 
913

Southern(2)
263

 
237

 
81

 
581

Nordics(3)
50

 
63

 
3

 
116

Total Europe
1,035

 
1,389

 
282

 
2,706

Other
33

 
33

 

 
66

Total
$
3,320

 
$
2,577

 
$
924

 
$
6,821

_____________________________
(1)
Switzerland, Germany, Austria, Belgium and Holland.
(2)
Italy, Greece, Spain and Portugal.
(3)
Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland.

The aging of our receivables portfolio is based upon the number of days an invoice is past due. Receivables that were more than 90 days past due are considered delinquent. Receivable losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of the receivable is confirmed and is generally based on individual credit evaluations, results of collection efforts and specific circumstances of the customer. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
 
We generally continue to maintain equipment on lease and provide services to customers that have invoices for finance receivables that are 90 days or more past due and, as a result of the bundled nature of billings, we also continue to accrue interest on those receivables. However, interest revenue for such billings is only recognized if collectability is deemed reasonably assured. The aging our our billed finance receivables is as follows:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
56

Table of Contents                         


 
December 31, 2011
 
Current
 
31-90
Days
Past Due
 
>90 Days
Past Due
 
Total Billed
Finance
Receivables
 
Unbilled
Finance
Receivables
 
Total
Finance
Receivables
 
Finance
Receivables
>90 Days
and
Accruing
Finance and Other Services
$
18

 
$
4

 
$
1

 
$
23

 
$
866

 
$
889

 
$
15

Government and Education
21

 
5

 
2

 
28

 
817

 
845

 
29

Graphic Arts
16

 
2

 
1

 
19

 
479

 
498

 
7

Industrial
7

 
2

 
1

 
10

 
285

 
295

 
6

Healthcare
5

 
2

 

 
7

 
193

 
200

 
5

Other
8

 
1

 

 
9

 
257

 
266

 
4

Total United States
75

 
16

 
5

 
96

 
2,897

 
2,993

 
66

Canada
3

 
2

 
1

 
6

 
819

 
825

 
27

France
1

 
1

 
1

 
3

 
689

 
692

 
16

U.K./Ireland
3

 
2

 
3

 
8

 
409

 
417

 
4

Central(1)
7

 
2

 
3

 
12

 
869

 
881

 
46

Southern(2)
31

 
4

 
13

 
48

 
490

 
538

 
82

Nordics(3)
1

 

 

 
1

 
101

 
102

 

Total Europe
43

 
9

 
20

 
72

 
2,558

 
2,630

 
148

Other
2

 
1

 

 
3

 
105

 
108

 

Total
$
123

 
$
28

 
$
26

 
$
177

 
$
6,379

 
$
6,556

 
$
241

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2010
 
Current
 
31-90
Days
Past Due
 
>90 Days
Past Due
 
Total Billed
Finance
Receivables
 
Unbilled
Finance
Receivables
 
Total
Finance
Receivables
 
Finance
Receivables
>90 Days
and
Accruing
Finance and Other Services
$
23

 
$
5

 
$
2

 
$
30

 
$
921

 
$
951

 
$
23

Government and Education
26

 
6

 
3

 
35

 
842

 
877

 
40

Graphic Arts
21

 
3

 
1

 
25

 
495

 
520

 
16

Industrial
11

 
2

 
1

 
14

 
321

 
335

 
10

Healthcare
6

 
2

 
1

 
9

 
205

 
214

 
9

Other
8

 
2

 

 
10

 
270

 
280

 
8

Total United States
95

 
20

 
8

 
123

 
3,054

 
3,177

 
106

Canada
3

 
3

 
1

 
7

 
865

 
872

 
28

France
1

 
1

 

 
2

 
673

 
675

 
5

U.K./Ireland
4

 
1

 
1

 
6

 
415

 
421

 
7

Central(1)
9

 
2

 
4

 
15

 
898

 
913

 
39

Southern(2)
32

 
10

 
15

 
57

 
524

 
581

 
99

Nordics(3)
1

 

 

 
1

 
115

 
116

 
2

Total Europe
47

 
14

 
20

 
81

 
2,625

 
2,706

 
152

Other
2

 

 

 
2

 
64

 
66

 

Total
$
147

 
$
37

 
$
29

 
$
213

 
$
6,608

 
$
6,821

 
$
286

 _____________________________
(1)
Switzerland, Germany, Austria, Belgium and Holland.
(2)
Italy, Greece, Spain and Portugal.
(3)
Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland.

Note 5 – Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net
The following is a summary of Inventories by major category:
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
57

Table of Contents                         


 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Finished goods
 
$
866

 
$
858

Work-in-process
 
58

 
46

Raw materials
 
97

 
87

Total Inventories
 
$
1,021

 
$
991

The transfer of equipment from our inventories to equipment subject to an operating lease is presented in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the operating activities section. Equipment on operating leases and similar arrangements consists of our equipment rented to customers and depreciated to estimated salvage value at the end of the lease term. We recorded $39, $31 and $52 in inventory write-down charges for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Equipment on operating leases and the related accumulated depreciation were as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Equipment on operating leases
 
$
1,556

 
$
1,561

Accumulated depreciation
 
(1,023
)
 
(1,031
)
Equipment on Operating Leases, net
 
$
533

 
$
530

Depreciable lives generally vary from three to four years consistent with our planned and historical usage of the equipment subject to operating leases. Depreciation and obsolescence expense for equipment on operating leases was $294, $313 and $329 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our equipment operating lease terms vary, generally from 12 to 36 months. Scheduled minimum future rental revenues on operating leases with original terms of one year or longer are:
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter 
$
392

 
$
295

 
$
199

 
$
113

 
$
59

 
$
23

 
Total contingent rentals on operating leases, consisting principally of usage charges in excess of minimum contracted amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $154, $133 and $125, respectively.

Note 6 - Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net
Land, buildings and equipment, net were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
Estimated Useful Lives (Years)
 
2011
 
2010
Land
 

 
$
60

 
$
63

Buildings and building equipment
 
25 to 50
 
1,121

 
1,133

Leasehold improvements
 
Varies
 
461

 
455

Plant machinery
 
5 to 12
 
1,557

 
1,607

Office furniture and equipment
 
3 to 15
 
1,470

 
1,306

Other
 
4 to 20
 
99

 
115

Construction in progress
 

 
93

 
67

Subtotal
 
 
 
4,861

 
4,746

Accumulated depreciation
 
 
 
(3,249
)
 
(3,075
)
Land, Buildings and Equipment, net
 
 
 
$
1,612

 
$
1,671

Depreciation expense and operating lease rent expense were as follows:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
58

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Depreciation expense
 
$
405

 
$
379

 
$
247

Operating lease rent expense(1) 
 
681

 
632

 
267

 
(1)
We lease certain land, buildings and equipment, substantially all of which are accounted for as operating leases.
Future minimum operating lease commitments that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2011 were as follows:
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter  
$
637

 
$
503

 
$
296

 
$
168

 
$
83

 
$
103

 
We have an information management contract with HP Enterprise Services (“HPES”) which runs through 2014. Services provided under this contract include support for European mainframe system processing, as well as workplace, service desk and voice and data network management. We can terminate the contract for convenience without paying a termination fee by providing sixty days prior notice. Should we terminate the contract for convenience, we have an option to purchase the assets placed in service under the HPES contract. We also have several agreements for similar services with other third party providers. These contracts have various terms through 2016 and include desktop services, voice and data network related services, mainframe application, development and support and mid-range applications processing and support. Payments for our outsourced information management services, which are primarily recorded in selling, administrative and general expenses, were $82, $142 and $224 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 7 – Investment in Affiliates, at Equity

Investments in corporate joint ventures and other companies in which we generally have a 20% to 50% ownership interest were as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Fuji Xerox
 
$
1,334

 
$
1,217

All other equity investments
 
61

 
74

Investments in Affiliates, at Equity
 
$
1,395

 
$
1,291

 
Our equity in net income of our unconsolidated affiliates was as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Fuji Xerox
 
$
137

 
$
63

 
$
30

Other investments
 
12

 
15

 
11

Total Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates
 
$
149

 
$
78

 
$
41

Fuji Xerox
Fuji Xerox is headquartered in Tokyo and operates in Japan, China, Australia, New Zealand and other areas of the Pacific Rim. Our investment in Fuji Xerox of $1,334 at December 31, 2011, differs from our implied 25% interest in the underlying net assets, or $1,451, due primarily to our deferral of gains resulting from sales of assets by us to Fuji Xerox, partially offset by goodwill related to the Fuji Xerox investment established at the time we acquired our remaining 20% of Xerox Limited from The Rank Group plc.

Equity in net income of Fuji Xerox is affected by certain adjustments to reflect the deferral of profit associated with intercompany sales. These adjustments may result in recorded equity income that is different from that implied by our 25% ownership interest. Equity income for the three years ended December 31, 2011 include after-tax restructuring charges of $19, $38, and $46, respectively, primarily reflecting Fuji Xerox’s continued cost-reduction initiatives.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
59

Table of Contents                         


Condensed financial data of Fuji Xerox was as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Summary of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
$
12,367

 
$
11,276

 
$
9,998

Costs and expenses
 
11,464

 
10,659

 
9,781

Income before income taxes
 
903

 
617

 
217

Income tax expense
 
312

 
291

 
67

Net Income
 
591

 
326

 
150

Less: Net income - noncontrolling interests
 
5

 
5

 
1

Net Income - Fuji Xerox
 
$
586

 
$
321

 
$
149

Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
$
5,056

 
$
4,884

 
$
4,111

Long-term assets
 
6,064

 
5,978

 
5,457

Total Assets
 
$
11,120

 
$
10,862

 
$
9,568

Liabilities and Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
$
3,772

 
$
3,534

 
$
2,643

Long-term debt
 
817

 
1,260

 
1,368

Other long-term liabilities
 
700

 
707

 
1,104

Noncontrolling interests
 
25

 
22

 
19

Fuji Xerox shareholders' equity
 
5,806

 
5,339

 
4,434

Total Liabilities and Equity
 
$
11,120

 
$
10,862

 
$
9,568

 
Yen/U.S. Dollar exchange rates used to translate are as follows:

Financial Statement
 
Exchange Basis 
 
2011

 
2010

 
2009

Summary of Operations
 
Weighted Average Rate
 
79.61

 
87.64

 
93.51

Balance Sheet
 
Year-End Rate
 
77.62

 
81.66

 
92.46


Transactions with Fuji Xerox
We receive dividends from Fuji Xerox, which are reflected as a reduction in our investment. Additionally, we have a Technology Agreement with Fuji Xerox whereby we receive royalty payments for their use of our Xerox brand trademark, as well as rights to access our patent portfolio in exchange for access to their patent portfolio. These payments are included in Service, outsourcing and rental revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Income. We also have arrangements with Fuji Xerox whereby we purchase inventory from and sell inventory to Fuji Xerox. Pricing of the transactions under these arrangements is based upon terms the Company believes to be negotiated at arm's length. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. In addition, we pay Fuji Xerox and they pay us for unique research and development costs.
Transactions with Fuji Xerox were as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Dividends received from Fuji Xerox
 
$
58

 
$
36

 
$
10

Royalty revenue earned
 
128

 
116

 
106

Inventory purchases from Fuji Xerox
 
2,180

 
2,098

 
1,590

Inventory sales to Fuji Xerox
 
151

 
147

 
133

R&D payments received from Fuji Xerox
 
2

 
1

 
3

R&D payments paid to Fuji Xerox
 
21

 
30

 
33


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
60

Table of Contents                         


As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, net amounts due to Fuji Xerox were $105 and $109, respectively.

Note 8 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

Goodwill
The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable segment:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
Technology 
 
Services 
 
Other 
 
Total 
Balance at December 31, 2008
 
$
2,246

 
$
929

 
$
7

 
$
3,182

Foreign currency translation
 
61

 
60

 
1

 
122

Acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ComDoc
 
106

 

 

 
106

Other
 
12

 

 

 
12

Balance at December 31, 2009
 
$
2,425

 
$
989

 
$
8

 
$
3,422

Foreign currency translation
 
(25
)
 
(22
)
 

 
(47
)
Acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACS
 

 
5,127

 

 
5,127

EHRO
 

 
77

 

 
77

TMS
 

 
35

 

 
35

IBS
 
14

 

 

 
14

Other
 
11

 
10

 

 
21

Balance at December 31, 2010
 
$
2,425

 
$
6,216

 
$
8

 
$
8,649

Foreign currency translation
 
(6
)
 
(28
)
 

 
(34
)
Acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unamic/HCN
 

 
43

 

 
43

Breakaway
 

 
33

 

 
33

ESM
 

 
28

 

 
28

Concept Group
 
26

 

 

 
26

MBM
 
20

 

 

 
20

Other
 
17

 
21

 

 
38

Balance at December 31, 2011
 
$
2,482

 
$
6,313

 
$
8

 
$
8,803

Intangible Assets, Net
Intangible assets primarily relate to the Services operating segment. Intangible assets were comprised of the following:
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
Weighted Average
Amortization
Years
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Amount
Customer base
 
12
 
$
3,522

 
$
751

 
$
2,771

 
$
3,487

 
$
464

 
$
3,023

Distribution network
 
25
 
123

 
59

 
64

 
123

 
54

 
69

Trademarks(1)
 
20
 
238

 
47

 
191

 
325

 
59

 
266

Technology, patents and non-compete(1)
 
4
 
29

 
13

 
16

 
47

 
34

 
13

Total Intangible Assets
 
 
 
$
3,912

 
$
870

 
$
3,042

 
$
3,982

 
$
611

 
$
3,371

 
(1)
Includes $10 and $5 of indefinite-lived assets within trademarks and technology, respectively, related to the 2010 acquisition of ACS.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $401, $316, and $64 for the years ended December 31,

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
61

Table of Contents                         


2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization expense for 2011 includes $52 for the accelerated write-off of the ACS trade name as a result of the fourth quarter 2011 decision to discontinue its use and transition our services business to the “Xerox Services” trade name.

Excluding the impact of additional acquisitions, amortization expense is expected to approximate $329 in 2012, $328 in 2013, $326 in 2014, $324 in 2015 and $324 in 2016.

Note 9 – Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

Over the past several years, we have engaged in a series of restructuring programs related to downsizing our employee base, exiting certain activities, outsourcing certain internal functions and engaging in other actions designed to reduce our cost structure and improve productivity. These initiatives primarily consist of severance actions and impact all major geographies and segments. Management continues to evaluate our business, therefore, in future years, there may be additional provisions for new plan initiatives as well as changes in previously recorded estimates, as payments are made or actions are completed. Asset impairment charges were also incurred in connection with these restructuring actions for those assets sold, abandoned or made obsolete as a result of these programs.

A summary of our restructuring program activity during the three years ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 
 
Severance and
Related Costs
 
Lease Cancellation
and Other Costs
 
Asset Impairments(1)
 
Total
Balance December 31,2008
 
$
320

 
$
32

 
$

 
$
352

Restructuring provision
 
28

 
9

 

 
37

Reversals of prior accruals
 
(39
)
 
(6
)
 

 
(45
)
Net current period charges(2)
 
(11
)
 
3

 

 
(8
)
Charges against reserve and currency
 
(255
)
 
(15
)
 

 
(270
)
Balance December 31,2009
 
54

 
20

 

 
74

Restructuring provision
 
470

 
28

 
26

 
524

Reversals of prior accruals
 
(32
)
 
(9
)
 

 
(41
)
Net current period charges(2)
 
438

 
19

 
26

 
483

Charges against reserve and currency
 
(194
)
 
(14
)
 
(26
)
 
(234
)
Balance December 31, 2010
 
298

 
25

 

 
323

Restructuring provision
 
98

 
1

 
5

 
104

Reversals of prior accruals
 
(65
)
 
(6
)
 

 
(71
)
Net current period charges(2)
 
33

 
(5
)
 
5

 
33

Charges against reserve and currency
 
(215
)
 
(13
)
 
(5
)
 
(233
)
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
$
116

 
$
7

 
$

 
$
123

 _____________________________
(1)
Charges associated with asset impairments represent the write-down of the related assets to their new cost basis and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of the provision.
(2)
Represents amount recognized within the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years shown.

The following table summarizes the reconciliation to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Charges against reserve
 
$
(233
)
 
$
(234
)
 
$
(270
)
Asset impairment
 
5

 
26

 

Effects of foreign currency and other non-cash items
 
10

 
(5
)
 

Restructuring Cash Payments
 
$
(218
)
 
$
(213
)
 
$
(270
)

The following table summarizes the total amount of costs incurred in connection with these restructuring programs by segment:


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
62

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Technology
 
$
23

 
$
325

 
$
(5
)
Services
 
12

 
104

 
(2
)
Other
 
(2
)
 
54

 
(1
)
Total Net Restructuring Charges
 
$
33

 
$
483

 
$
(8
)


2012 Plan
To date, we have identified and approved additional restructuring initiatives of approximately $25 for the first quarter of 2012. These actions are expected to impact all geographies and segments with approximately equal focus on SAG reductions, gross margin improvements and optimization of RD&E investments.

2011 Activity
During 2011, we recorded $33 of net restructuring and asset impairment charges, which included the following:
$98 of severance costs related to headcount reductions of approximately 3,900 employees primarily in North America. The actions impacted several functional areas and approximately 55% of the costs were focused on gross margin improvements, 36% on SAG and 9% on the optimization of RD&E investments.
$1 for lease termination costs.
$5 of asset impairment losses from the disposition of two aircraft associated with the restructuring of our corporate aviation operations.

The above charges were partially offset by $71 of net reversals for changes in estimated reserves from prior period initiatives.

The restructuring reserve balance as of December 31, 2011, for all programs was $123, of which approximately $116 is expected to be spent over the next twelve months.

2010 Activity
During 2010, we recorded $483 of net restructuring and asset impairment charges, which included the following:
$470 of severance costs related to headcount reductions of approximately 9,000 employees. The costs associated with these actions applied about equally to North America and Europe, with approximately 20% related to our developing market countries. Approximately 50% of the costs were focused on gross margin improvements, 40% on SAG and 10% on the optimization of RD&E investments and impacted the following functional areas:
Services
Supply chain and manufacturing
Back office administration
Development and engineering costs.
$28 for lease termination costs primarily reflecting the continued rationalization and optimization of our worldwide operating locations, particularly as a result of our acquisition of ACS.
$19 loss associated with the sale of our Venezuelan subsidiary. The loss primarily reflects the write-off of our Venezuelan net assets including working capital and long-lived assets. We continue to sell equipment, parts and supplies to the acquiring company through a distribution arrangement but no longer have any direct or local operations in Venezuela.

The above charges were partially offset by $41 of net reversals for changes in estimated reserves from prior period initiatives.

2009 Activity
Restructuring activity was minimal in 2009 and the related charges primarily reflected changes in estimates in severance costs from previously recorded actions.

Note 10 - Supplementary Financial Information
The components of other current and long-term assets and liabilities were as follows:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
63

Table of Contents                         


 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Other Current Assets
 
 
 
 
Deferred taxes and income taxes receivable
 
$
261

 
$
345

Royalties, license fees and software maintenance
 
143

 
155

Restricted cash
 
97

 
91

Prepaid expenses
 
147

 
133

Derivative instruments
 
58

 
45

Deferred purchase price from sale of receivables
 
97

 
90

Advances and deposits
 
28

 
23

Other
 
227

 
244

Total Other Current Assets
 
$
1,058

 
$
1,126

Other Current Liabilities
 
 

 
 

Deferred taxes and income taxes payable
 
$
83

 
$
59

Other taxes payable
 
150

 
177

Interest payable
 
84

 
122

Restructuring reserves
 
116

 
309

Derivative instruments
 
31

 
19

Product warranties
 
15

 
17

Dividends payable
 
74

 
74

Distributor and reseller rebates/commissions
 
112

 
105

Other
 
966

 
925

Total Other Current Liabilities
 
$
1,631

 
$
1,807

 
 
 
 
 
Other Long-term Assets
 
 

 
 

Prepaid pension costs
 
$
76

 
$
92

Net investment in discontinued operations(1) 
 
204

 
224

Internal use software, net
 
545

 
468

Product software, net
 
256

 
145

Restricted cash
 
246

 
280

Debt issuance costs, net
 
38

 
42

Customer contract costs, net
 
294

 
134

Derivative instruments
 

 
11

Deferred compensation plan investments
 
92

 
92

Other
 
365

 
286

Total Other Long-term Assets
 
$
2,116

 
$
1,774

Other Long-term Liabilities
 
 

 
 

Deferred and other tax liabilities
 
$
290

 
$
200

Environmental reserves
 
16

 
20

Unearned income
 
82

 
36

Restructuring reserves
 
7

 
14

Other
 
466

 
527

Total Other Long-term Liabilities
 
$
861

 
$
797

 
 
(1)
At December 31, 2011, our net investment in discontinued operations primarily consisted of a $225 performance-based instrument relating to the 1997 sale of The Resolution Group (“TRG”) net of remaining net liabilities associated with our discontinued operations of $21. The recovery of the performance-based instrument is dependent on the sufficiency of TRG's available cash flows, as guaranteed by TRG's ultimate parent, which are expected to be recovered in annual cash distributions through 2017. In 2011, the performance-based instrument was pledged as security for our future funding obligations to our U.K. Pension Plan for salaried employees.

Note 11 – Debt

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
64

Table of Contents                         



Short-term borrowings were as follows:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Commercial paper
 
$
100

 
$
300

Current maturities of long-term debt
 
1,445

 
1,070

Total Short-term Debt
 
$
1,545

 
$
1,370

 
The weighted-average interest rate for commercial paper at December 31, 2011, including issuance costs, was 0.71 percent and had maturities ranging from 3 to 48 days.

We classify our debt based on the contractual maturity dates of the underlying debt instruments or as of the earliest put date available to the debt holders. We defer costs associated with debt issuance over the applicable term, or to the first put date in the case of convertible debt or debt with a put feature. These costs are amortized as interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Long-term debt was as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
Weighted Average Interest Rates at December 31, 2011(2) 
 
2011
 
2010
Xerox Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes due 2011
 
%
 
$

 
$
1

Senior Notes due 2011
 
%
 

 
750

Senior Notes due 2012
 
5.59
%
 
1,100

 
1,100

Senior Notes due 2013
 
5.65
%
 
400

 
400

Convertible Notes due 2014
 
9.00
%
 
19

 
19

Senior Notes due 2014
 
8.25
%
 
750

 
750

Floating Rate Notes due 2014
 
1.28
%
 
300

 

Senior Notes due 2015
 
4.29
%
 
1,000

 
1,000

Notes due 2016
 
7.20
%
 
250

 
250

Senior Notes due 2016
 
6.48
%
 
700

 
700

Senior Notes due 2017
 
6.83
%
 
500

 
500

Notes due 2018
 
0.57
%
 
1

 

Senior Notes due 2018
 
6.37
%
 
1,000

 
1,000

Senior Notes due 2019
 
5.66
%
 
650

 
650

Senior Notes due 2021
 
4.59
%
 
700

 

Zero Coupon Notes due 2023
 
5.71
%
 
301

 
283

Senior Notes due 2039
 
6.78
%
 
350

 
350

Subtotal - Xerox Corporation
 
 
 
$
8,021

 
$
7,753

Subsidiary Companies
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Notes due 2015
 
4.25
%
 
250

 
250

Borrowings secured by other assets
 
5.59
%
 
76

 
75

Other
 
2.14
%
 
3

 
2

Subtotal-Subsidiary Companies
 
 
 
$
329

 
$
327

Principal Debt Balance
 
 
 
8,350

 
8,080

Unamortized discount
 
 
 
(7
)
 
(1
)
Fair value adjustments(1)
 
 
 
190

 
228

Less: current maturities
 
 
 
(1,445
)
 
(1,070
)
Total Long-term Debt
 
 
 
$
7,088

 
$
7,237

 
(1)
Fair value adjustments represent changes in the fair value of hedged debt obligations attributable to movements in benchmark interest

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
65

Table of Contents                         


rates. Hedge accounting requires hedged debt instruments to be reported at an amount equal to the sum of their carrying value (principal value plus/minus premiums/discounts) and any fair value adjustment.
(2)
Represents weighted average effective interest rate which includes the effect of discounts and premiums on issued debt.

Scheduled principal payments due on our long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter 
 
Total 
1,445

 
$
425

 
$
1,078

 
$
1,252

 
$
951

 
$
3,199

 
$
8,350

 
(1)
Quarterly total debt maturities for 2012 are $12, $1,114, $310 and $9 for the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively. 2012 maturities also includes our puttable 5.71% Zero Coupon Notes due 2023, In February 2012, we completed an exchange of the 5.71% Zero Coupon Notes due 2023 for approximately $363 of our 4.50% Senior Notes due 2021. Refer to Note 21 - Subsequent Events for additional information regarding this debt exchange.

Commercial Paper
In 2010, we initiated a commercial paper (“CP”) program in the U.S. Aggregate CP and Credit Facility borrowings may not exceed $2.0. billion outstanding at any time. Under the company's current private placement CP program, we may issue CP up to a maximum amount of $2.0 billion outstanding at any time. The maturities of the CP Notes will vary, but may not exceed 390 days from the date of issue. The CP Notes are sold at a discount from par or, alternatively, sold at par and bear interest at market rates. At December 31, 2011, we had $100 par value CP Notes outstanding.

Credit Facility
In 2011, we refinanced our $2.0 billion unsecured revolving Credit Facility that was executed in 2007 (the "2007 Credit Facility"). The new $2.0 billion Credit Facility is a five year commitment maturing in 2016 with a group of lenders. A majority of the lenders that participated in the 2007 Credit Facility are participating in the new Credit Facility. The new Credit Facility contains a $300 letter of credit sub-facility, and also includes an accordion feature that would allow us to increase (from time to time, with willing lenders) the overall size of the facility up to an aggregate amount not to exceed $2.75 billion. We have the right to request a one year extension on each of the first and second anniversary dates.

We deferred $7 of debt issuance costs in connection with this refinancing, which includes approximately $2 of unamortized deferred debt issue costs associated with those Lenders from the 2007 Credit Facility that elected to participate in the new Credit Facility. The write-off of debt issuance costs associated with those Lenders that did not elect to participate in the new Credit Facility was not material.

The Credit Facility provides a backstop to our $2.0 billion commercial paper program. Proceeds from any borrowings under the Credit Facility can be used to provide working capital for the Company and its subsidiaries and for general corporate purposes.

At December 31, 2011 we had no outstanding borrowings or letters of credit under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility is available, without sublimit, to certain of our qualifying subsidiaries. Our obligations under the Credit Facility are unsecured and are not currently guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. Any domestic subsidiary that guarantees more than $100 of Xerox Corporation debt must also guaranty our obligations under the Credit Facility. In the event that any of our subsidiaries borrows under the Credit Facility, its borrowings thereunder would be guaranteed by us.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at our choice, at either (a) a Base Rate as defined in our Credit Facility agreement, plus an all-in spread that varies between 0.10% and 0.75% depending on our credit rating at the time of borrowing, or (b) LIBOR plus an all-in spread that varies between 1.00% and 1.75% depending on our credit rating at the time of borrowing. Based on our credit rating as of December 31, 2011, the applicable all-in spreads for the Base Rate and LIBOR borrowing were 0.375% and 1.375%, respectively.

The Credit Facility contains various conditions to borrowing and affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants. Certain of the more significant covenants are summarized below:

(a)
Maximum leverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as principal debt divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined) of 3.75x.
(b)
Minimum interest coverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as consolidated EBITDA divided by

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
66

Table of Contents                         


consolidated interest expense) may not be less than 3.00x.
(c)
Limitations on (i) liens of Xerox and certain of our subsidiaries securing debt, (ii) certain fundamental changes to corporate structure, (iii) changes in nature of business and (iv) limitations on debt incurred by certain subsidiaries.

The Credit Facility also contains various events of default, the occurrence of which could result in termination of the lenders' commitments to lend and the acceleration of all our obligations under the Credit Facility. These events of default include, without limitation: (i) payment defaults, (ii) breaches of covenants under the Credit Facility (certain of which breaches do not have any grace period), (iii) cross-defaults and acceleration to certain of our other obligations and (iv) a change of control of Xerox.

Capital Market Activity

Current Year

Senior Notes: In May 2011, we issued $300 of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “2014 Floating Rate Notes”) and $700 of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2021 Senior Notes”). The 2014 Floating Rate Notes were issued at par and the 2021 Senior Notes were issued at 99.246% of par, resulting in aggregate net proceeds for both notes of approximately $995. The 2014 Floating Rate Notes accrue interest at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 0.820% payable quarterly. The 2021 Senior Notes accrue interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum payable semi-annually. As a result of the discount, they have a weighted average effective interest rate of 4.595%. Proceeds from the offering were used to redeem the $650 Trust I 8% Preferred Securities mentioned below and for general corporate purposes. In conjunction with the issuance of these Senior Notes, debt issuance costs of $7 were deferred.
Xerox Capital Trust I: In May 2011, Xerox Capital Trust I (“Trust I”), our wholly-owned subsidiary, redeemed its 8% Preferred Securities due in 2027 of $650. The redemption resulted in a pre-tax loss of $33 ($20 after-tax), representing the call premium of approximately $10 as well as the write-off of unamortized debt costs and other liability carrying value adjustments of approximately $23.

Interest
Interest paid on our short-term debt, long-term debt and liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities amounted to $538, $586 and $531 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Interest expense and interest income was as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Interest expense(1)
 
$
478

 
$
592

 
$
527

Interest income(2)
 
653

 
679

 
734

 
(1)
Includes Equipment financing interest expense, as well as non-financing interest expense included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
(2)
Includes Finance income, as well as other interest income that is included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Equipment financing interest is determined based on an estimated cost of funds, applied against the estimated level of debt required to support our net finance receivables. The estimated cost of funds is based on our overall corporate cost of borrowing adjusted to reflect a rate that would be paid by a typical BBB rated leasing company. The estimated level of debt is based on an assumed 7 to 1 leverage ratio of debt/equity as compared to our average finance receivable balance during the applicable period.
 
Net (payments) proceeds on debt as shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows was as follows:


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
67

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Net proceeds (payments) on short-term debt
 
$
(200
)
 
$
300

 
$
(61
)
Net payments on Credit Facility
 

 

 
(246
)
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
 
1,000

 

 
2,725

Net payments on long-term debt
 
(751
)
 
(3,357
)
 
(1,495
)
Net (Payments) Proceeds on Other Debt
 
$
49

 
$
(3,057
)
 
$
923


Note 12 – Financial Instruments

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures, as well as to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. We enter into limited types of derivative contracts, including interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency spot, forward and swap contracts and net purchased foreign currency options to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures. Our primary foreign currency market exposures include the Japanese Yen, Euro and U.K. Pound Sterling. The fair market values of all our derivative contracts change with fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency exchange rates and are designed so that any changes in their values are offset by changes in the values of the underlying exposures. Derivative financial instruments are held solely as risk management tools and not for trading or speculative purposes. The related cash flow impacts of all of our derivative activities are reflected as cash flows from operating activities.

We do not believe there is significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties associated with our derivative instruments because these transactions are executed with a diversified group of major financial institutions. Further, our policy is to deal with counterparties having a minimum investment grade or better credit rating. Credit risk is managed through the continuous monitoring of exposures to such counterparties.
Interest Rate Risk Management

We use interest rate swap agreements to manage our interest rate exposure and to achieve a desired proportion of variable and fixed rate debt. These derivatives may be designated as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges depending on the nature of the risk being hedged.
Fair Value Hedges: At December 31, 2011, we did not have any interest rate swaps outstanding. At December 31, 2010, pay variable/receive fixed interest rate swaps, with notional amounts of $950 and net asset fair values of $11, were designated and accounted for as fair value hedges. The swaps were structured to hedge the fair value of related debt by converting them from fixed rate instruments to variable rate instruments. No ineffective portion was recorded to earnings during 2011 or 2010.
Terminated Swaps: During the period from 2004 to 2011, we early terminated several interest rate swaps that were designated as fair value hedges of certain debt instruments. The associated net fair value adjustments to the debt instruments are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related notes. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the amortization of these fair value adjustments reduced interest expense by $53, $28 and $17, respectively, and we expect to record a net decrease in interest expense of $190 in future years through 2018.
Foreign Exchange Risk Management

As a global company, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the normal course of our business. As a part of our foreign exchange risk management strategy, we use derivative instruments - primarily forward contracts and purchase option contracts - to hedge the following foreign currency exposures, thereby reducing volatility of earnings or protecting fair values of assets and liabilities:
 
Foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities
Forecasted purchases and sales in foreign currency
Summary of Foreign Exchange Hedging Positions: At December 31, 2011, we had outstanding forward exchange and purchased option contracts with gross notional values of $3,444, which is typical of the amounts that are normally outstanding at any point during the year. These contracts generally mature in 12 months or less.

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
68

Table of Contents                         


 
The following is a summary of the primary hedging positions and corresponding fair values as of December 31, 2011:
 
Currencies Hedged (Buy/Sell)
 
Gross
Notional
Value
 
Fair  Value
Asset
(Liability)(1)
Japanese Yen/U.S. Dollar
 
$
634

 
$
5

U.S. Dollar/Euro
 
563

 
17

Japanese Yen/Euro
 
450

 
24

Euro/U.K. Pound Sterling
 
406

 
(5
)
U.K. Pound Sterling/Euro
 
244

 
2

U.K. Pound Sterling/U.S. Dollar
 
217

 
(8
)
Swiss Franc/Euro
 
172

 
2

Canadian Dollar/Euro
 
168

 
(1
)
U.S. Dollar/Japanese Yen
 
94

 

Swedish Krona/Euro
 
86

 
2

Mexican Peso/U.S. Dollar
 
60

 
(5
)
Indian Rupee/U.S. Dollar
 
47

 
(5
)
All Other
 
303

 
(1
)
Total Foreign Exchange Hedging
 
$
3,444

 
$
27

_____________________________
(1)
Represents the net receivable (payable) amount included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2011.
Foreign Currency Cash Flow Hedges: We designate a portion of our foreign currency derivative contracts as cash flow hedges of our foreign currency-denominated inventory purchases, sales and expenses. No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for these designated cash flow hedges and all components of each derivative’s gain or loss was included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The net asset fair value of these contracts was $26 and $18 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
 
Summary of Derivative Instruments Fair Value: The following table provides a summary of the fair value amounts of our derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
Designation of Derivatives
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
2011
 
2010
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts – forwards
 
Other current assets
 
$
37

 
$
19

 
 
Other current liabilities
 
(11
)
 
(1
)
Interest rate swaps
 
Other long-term assets
 

 
11

 
 
Net Designated Asset
 
$
26

 
$
29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives NOT Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts – forwards
 
Other current assets
 
$
21

 
$
26

 
 
Other current liabilities
 
(20
)
 
(18
)
 
 
Net Undesignated Asset
 
$
1

 
$
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary of Derivatives
 
Total Derivative Assets
 
$
58

 
$
56

 
 
Total Derivative Liabilities
 
(31
)
 
(19
)
 
 
Net Derivative Asset
 
$
27

 
$
37

Summary of Derivative Instruments Gains (Losses)
Derivative gains and (losses) affect the income statement based on whether such derivatives are designated as hedges of underlying exposures. The following is a summary of derivative gains and (losses).

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
69

Table of Contents                         


Designated Derivative Instruments Gains (Losses): The following tables provide a summary of gains (losses) on derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Derivatives in Fair Value
Relationships
 
Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income
 
Derivative Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
 
Hedged Item Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Interest rate contracts
 
Interest expense
 
$
15

 
$
99

 
$
(18
)
 
$
(15
)
 
$
(99
)
 
$
18

 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Derivatives in Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships
 
Derivative Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI (Effective Portion)
 
Location of Derivative
Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI to Income (Effective Portion)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Foreign exchange contracts – forwards
 
$
30

 
$
46

 
$
(1
)
 
Cost of sales
 
$
14

 
$
28

 
$
(2
)
No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for these designated cash flow hedges and all components of each derivative’s gain or (loss) were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. In addition, no amount was recorded for an underlying exposure that did not occur or was not expected to occur.
At December 31, 2011, net gains of $26 were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss associated with our cash flow hedging activity. The entire balance is expected to be reclassified into net income within the next 12 months, providing an offsetting economic impact against the underlying anticipated transactions.
Non-Designated Derivative Instruments Gains (Losses): Non-designated derivative instruments are primarily instruments used to hedge foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. They are not designated as hedges since there is a natural offset for the re-measurement of the underlying foreign currency-denominated asset or liability.
The following table provides a summary of gains (losses) on non-designated derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Derivatives NOT Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
Location of Derivative Gain (Loss)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Foreign exchange contracts – forwards
 
Other expense – Currency gains (losses), net
 
$
33

 
$
113

 
$
49

During the three years ended December 31, 2011, we recorded Currency losses, net of $12, $11 and $26, respectively. Currency losses, net includes the mark-to-market adjustments of the derivatives not designated as hedging instruments and the related cost of those derivatives, as well as the re-measurement of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities.
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”)

Refer to Note 19 – Comprehensive Income "Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss" section in for the activity associated with all of our designated cash flow hedges (interest rate and foreign currency).

Note 13 – Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities
The following table represents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The basis for the measurement at fair value in all cases is Level 2 – Significant Other Observable Inputs.
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
70

Table of Contents                         


 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
2011
 
2010
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts-forwards
 
$
58

 
$
45

Interest rate swaps
 

 
11

Deferred compensation investments in cash surrender life insurance
 
69

 
70

Deferred compensation investments in mutual funds
 
23

 
22

Total
 
$
150

 
$
148

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts-forwards
 
$
31

 
$
19

Deferred compensation plan liabilities
 
97

 
98

Total
 
$
128

 
$
117

We utilize the income approach to measure the fair value for our derivative assets and liabilities. The income approach uses pricing models that rely on market observable inputs such as yield curves, currency exchange rates and forward prices, and therefore are classified as Level 2.
Fair value for our deferred compensation plan investments in Company-owned life insurance is reflected at cash surrender value. Fair value for our deferred compensation plan investments in mutual funds is based on quoted market prices for actively traded investments similar to those held by the plan. Fair value for deferred compensation plan liabilities is based on the fair value of investments corresponding to employees’ investment selections, based on quoted prices for similar assets in actively traded markets.
Summary of Other Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The estimated fair values of our other financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
Cash and cash equivalents
$
902

 
$
902

 
$
1,211

 
$
1,211

Accounts receivable, net
2,600

 
2,600

 
2,826

 
2,826

Short-term debt
1,545

 
1,629

 
1,370

 
1,396

Long-term debt
7,088

 
7,571

 
7,237

 
7,742

Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities

 

 
650

 
670

The fair value amounts for Cash and cash equivalents and Accounts receivable, net, approximate carrying amounts due to the short maturities of these instruments. The fair value of Short- and Long-term debt, as well as our Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities, was estimated based on quoted market prices for publicly traded securities or on the current rates offered to us for debt of similar maturities. The difference between the fair value and the carrying value represents the theoretical net premium or discount we would pay or receive to retire all debt at such date.
 

Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans
We sponsor numerous pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, primarily retiree health, in our domestic and international operations. December 31 is the measurement date for all of our post-retirement benefit plans.

 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
71

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Pension Benefits 
 
Retiree Health 
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2011
 
2010
Change in Benefit Obligation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation, January 1
 
$
9,731

 
$
9,194

 
$
1,006

 
$
1,102

Service cost
 
186

 
178

 
8

 
8

Interest cost
 
612

 
575

 
47

 
54

Plan participants' contributions
 
10

 
11

 
33

 
26

Plan amendments(3)
 
(2
)
 
(19
)
 
(4
)
 
(86
)
Actuarial loss
 
916

 
477

 
26

 
13

Acquisitions(2)
 

 
140

 

 
1

Currency exchange rate changes
 
(85
)
 
(154
)
 
(3
)
 
6

Curtailments
 

 
(1
)
 

 

Benefits paid/settlements
 
(870
)
 
(670
)
 
(106
)
 
(118
)
Other
 
7

 

 

 

Benefit Obligation, December 31
 
$
10,505

 
$
9,731

 
$
1,007

 
$
1,006

Change in Plan Assets:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Fair value of plan assets, January 1
 
7,940

 
$
7,561

 
$

 
$

Actual return on plan assets
 
694

 
846

 

 

Employer contribution
 
556

 
237

 
73

 
92

Plan participants' contributions
 
10

 
11

 
33

 
26

Acquisitions(2)
 

 
107

 

 

Currency exchange rate changes
 
(57
)
 
(144
)
 

 

Benefits paid/settlements
 
(870
)
 
(669
)
 
(106
)
 
(118
)
Other
 
4

 
(9
)
 

 

Fair Value of Plan Assets, December 31
 
$
8,277

 
$
7,940

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Funded Status at December 31(1)
 
$
(2,228
)
 
$
(1,791
)
 
$
(1,007
)
 
$
(1,006
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Other long-term assets
 
$
76

 
$
92

 
$

 
$

Accrued compensation and benefit costs
 
(45
)
 
(44
)
 
(82
)
 
(86
)
Pension and other benefit liabilities
 
(2,259
)
 
(1,839
)
 

 

Post-retirement medical benefits
 

 

 
(925
)
 
(920
)
Net Amounts Recognized
 
$
(2,228
)
 
$
(1,791
)
 
$
(1,007
)
 
$
(1,006
)
 
 
(1)
Includes under-funded and non-funded plans.
(2)
Primarily ACS's acquired balances.
(3)
Refer to the “Plan Amendment” section for additional information.

Benefit plans pre-tax amounts recognized in AOCL at December 31,:
 
 
Pension Benefits 
 
Retiree Health 
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2011
 
2010
Net actuarial loss
 
$
2,552

 
$
1,867

 
$
70

 
$
54

Prior service (credit)
 
(37
)
 
(167
)
 
(163
)
 
(200
)
Total Pre-tax Loss (Gain)
 
$
2,515

 
$
1,700

 
$
(93
)
 
$
(146
)

The Accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $10,134 and $9,256 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Aggregate information for pension plans with an Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is presented below:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
72

Table of Contents                         


 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
Underfunded
 
Unfunded
 
Total
 
Underfunded
 
Unfunded
 
Total
Projected benefit obligation
 
$
8,733

 
$
772

 
$
9,505

 
$
5,001

 
$
725

 
$
5,726

Accumulated benefit obligation
 
8,418

 
760

 
9,178

 
4,826

 
707

 
5,533

Fair value of plan assets
 
7,204

 

 
7,204

 
3,883

 

 
3,883


Most of our defined benefit pension plans generally provide employees a benefit, depending on eligibility, calculated under a highest average pay and years of service formula. Our primary domestic defined benefit pension plans provide a benefit at the greater of (i) the highest average pay and years of service formula, (ii) the benefit calculated under a formula that provides for the accumulation of salary and interest credits during an employee's work life or (iii) the individual account balance from the Company's prior defined contribution plan (Transitional Retirement Account or TRA).
The components of Net periodic benefit cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations were as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
Pension Benefits
 
Retiree Health
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
 
$
186

 
$
178

 
$
173

 
$
8

 
$
8

 
$
7

Interest cost(1)
 
612

 
575

 
508

 
47

 
54

 
60

Expected return on plan assets(2)
 
(647
)
 
(570
)
 
(523
)
 

 

 

Recognized net actuarial loss
 
72

 
71

 
25

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service credit
 
(23
)
 
(22
)
 
(21
)
 
(41
)
 
(30
)
 
(41
)
Recognized settlement loss
 
84

 
72

 
70

 

 

 

Recognized curtailment gain
 
(107
)
 

 

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Plans
 
177

 
304

 
232

 
14

 
32

 
26

Defined contribution plans
 
66

 
51

 
38

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost
 
243

 
355

 
270

 
14

 
32

 
26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss
 
852

 
198

 
8

 
25

 
13

 
126

Prior service (credit)
 
(2
)
 
(19
)
 

 
(3
)
 
(86
)
 
1

Amortization of net actuarial (loss)
 
(153
)
 
(143
)
 
(95
)
 

 

 

Amortization of net prior service credit
 
23

 
22

 
21

 
41

 
30

 
41

Curtailment gain - recognition of net prior service credit
 
107

 

 

 

 

 

Total recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
 
827

 
58

 
(66
)
 
63

 
(43
)
 
168

Total recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Income
 
$
1,070

 
$
413

 
$
204

 
$
77

 
$
(11
)
 
$
194

_____________________________
(1)
Interest cost includes interest expense on non-TRA obligations of $388, $381 and $390 and interest expense directly allocated to TRA participant accounts of $224, $194 and $118 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(2)
Expected return on plan assets includes expected investment income on non-TRA assets of $423, $376 and $405 and actual investment income on TRA assets of $224, $194 and $118 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The net actuarial loss and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $108 and $(23), respectively, excluding amounts that may be recognized through settlement losses. The net actuarial loss and prior service credit for the retiree health benefit plans that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $1 and $(41), respectively.

Pension plan assets consist of both defined benefit plan assets and assets legally restricted to the TRA accounts. The

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
73

Table of Contents                         


combined investment results for these plans, along with the results for our other defined benefit plans, are shown above in the “actual return on plan assets” caption. To the extent that investment results relate to TRA, such results are charged directly to these accounts as a component of interest cost.

Plan Amendments

In December 2011, we amended all of our primary U.S. Defined Benefit Pension Plans for salaried employees. Our primary qualified plans had previously been amended to freeze the final average pay formulas within the plans as of December 31, 2012, but a cash balance service credit was expected to continue post December 31, 2012. The 2011 amendments fully freeze any further benefit and service accruals after December 31, 2012 for all of these plans, including the non-qualified plans. As a result of these plan amendments, we recognized a pre-tax curtailment gain of $107 ($66 after-tax). The gain represents the recognition of deferred gains from other prior year amendments (“prior service credits”) as a result of the discontinuation of any future benefit or service accrual period. The amendments are not expected to materially impact 2012 pension expense.

In 2011, the Canadian Salary Pension Plan was amended to close the plan to future service accrual effective January 1, 2014. Benefits earned up to January 1, 2014 will not be affected and participants will continue receive the benefit of future salary increases to the extent applicable; therefore, the amendment does not result in a material change to the projected benefit obligation at the re-measurement date, December 31, 2011.

In 2010, we amended our domestic retiree health benefit plan to eliminate the use of the Retiree Drug Subsidy that the Company receives from Medicare as an offset to retiree contributions. This amendment was effective January 1, 2011. The Company instead decided to use this subsidy to reduce its retiree healthcare costs. The amendment resulted in a net decrease of $55 to the retiree medical benefit obligation and a corresponding $34 after tax increase to equity. This amendment reduced 2011 expenses by approximately $13.

In 2010, as a result of a renegotiation of the contract with our largest union, we amended our union pension plan for this population to freeze the final average pay formula of the pension plan effective January 1, 2013 and our union retiree health benefits plan to eliminate a portion of the subsidy currently paid to current and future Medicare-eligible retirees effective January 1, 2011. These amendments are generally consistent with amendments previously made to our salaried employee retirement plans.
Plan Assets

Current Allocation
As of the 2011 and 2010 measurement dates, the global pension plan assets were $8.3 billion and $7.9 billion, respectively. These assets were invested among several asset classes. Our common stock represents approximately $50 or 0.6% of total plan assets at December 31, 2011.

The following table presents the defined benefit plans assets measured at fair value at December 31, 2011 and the basis for that measurement:


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
74

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Valuation Based On:
 
 
 
 
Asset Class 
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Asset (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Total
Fair Value
December 31, 2011
 
% of Total
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
$
578

 
$

 
$

 
$
578

 
7%
Equity Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Large Cap
 
511

 
50

 

 
561

 
7%
Xerox Common Stock
 
50

 

 

 
50

 
1%
U.S. Mid Cap
 
90

 

 

 
90

 
1%
U.S. Small Cap
 
83

 
89

 

 
172

 
2%
International Developed
 
1,209

 
481

 

 
1,690

 
21%
Emerging Markets
 
297

 
54

 

 
351

 
4%
Global Equity
 
7

 
17

 

 
24

 
—%
Total Equity Securities
 
2,247

 
691

 

 
2,938

 
36%
Debt Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury Securities
 
9

 
416

 

 
425

 
5%
Debt Security Issued by Government Agency
 
64

 
1,407

 

 
1,471

 
18%
Corporate Bonds
 
150

 
1,470

 

 
1,620

 
20%
Asset Backed Securities
 
2

 
61

 

 
63

 
—%
Total Debt Securities
 
225

 
3,354

 

 
3,579

 
43%
Common/Collective Trust
 
3

 

 

 
3

 
—%
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Contracts
 
18

 
103

 

 
121

 
1%
Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
14

 
(1
)
 

 
13

 
—%
Equity Contracts
 
23

 

 

 
23

 
—%
Other Contracts
 
64

 

 

 
64

 
1%
Total Derivatives
 
119

 
102

 

 
221

 
2%
Hedge Funds
 

 

 
3

 
3

 
—%
Real Estate
 
67

 
132

 
352

 
551

 
7%
Private Equity/Venture Capital
 

 

 
318

 
318

 
4%
Guaranteed Insurance Contracts
 

 

 
116

 
116

 
1%
Other(1)
 
(48
)
 
18

 

 
(30
)
 
—%
Total Defined Benefit Plans Assets
 
$
3,191

 
$
4,297

 
$
789

 
$
8,277

 
100%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Other Level 1 assets include net non-financial liabilities of $(54) such as due to/from broker, interest receivables and accrued expenses.


The following table presents the defined benefit plans assets measured at fair value at December 31, 2010 and the basis for that measurement:
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
75

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Valuation Based On:
 
 
 
 
Asset Class 
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Asset (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Total
Fair Value
December 31, 2010
 
% of Total
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
$
640

 
$

 
$

 
$
640

 
8
%
Equity Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Large Cap
 
507

 
54

 

 
561

 
7
%
U.S. Mid Cap
 
84

 

 

 
84

 
1
%
U.S. Small Cap
 
60

 
62

 

 
122

 
2
%
International Developed
 
1,513

 
514

 

 
2,027

 
26
%
Emerging Markets
 
324

 

 

 
324

 
4
%
Global Equity
 
8

 
25

 

 
33

 
%
Total Equity Securities
 
2,496

 
655

 

 
3,151

 
40
%
Debt Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury Securities
 
4

 
209

 

 
213

 
3
%
Debt Security Issued by Government Agency
 
75

 
1,011

 

 
1,086

 
14
%
Corporate Bonds
 
167

 
1,412

 

 
1,579

 
20
%
Asset Backed Securities
 
2

 
15

 

 
17

 
%
Total Debt Securities
 
248

 
2,647

 

 
2,895

 
37
%
Common/Collective Trust
 
4

 
69

 

 
73

 
1
%
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Contracts
 

 
123

 

 
123

 
2
%
Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
5

 
(12
)
 

 
(7
)
 
%
Equity Contracts
 

 
53

 

 
53

 
%
Other Contracts
 
66

 
3

 

 
69

 
1
%
Total Derivatives
 
71

 
167

 

 
238

 
3
%
Hedge Funds
 

 
2

 
4

 
6

 
%
Real Estate
 
103

 
73

 
275

 
451

 
6
%
Private Equity/Venture Capital
 

 

 
308

 
308

 
4
%
Guaranteed Insurance Contracts
 

 

 
96

 
96

 
1
%
Other(1)
 
34

 
49

 
(1
)
 
82

 
%
Total Defined Benefit Plans Assets
 
$
3,596

 
$
3,662

 
$
682

 
$
7,940

 
100
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)     Other Level 1 assets include net non-financial assets of $27 such as due to/from broker, interest receivables and accrued expenses.

The following table represents a roll-forward of the defined benefit plans assets measured using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 assets):


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
76

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Fair Value Measurement Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
 
 
Real Estate
 
Private Equity/Venture Capital
 
Guaranteed Insurance Contracts
 
Hedge Funds
 
Other
 
Total
December 31, 2009
 
$
237

 
$
286

 
$
130

 
$
4

 
$

 
$
657

Purchases
 
41

 
30

 
1

 

 

 
72

Sales
 
(34
)
 
(38
)
 
(13
)
 

 

 
(85
)
Net transfers in from Level 1
 

 

 
1

 

 

 
1

Realized gains (losses)
 
5

 
28

 
(2
)
 

 

 
31

Unrealized gains (losses)
 
22

 

 
(2
)
 

 

 
20

Currency translation
 
(6
)
 

 
(9
)
 

 

 
(15
)
Other
 
10

 
1

 
(9
)
 

 
(1
)
 
1

December 31, 2010
 
275

 
307

 
97

 
4

 
(1
)
 
682

Purchases
 
69

 
30

 
3

 

 

 
102

Sales
 
(6
)
 
(61
)
 
(3
)
 
(1
)
 

 
(71
)
Net transfers in from Level 1
 
2

 

 
12

 

 

 
14

Net transfers in from Level 2
 

 

 
9

 

 

 
9

Realized gains (losses)
 

 
46

 
(1
)
 

 

 
45

Unrealized gains (losses)
 
18

 
(4
)
 
(4
)
 

 

 
10

Currency translation
 
(4
)
 

 
(3
)
 

 

 
(7
)
Other
 
(2
)
 

 
6

 

 
1

 
5

December 31, 2011
 
$
352

 
$
318

 
$
116

 
$
3

 
$

 
$
789



Our pension plan assets and benefit obligations at December 31, 2011 were as follows:

(in billions)
 
Fair Value of Pension Plan Assets
 
Pension Benefit Obligations
 
Net Funded Status
U.S. funded
 
$
3.3

 
$
4.3

 
$
(1.0
)
U.S. unfunded
 

 
0.3

 
(0.3
)
Total U.S.
 
$
3.3

 
$
4.6

 
$
(1.3
)
U.K.
 
3.0

 
3.3

 
(0.3
)
Canada
 
0.6

 
0.8

 
(0.2
)
Other funded
 
1.4

 
1.3

 
0.1

Other unfunded
 

 
0.5

 
(0.5
)
Total
 
$
8.3

 
$
10.5

 
$
(2.2
)

Investment Strategy

The target asset allocations for our worldwide plans were:
 
 
2011
 
2010
Equity investments
 
41%
 
42%
Fixed income investments
 
45%
 
45%
Real estate
 
7%
 
7%
Private equity
 
4%
 
4%
Other
 
3%
 
2%
Total Investment Strategy
 
100%
 
100%

We employ a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by exceeding the interest growth in long-term plan liabilities. Risk tolerance is established through careful

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
77

Table of Contents                         


consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial condition. This consideration involves the use of long-term measures that address both return and risk. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, as well as growth, value and small and large capitalizations, and may include Company stock. Other assets such as real estate, private equity, and hedge funds are used to improve portfolio diversification. Derivatives may be used to hedge market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investments. Investment risks and returns are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and quarterly investment portfolio reviews.

Expected Long-term Rate of Return

We employ a “building block” approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term relationships between equities and fixed income are assessed. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio return is established giving consideration to investment diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed periodically to assess reasonableness and appropriateness.

Contributions

In 2011, we made cash contributions of $426 and $73 to our defined benefit pension plans and our retiree health benefit plans, respectively. We also elected to make a contribution of 16.6 million shares of our common stock, with an aggregate value of approximately $130, to our U.S. defined benefit pension plan for salaried employees in order to meet our planned level of funding for 2011. Accordingly, total contributions to our defined benefit pension plans were $556 in 2011.

In 2012 we expect, based on current actuarial calculations, to make contributions of approximately $560 to our defined benefit pension plans and $80 to our retiree health benefit plans.  Contributions to our defined benefit pension plans may include shares of our common stock in lieu of cash depending on our cash requirements during the year.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid during the following years:
 
 
 
Pension Benefits
 
Retiree Health
2012
 
$
781

 
$
80

2013
 
640

 
83

2014
 
627

 
82

2015
 
654

 
81

2016
 
664

 
80

Years 2017-2021
 
3,426

 
372

 
Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the plan measurement dates:

 
 
Pension Benefits 
 
Retiree Health 
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Discount rate
 
4.7
%
 
5.2
%
 
5.7
%
 
4.5
%
 
4.9
%
 
5.4
%
Rate of compensation increase
 
3.1
%
 
3.1
%
 
3.6
%
 
n/a(1)

 
n/a(1)

 
n/a(1)

 
 
(1)
Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to the retiree health benefits as compensation levels do not impact earned benefits.

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31:
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
78

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Pension Benefits 
 
Retiree Health 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Discount rate
 
4.7
%
 
5.2
%
 
5.7
%
 
6.3
%
 
4.5
%
 
4.9
%
 
5.4
%
 
6.3
%
Expected return on plan assets
 
6.9
%
 
7.2
%
 
7.3
%
 
7.4
%
 
n/a(1)

 
n/a(1)

 
n/a(1)

 
n/a(1)

Rate of compensation increase
 
3.1
%
 
3.1
%
 
3.6
%
 
3.9
%
 
n/a(2)

 
n/a(2)

 
n/a(2)

 
n/a(2)

 
(1)
Expected return on plan assets is not applicable to retiree health benefits as these plans are not funded.
(2)
Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to retiree health benefits as compensation levels do not impact earned benefits.

Assumed health care cost trend rates were as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
 
8.5
%
 
9.0
%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
 
4.9
%
 
4.9
%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
 
2017

 
2017

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
 
1% increase
 
1% decrease
Effect on total service and interest cost components
 
$
5

 
$
(4
)
Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation
 
89

 
(72
)

Note 15 - Income and Other Taxes
Income before income taxes ("pre-tax income") was as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Domestic income
 
$
917

 
$
433

 
$
45

Foreign income
 
648

 
382

 
582

Income Before Income Taxes
 
$
1,565

 
$
815

 
$
627

 
Provisions (benefits) for income taxes was as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Federal Income Taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
$
52

 
$
153

 
$
(50
)
Deferred
 
134

 
(17
)
 
109

Foreign Income Taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
103

 
59

 
84

Deferred
 
38

 
8

 
11

State Income Taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
28

 
46

 
(2
)
Deferred
 
31

 
7

 

Total Provision (Benefits)
 
$
386

 
$
256

 
$
152

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the consolidated effective income tax rate was as follows:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
79

Table of Contents                         


 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
Nondeductible expenses
 
2.0
 %
 
6.3
 %
 
3.2
 %
Effect of tax law changes
 
0.2
 %
 
(0.2
)%
 
 %
Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
 
(0.3
)%
 
2.6
 %
 
(1.7
)%
State taxes, net of federal benefit
 
2.4
 %
 
2.0
 %
 
(0.2
)%
Audit and other tax return adjustments
 
(1.0
)%
 
(3.6
)%
 
(8.7
)%
Tax-exempt income, credits and incentives
 
(3.1
)%
 
(3.9
)%
 
(4.7
)%
Foreign rate differential adjusted for U.S. taxation of foreign profits(1)
 
(10.4
)%
 
(6.7
)%
 
0.5
 %
Other
 
(0.1
)%
 
(0.1
)%
 
0.8
 %
Effective Income Tax Rate
 
24.7
 %
 
31.4
 %
 
24.2
 %
(1)
The “U.S. taxation of foreign profits” represents the U.S. tax, net of foreign tax credits, associated with actual and deemed repatriations of earnings from our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

On a consolidated basis, we paid a total of $94, $49 and $78 in income taxes to federal, foreign and state jurisdictions during the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Total income tax expense (benefit) was allocated as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Pre-tax income
 
$
386

 
$
256

 
$
152

Common shareholders' equity:
 


 


 

Changes in defined benefit plans
 
(277
)
 
12

 
(61
)
Stock option and incentive plans, net
 
1

 
(6
)
 
21

Cash flow hedges
 
3

 
5

 

Translation adjustments
 
2

 
6

 
(13
)
Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
 
$
115

 
$
273

 
$
99

Unrecognized Tax Benefits and Audit Resolutions
Due to the extensive geographical scope of our operations, we are subject to ongoing tax examinations in numerous jurisdictions. Accordingly, we may record incremental tax expense based upon the more-likely-than-not outcomes of any uncertain tax positions. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results when the position is effectively settled. Our ongoing assessments of the more-likely-than-not outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can increase or decrease our effective tax rate, as well as impact our operating results. The specific timing of when the resolution of each tax position will be reached is uncertain. As of December 31, 2011, we do not believe that there are any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
80

Table of Contents                         


 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Balance at January 1
 
$
186

 
$
148

 
$
170

Additions from acquisitions
 

 
46

 

Additions related to current year
 
43

 
38

 
6

Additions related to prior years positions
 
38

 
24

 
27

Reductions related to prior years positions
 
(17
)
 
(16
)
 
(33
)
Settlements with taxing authorities(1)
 
(14
)
 
(19
)
 
(7
)
Reductions related to lapse of statute of limitations
 
(8
)
 
(35
)
 
(29
)
Currency
 
(3
)
 

 
14

Balance at December 31
 
$
225

 
$
186

 
$
148

 
(1)
Majority of settlements did not result in the utilization of cash.

Included in the balances at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are $36, $39 and $67, respectively, of tax positions that are highly certain of realizability but for which there is uncertainty about the timing or may be reduced through an indirect benefit from other taxing jurisdictions. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than for the possible incurrence of interest and penalties, the disallowance of these positions would not affect the annual effective tax rate.
We have filed claims in certain jurisdictions to assert our position should the law be clarified by judicial means. At this point in time, we believe it is unlikely that we will receive any benefit from these types of claims but we will continue to analyze as the issues develop. Accordingly, we have not included any benefit for these types of claims in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits.
We recognized interest and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits, as well as interest received from favorable settlements within income tax expense. We had $28, $31 and $13 accrued for the payment of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various foreign jurisdictions. In the U.S., with the exception of ACS, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2007. ACS is no longer subject to such examinations for years before 2004. With respect to our major foreign jurisdictions, we are no longer subject to tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2000.

Deferred Income Taxes
 
In substantially all instances, deferred income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and other foreign investments carried at equity. The amount of such earnings at December 31, 2011 was approximately $8 billion. These earnings have been indefinitely reinvested and we currently do not plan to initiate any action that would precipitate a deferred tax impact. We do not believe it is practical to calculate the potential deferred tax impact, as there is a significant amount of uncertainty with respect to determining the amount of foreign tax credits as well as any additional local withholding tax and other indirect tax consequences that may arise from the distribution of these earnings. In addition, because such earnings have been indefinitely reinvested in our foreign operations, repatriation would require liquidation of those investments or a recapitalization of our foreign subsidiaries, the impacts and effects of which are not readily determinable. Our 2001 sale of half of our ownership interest in Fuji Xerox resulted in our investment no longer qualifying as a foreign corporate joint venture. Accordingly, deferred taxes are required to be provided on the undistributed earnings of Fuji Xerox, arising subsequent to such date, as we no longer have the ability to ensure indefinite reinvestment.
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred taxes were as follows:
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
81

Table of Contents                         


 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
Deferred Tax Assets
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
$
876

 
$
855

Post-retirement medical benefits
 
368

 
373

Depreciation
 
224

 
200

Net operating losses
 
637

 
634

Other operating reserves
 
95

 
194

Tax credit carryforwards
 
379

 
409

Deferred compensation
 
306

 
340

Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
93

 
97

Restructuring reserves
 
29

 
78

Pension
 
547

 
437

Other
 
168

 
156

Subtotal
 
3,722

 
3,773

Valuation allowance
 
(677
)
 
(735
)
Total
 
$
3,045

 
$
3,038

 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Unearned income and installment sales
 
$
1,016

 
$
1,025

Intangibles and goodwill
 
1,227

 
1,229

Other
 
13

 
54

Total
 
$
2,256

 
$
2,308

 
 
 
 
 
Total Deferred Taxes, Net
 
$
789

 
$
730

The above amounts are classified as current or long-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accordance with the asset or liability to which they relate or, when applicable, based on the expected timing of the reversal. Current deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $229 and $298, respectively.

The deferred tax assets for the respective periods were assessed for recoverability and, where applicable, a valuation allowance was recorded to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will, more-likely-than-not, be realized in the future. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was a decrease of $58 and an increase of $63, respectively. The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and deductible temporary differences for which we have concluded it is more-likely-than-not that these items will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations.

Although realization is not assured, we have concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets, for which a valuation allowance was determined to be unnecessary, will be realized in the ordinary course of operations based on the available positive and negative evidence, including scheduling of deferred tax liabilities and projected income from operating activities. The amount of the net deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if actual future income or income tax rates are lower than estimated, or if there are differences in the timing or amount of future reversals of existing taxable or deductible temporary differences.

At December 31, 2011, we had tax credit carryforwards of $379 available to offset future income taxes, of which $102 are available to carryforward indefinitely while the remaining $277 will expire 2012 through 2028 if not utilized. We also had net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $1.1 billion that will expire 2012 through 2032, if not utilized, and $2.5 billion available to offset future taxable income indefinitely.

Note 16 – Contingencies and Litigation
Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies
Our Brazilian operations are involved in various litigation matters and have received or been the subject of

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
82

Table of Contents                         


numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes, as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these tax matters and intend to vigorously defend our positions. Based on the opinion of legal counsel and current reserves for those matters deemed probable of loss, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will materially impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The labor matters principally relate to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the equivalent payment of all social security and other related labor benefits, as well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular employees. As of December 31, 2011, the total amounts related to the unreserved portion of the tax and labor contingencies, inclusive of related interest, amounted to approximately $1,120 with the decrease from December 31, 2010 balance of approximately $1,274, primarily related to currency and adjustments from closed cases partially offset by interest and new cases. With respect to the unreserved balance of $1,120, the majority has been assessed by management as being remote as to the likelihood of ultimately resulting in a loss to the Company. In connection with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2011 we had $240 of escrow cash deposits for matters we are disputing, and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net book value of $16 and additional letters of credit of approximately $237, which include associated indexation. Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable.
Legal Matters
As more fully discussed below, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters, which involves an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should developments in any of these matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.
 
Litigation Against the Company
In re Xerox Corporation Securities Litigation: A consolidated securities law action (consisting of 17 cases) is pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. Defendants are the Company, Barry Romeril, Paul Allaire and G. Richard Thoman. The consolidated action is a class action on behalf of all persons and entities who purchased Xerox Corporation common stock during the period October 22, 1998 through October 7, 1999 inclusive (“Class Period”) and who suffered a loss as a result of misrepresentations or omissions by Defendants as alleged by Plaintiffs (the “Class”). The Class alleges that in violation of Section 10(b) and/or 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“1934 Act”), and SEC Rule 10b-5 thereunder, each of the defendants is liable as a participant in a fraudulent scheme and course of business that operated as a fraud or deceit on purchasers of the Company’s common stock during the Class Period by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material facts relating to the defendants’ alleged failure to disclose the material negative impact that the April 1998 restructuring had on the Company’s operations and revenues. The complaint further alleges that the alleged scheme: (i) deceived the investing public regarding the economic capabilities, sales proficiencies, growth, operations and the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock; (ii) allowed several corporate insiders, such as the named individual defendants, to sell shares of privately held common stock of the Company while in possession of materially adverse, non-public information; and (iii) caused the individual plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class to purchase common stock of the Company at inflated prices. The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages in favor of the plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class against all defendants, jointly and severally, for all damages sustained as a result of defendants’ alleged wrongdoing, including interest thereon, together with reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the action, including counsel fees and expert fees. In 2001, the Court denied the defendants’ motion for dismissal of the complaint. The plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was denied by the Court in 2006, without

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
83

Table of Contents                         


prejudice to refiling. In February 2007, the Court granted the motion of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Welfare Fund of Local Union No. 164, Robert W. Roten, Robert Agius (“Agius”) and Georgia Stanley to appoint them as additional lead plaintiffs. In July 2007, the Court denied plaintiffs’ renewed motion for class certification, without prejudice to renewal after the Court holds a pre-filing conference to identify factual disputes the Court will be required to resolve in ruling on the motion. After that conference and Agius’s withdrawal as lead plaintiff and proposed class representative, in February 2008 plaintiffs filed a second renewed motion for class certification. In April 2008, defendants filed their response and motion to disqualify Milberg LLP as a lead counsel. On September 30, 2008, the Court entered an order certifying the class and denying the appointment of Milberg LLP as class counsel. Subsequently, on April 9, 2009, the Court denied defendants’ motion to disqualify Milberg LLP. On November 6, 2008, the defendants filed a motion for summary judgment. Briefing with respect to the motion is complete. The Court has not yet rendered a decision. The parties also filed motions to exclude the testimony of certain expert witnesses. On April 22, 2009, the Court denied plaintiffs’ motions to exclude the testimony of two of defendants’ expert witnesses. On September 30, 2010, the Court denied plaintiffs’ motion to exclude the testimony of another of defendants’ expert witnesses. The Court also granted defendants’ motion to exclude the testimony of one of plaintiffs’ expert witnesses, and granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to exclude the testimony of plaintiffs’ two remaining expert witnesses. The individual defendants and we deny any wrongdoing and are vigorously defending the action. At this time, we do not believe it is reasonably possible that we will incur additional material losses in excess of the amount we have already accrued for this matter. In the course of litigation, we periodically engage in discussions with plaintiffs’ counsel for possible resolution of this matter. Should developments cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome, or result in a final adverse judgment or a settlement for a significant amount, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.

Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranty Liabilities
Guarantees and claims arise during the ordinary course of business from relationships with suppliers, customers and nonconsolidated affiliates when the Company undertakes an obligation to guarantee the performance of others if specified triggering events occur. Nonperformance under a contract could trigger an obligation of the Company. These potential claims include actions based upon alleged exposures to products, real estate, intellectual property such as patents, environmental matters, and other indemnifications. The ultimate effect on future financial results is not subject to reasonable estimation because considerable uncertainty exists as to the final outcome of these claims. However, while the ultimate liabilities resulting from such claims may be significant to results of operations in the period recognized, management does not anticipate they will have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or liquidity. As of December 31, 2011, we have accrued our estimate of liability incurred under our indemnification arrangements and guarantees.
Indemnifications Provided as Part of Contracts and Agreements
We are a party to the following types of agreements pursuant to which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters:
Contracts that we entered into for the sale or purchase of businesses or real estate assets, under which we customarily agree to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants, including obligations to pay rent. Typically, these relate to such matters as adequate title to assets sold, intellectual property rights, specified environmental matters and certain income taxes arising prior to the date of acquisition.
Guarantees on behalf of our subsidiaries with respect to real estate leases. These lease guarantees may remain in effect subsequent to the sale of the subsidiary.
Agreements to indemnify various service providers, trustees and bank agents from any third party claims related to their performance on our behalf, with the exception of claims that result from third-party's own willful misconduct or gross negligence.
Guarantees of our performance in certain sales and services contracts to our customers and indirectly the performance of third parties with whom we have subcontracted for their services. This includes indemnifications to customers for losses that may be sustained as a result of the use of our equipment at a customer's location.
In each of these circumstances, our payment is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow us to challenge the other party's claims. In the case of lease guarantees, we may contest the liabilities asserted under the lease. Further, our obligations under these agreements and guarantees may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, we may have recourse against third parties for certain payments we made.


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
84

Table of Contents                         


Patent Indemnifications
In most sales transactions to resellers of our products, we indemnify against possible claims of patent infringement caused by our products or solutions. In addition, we indemnify certain software providers against claims that may arise as a result of our use or our subsidiaries', customers' or resellers' use of their software in our products and solutions. These indemnities usually do not include limits on the claims, provided the claim is made pursuant to the procedures required in the sales contract.
Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our corporate by-laws require that, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law, we must indemnify Xerox Corporation's officers and directors against judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, including legal fees and all appeals, incurred in connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, as it relates to their services to Xerox Corporation and our subsidiaries. Although the by-laws provide no limit on the amount of indemnification, we may have recourse against our insurance carriers for certain payments made by us. However, certain indemnification payments (such as those related to "clawback" provisions in certain compensation arrangements) may not be covered under our directors' and officers' insurance coverage. In addition, we indemnify certain fiduciaries of our employee benefit plans for liabilities incurred in their service as fiduciary whether or not they are officers of the Company.
Product Warranty Liabilities
In connection with our normal sales of equipment, including those under sales-type leases, we generally do not issue product warranties. Our arrangements typically involve a separate full service maintenance agreement with the customer. The agreements generally extend over a period equivalent to the lease term or the expected useful life of the equipment under a cash sale. The service agreements involve the payment of fees in return for our performance of repairs and maintenance. As a consequence, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations, including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs. In a few circumstances, particularly in certain cash sales, we may issue a limited product warranty if negotiated by the customer. We also issue warranties for certain of our entry level products, where full service maintenance agreements are not available. In these instances, we record warranty obligations at the time of the sale. Aggregate product warranty liability expenses for the three years ended December 31, 2011 were $30, $33 and $34, respectively. Total product warranty liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $16 and $18, respectively.
Other Contingencies
We have issued or provided the following guarantees as of December 31, 2011:
 
$445 for letters of credit issued to i) guarantee our performance under certain services contracts; ii) support certain insurance programs; and iii) support our obligations related to the Brazil tax and labor contingencies.
$788 for outstanding surety bonds. Certain contracts, primarily those involving public sector customers, require us to provide a surety bond as a guarantee of our performance of contractual obligations.
In general, we would only be liable for the amount of these guarantees in the event of default in our performance of our obligations under each contract; the probability of which we believe is remote. We believe that our capacity in the surety markets as well as under various credit arrangements (including our Credit Facility) is sufficient to allow us to respond to future requests for proposals that require such credit support.
 
We have service arrangements where we service third party student loans in the Federal Family Education Loan program (“FFEL”) on behalf of various financial institutions. We service these loans for investors under outsourcing arrangements and do not acquire any servicing rights that are transferable by us to a third party. At December 31, 2011, we serviced a FFEL portfolio of approximately 4.0 million loans with an outstanding principal balance of approximately $56.6 billion. Some servicing agreements contain provisions that, under certain circumstances, require us to purchase the loans from the investor if the loan guaranty has been permanently terminated as a result of a loan default caused by our servicing error. If defaults caused by us are cured during an initial period, any obligation we may have to purchase these loans expires. Loans that we purchase may be subsequently cured, the guaranty reinstated and the loans repackaged for sale to third parties. We evaluate our exposure under our purchase obligations on defaulted loans and establish a reserve for potential losses, or default liability reserve, through a charge to the provision for loss on defaulted loans purchased. The reserve is evaluated periodically and adjusted based upon management’s analysis of the historical performance of the defaulted loans. As of December 31, 2011, other current liabilities include reserves which we believe to be adequate. At December 31, 2011, other current liabilities include reserves of approximately $1.0 for losses on defaulted loans purchased.


Note 17 - Preferred Stock

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
85

Table of Contents                         


 
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
In connection with the acquisition of ACS in February 2010 (see Note 3 - Acquisitions for additional information), we issued 300,000 shares of Series A convertible perpetual preferred stock with an aggregate liquidation preference of $300 and a fair value of $349 as of the acquisition date to the holder of ACS Class B common stock. The convertible preferred stock pays quarterly cash dividends at a rate of 8% per year and has a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into 89.8876 shares of common stock for a total of 26,966 thousand shares (reflecting an initial conversion price of approximately $11.125 per share of common stock which is a 25% premium over $8.90, the average closing price of Xerox common stock over the 7-trading day period ended on September 14, 2009 and the number used for calculating the conversion price in the ACS merger agreement), subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. On or after the fifth anniversary of the issue date, we have the right to cause, under certain circumstances, any or all of the convertible preferred stock to be converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion rate. The convertible preferred stock is also convertible, at the option of the holder, upon a change in control, at the applicable conversion rate plus an additional number of shares determined by reference to the price paid for our common stock upon such change in control. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain fundamental change events, including a change in control or the delisting of Xerox's common stock, the holder of convertible preferred stock has the right to require us to redeem any or all of the convertible preferred stock in cash at a redemption price per share equal to the liquidation preference and any accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including the redemption date. The convertible preferred stock is classified as temporary equity (i.e., apart from permanent equity) as a result of the contingent redemption feature.

Note 18 – Shareholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock
As of December 31, 2011, we had one class of preferred stock outstanding. See Note 17 - Preferred Stock for further information. We are authorized to issue approximately 22 million shares of cumulative preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share.
Common Stock
We have 1.75 billion authorized shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share. At December 31, 2011, 150 million shares were reserved for issuance under our incentive compensation plans, 48 million shares were reserved for debt to equity exchanges, 27 million shares were reserved for conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock and 2 million shares were reserved for the conversion of convertible debt.

In connection with the acquisition of ACS in February 2010 (see Note 3 - Acquisitions for additional information), we issued 489,802 thousand shares of common stock to holders of ACS Class A and Class B common stock.

Treasury Stock
The following provides cumulative information relating to our share repurchase programs from their inception in October 2005 through December 31, 2011 (shares in thousands):

Authorized share repurchase programs
 
$
4,500

Share repurchase cost
 
$
3,641

Share repurchase fees
 
$
6

Number of shares repurchased
 
282,036


In January 2012, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $500 million in share repurchase bringing the total authorization to $5 billion.

The following table reflects the changes in Common and Treasury stock shares (shares in thousand):


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
86

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Common Stock Shares
 
Treasury Stock Shares
Balance at December 31, 2008
 
864,777

 

Stock based compensation plans, net
 
4,604

 

Balance at December 31, 2009
 
869,381

 

Stock based compensation plans, net
 
37,018

 

ACS acquisition(1)
 
489,802

 

Other
 
1,377

 

Balance at December 31, 2010
 
1,397,578

 

Stock based compensation plans, net
 
11,027

 

Contributions to U.S. pension plan(2)
 
16,645

 

Acquisition of Treasury stock
 

 
87,943

Cancellation of Treasury stock
 
(72,435
)
 
(72,435
)
Other
 
34

 

Balance at December 31, 2011
 
1,352,849

 
15,508

 
(1)
Refer to Note 3 - Acquisitions for additional information.
(2)
Refer to Note 14 - Employee Benefits Plans for additional information.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
We have a long-term incentive plan whereby eligible employees may be granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares (“PSs”) and non-qualified stock options. As more fully discussed below, at December 31, 2011 there was an aggregate of $209 of unrecognized stock-based compensation related to all of our equity-based compensation programs which will be expensed over the next two years.

We grant PSs and RSUs in order to continue to attract and retain employees and to better align employees' interests with those of our shareholders. Each of these awards is subject to settlement with newly issued shares of our common stock. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, 31 million and 30 million shares, respectively, were available for grant of awards.

Stock-based compensation expense was as follows:

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Stock-based compensation expense, pre-tax
 
$
123

 
$
123

 
$
85

Income tax benefit recognized in earnings
 
47

 
47

 
33


Restricted stock units: Compensation expense is based upon the grant date market price for most awards. The primary grant in 2009 had a market based condition and therefore the grant date price was based on a Monte Carlo simulation. Compensation expense is recorded over the vesting period, which ranges from three to five years from the date of grant. A summary of the activity for RSUs is presented below (shares in thousands):
 
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Nonvested Restricted Stock Units
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
Outstanding at January 1
 
32,431

 
$
8.68

 
25,127

 
$
10.18

 
14,037

 
$
15.43

Granted
 
8,035

 
10.66

 
11,845

 
8.56

 
15,268

 
6.69

Vested
 
(5,225
)
 
11.64

 
(3,671
)
 
18.22

 
(3,764
)
 
15.17

Cancelled
 
(1,457
)
 
8.57

 
(870
)
 
10.36

 
(414
)
 
13.94

Outstanding at December 31
 
33,784

 
8.70

 
32,431

 
8.68

 
25,127

 
10.18

 
At December 31, 2011, the aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding was $269. The total intrinsic value and actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions for vested RSUs were as follows:


Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
87

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Vested Restricted Stock Units
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Total intrinsic value of vested RSUs
 
$
56

 
$
31

 
$
19

Tax benefit realized for vested RSUs tax deductions
 
22

 
10

 
6

At December 31, 2011, there was $124 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized ratably over a remaining weighted-average contractual term of 1.3 years.
 
Performance shares: We grant officers and selected executives PSs that vest contingent upon meeting pre-determined Revenue, Earnings per Share (“EPS”) and Cash Flow from Operations targets. These shares entitle the holder to one share of common stock, payable after a three-year period and the attainment of the stated goals. If the annual actual results for revenue exceed the stated targets and if the cumulative three-year actual results for EPS and Cash Flow from Operations exceed the stated targets, then the plan participants have the potential to earn additional shares of common stock. This overachievement cannot exceed 50% for officers and 25% for non-officers of the original grant.

In connection with the ACS acquisition, selected ACS executives received a special one-time grant of PSs that vest over a three-year period ending February 2013 contingent upon ACS meeting pre-determined annual earnings targets. These shares entitle the holder to one share of common stock, payable after the three-year period and the attainment of the targets. The aggregate number of shares that may be delivered based on achievement of the targets was determined on the date of grant and ranges in value as follows: 50% of base salary (threshold); 100% of base salary (target); and 200% of base salary plus 50% of the value of the August 2009 options (maximum).
 
A summary of the activity for PSs is presented below (shares in thousands):

 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Nonvested Performance Shares
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant Date Fair
Value
Outstanding at January 1
 
7,771

 
$
9.78

 
4,874

 
$
15.49

 
7,378

 
$
15.39

Granted
 
4,852

 
10.42

 
5,364

 
8.10

 
718

 
15.17

Vested
 
(1,587
)
 
12.84

 
(1,566
)
 
18.48

 
(3,075
)
 
15.17

Cancelled
 
(1,273
)
 
12.79

 
(901
)
 
15.51

 
(147
)
 
15.52

Outstanding at December 31
 
9,763

 
9.21

 
7,771

 
9.78

 
4,874

 
15.49


At December 31, 2011, the aggregate intrinsic value of PSs outstanding was $78. The total intrinsic value of PSs and the actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions for vested PSs was as follows:

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
Vested Performance Shares
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Total intrinsic value of vested PSs
 
$
17

 
$
12

 
$
15

Tax benefit realized for vested PSs tax deductions
 
6

 
5

 
6


We account for PSs using fair value determined as of the grant date. If the stated targets are not met, any recognized compensation cost would be reversed. As of December 31, 2011, there was $62 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested PSs; this cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a remaining weighted-average contractual term of 1.9 years.
 
Stock options

Employee stock options: With the exception of the conversion of ACS options in connection with the ACS acquisition (see below), we have not issued any new stock options associated with our employee long-term incentive plan since 2004. All stock options previously issued under our employee long-term incentive plan and currently outstanding are fully vested and exercisable and generally expire between eight and ten years from the date of grant.
ACS Acquisition: In connection with the acquisition of ACS (see Note 3 - Acquisitions for additional information), outstanding ACS options were converted into 96,662 thousand Xerox options. The Xerox options have a weighted

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
88

Table of Contents                         


average exercise price of $6.79 per option. The estimated fair value associated with the options issued was approximately $222 based on a Black-Scholes valuation model utilizing the assumptions stated below. Approximately $168 of the estimated fair value is associated with ACS options issued prior to August 2009, which became fully vested and exercisable upon the acquisition in accordance with preexisting change-in-control provisions, and was recorded as part of the acquisition fair value. The remaining $54 is associated with ACS options issued in August 2009 which did not fully vest and become exercisable upon the acquisition, but continue to vest according to specified vesting schedules, and, therefore, is being expensed as compensation cost over the remaining vesting period. The options generally expire 10 years from date of grant. 42,136 thousand Xerox options issued upon this conversion remain outstanding at December 31, 2011.
Assumptions
 
Pre-August 2009 Options
 
August 2009 Options
Strike price
 
$
6.89

 
$
6.33

Expected volatility
 
37.90
%
 
38.05
%
Risk-free interest rate
 
0.23
%
 
1.96
%
Dividend yield
 
1.97
%
 
1.97
%
Expected term - in Years
 
0.75

 
4.2


The following table provides information relating to the status of, and changes in, outstanding stock options (stock options in thousands):
 
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Employee Stock Options 
 
Stock
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Option Price
 
Stock
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Option Price
 
Stock
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Option Price
Outstanding at January 1
 
71,038

 
$
8.00

 
28,363

 
$
10.13

 
45,185

 
$
15.49

Granted - ACS acquisition
 

 

 
96,662

 
6.79

 

 

Canceled/Expired
 
(14,889
)
 
8.38

 
(2,735
)
 
7.33

 
(16,676
)
 
24.68

Exercised
 
(6,079
)
 
8.21

 
(51,252
)
 
6.92

 
(146
)
 
5.88

Outstanding at December 31
 
50,070

 
6.98

 
71,038

 
8.00

 
28,363

 
10.13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable at December 31
 
39,987

 
7.14

 
57,985

 
8.38

 
28,363

 
10.13

As of December 31, 2011, there was $23 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options. This cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.6 years.
Information relating to options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 was as follows:
 
 
Options Outstanding 
 
Options Exercisable 
Aggregate intrinsic value
 
$
119

 
$
102

Weighted-average remaining contractual life in years
 
4.3

 
3.5

The following table provides information relating to stock option exercises:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Total intrinsic value of stock options
 
$
18

 
$
155

 
$

Cash received
 
44

 
183

 
1

Tax benefit realized for stock option tax deductions
 
7

 
56

 


Note 19 – Comprehensive Income

Other Comprehensive Income is composed of the following:

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
89

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
 
Pre-tax
 
Net of Tax
 
Pre-tax
 
Net of Tax
 
Pre-tax
 
Net of Tax
Translation Adjustments (Losses) Gains
 
$
(103
)
 
$
(105
)
 
$
(29
)
 
$
(35
)
 
$
583

 
$
596

Unrealized Gains (Losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges - gains (losses)
 
30

 
22

 
46

 
31

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Changes in cash flow hedges reclassed to earnings(1)
 
(14
)
 
(9
)
 
(28
)
 
(18
)
 
2

 
2

Other
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
1

 
1

Net unrealized gains (losses)
 
15

 
12

 
17

 
12

 
2

 
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Defined Benefit Plans (Losses) Gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial/Prior service (losses) gains
 
(872
)
 
(607
)
 
(106
)
 
(191
)
 
(135
)
 
(54
)
Actuarial/Prior service amortization(2)
 
89

 
60

 
91

 
164

 
33

 
13

Curtailment gain - recognition of prior service credit
 
(107
)
 
(66
)
 

 

 

 

Fuji Xerox changes in defined benefit plans, net(3)
 
(31
)
 
(31
)
 
28

 
28

 
(36
)
 
(36
)
Other(4)
 
8

 
8

 
22

 
22

 
(92
)
 
(92
)
Change in defined benefit plans (losses) gains
 
(913
)
 
(636
)
 
35

 
23

 
(230
)
 
(169
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, net
 
(1,001
)
 
(729
)
 
23

 

 
355

 
429

Less: Other comprehensive (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 

 

 
1

 
1

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
(1,000
)
 
(728
)
 
23

 

 
354

 
428


(1) Reclassified to Cost of sales - refer to Note 12 - Financial Instruments for additional information regarding our cash flow hedges.
(2) Reclassified to Total Net Periodic Benefit Cost - refer to Note 14 - Employee Benefit Plans for additional information.
(3) Represents our share of Fuji Xerox's benefit plan changes.
(4) Primarily represents currency impact on cumulative amount of benefit plan net actuarial losses and prior service credits included in AOCL.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”)

AOCL is composed of the following:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Cumulative translation adjustments
 
$
(939
)
 
$
(835
)
 
$
(800
)
Benefit plans net actuarial losses and prior service credits(1) 
 
(1,803
)
 
(1,167
)
 
(1,190
)
Other unrealized gains, net
 
26

 
14

 
2

Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
$
(2,716
)
 
$
(1,988
)
 
$
(1,988
)
 
(1)
Includes our share of Fuji Xerox.


Note 20 – Earnings per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock (shares in thousands):
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
90

Table of Contents                         


 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Basic Earnings per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Xerox
 
$
1,295

 
$
606

 
$
485

Accrued dividends on preferred stock
 
(24
)
 
(21
)
 

Adjusted Net Income Available to Common Shareholders
 
$
1,271

 
$
585

 
$
485

Weighted-average common shares outstanding
 
1,388,096

 
1,323,431

 
869,979

Basic Earnings per Share
 
$
0.92

 
$
0.44

 
$
0.56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Xerox
 
$
1,295

 
$
606

 
$
485

Accrued dividends on preferred stock
 

 
(21
)
 

Interest on Convertible Securities, net
 
1

 

 
1

Adjusted Net Income Available to Common Shareholders
 
$
1,296

 
$
585

 
$
486

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
 
1,388,096

 
1,323,431

 
869,979

Common shares issuable with respect to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options
 
9,727

 
13,497

 
462

Restricted stock and performance shares
 
16,993

 
13,800

 
7,087

Convertible preferred stock
 
26,966

 

 

Convertible securities
 
1,992

 

 
1,992

Adjusted Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding
 
1,443,774

 
1,350,728

 
879,520

Diluted Earnings per Share
 
$
0.90

 
$
0.43

 
$
0.55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive:
Stock options
 
40,343

 
57,541

 
27,901

Restricted stock and performance shares
 
26,018

 
25,983

 
22,574

Convertible preferred stock
 

 
26,966

 

Convertible securities
 

 
1,992

 

 
 
66,361

 
112,482

 
50,475

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends per common share
 
$
0.17

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.17

 
Note 21 – Subsequent Events
Debt Exchange

In February 2012, we completed an exchange of our 5.71% Zero Coupon Notes due 2023 with an accreted book value at the date of the exchange of $303, for approximately $363 of our 4.50% Senior Notes due 2021. Accordingly, this increased the principal amount for our 4.50% Senior Notes due 2021 from $700 to $1,063.The exchange was conducted to retire high-interest, long-dated debt in a favorable interest rate environment. The debt exchange was accounted for as a non-revolving debt modification and, therefore, it did not result in any gain or loss. The difference between the book value of our Zero Coupon Notes and the principal value of the Senior Notes issued in exchange will be accreted over the remaining term of the Senior Notes. Upfront fees paid to third parties in relation to the exchange were not material and were expensed as incurred.

In February 2012, we acquired RK Dixon, a leading provider of IT services, copiers, printers and managed print services for approximately $58. The acquisition furthers our coverage of central Illinois and eastern Iowa, building on our strategy to create a nationwide network of locally based companies focused on customers' needs to improve business performance through efficiencies. We are in the process of determining the purchase price allocation.



Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
91

Table of Contents                         


REPORTS OF MANAGEMENT
Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements
Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of all information presented in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management's best estimates and judgments. Management believes the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the financial statements fairly represent the Company's financial position and results of operations.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the internal auditors and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors and internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.
 
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Based on the above evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.
 
/s/    URSULA M. BURNS      
 
 
/s/    LUCA MAESTRI        
 
 
/s/    GARY R. KABURECK      
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
Chief Accounting Officer
 



Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
92

Table of Contents                         



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Xerox Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders' equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 
/s/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 23, 2012



Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
93

Table of Contents                         


QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
(in millions, except per-share data)
 
 
 
First
Quarter 
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
Full
Year 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
$
5,465

 
$
5,614

 
$
5,583

 
$
5,964

 
$
22,626

Costs and Expenses
 
5,115

 
5,213

 
5,216

 
5,517

 
21,061

Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income
 
350

 
401

 
367

 
447

 
1,565

Income tax expenses
 
95

 
108

 
81

 
102

 
386

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
34

 
34

 
43

 
38

 
149

Net Income
 
289

 
327

 
329

 
383

 
1,328

Less: Net income - noncontrolling interests
 
8

 
8

 
9

 
8

 
33

Net Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
281

 
$
319

 
$
320

 
$
375

 
$
1,295

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Earnings per Share(1)
 
$
0.20

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.23

 
$
0.27

 
$
0.92

Diluted Earnings per Share(1)
 
0.19

 
0.22

 
0.22

 
0.26

 
0.90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
$
4,721

 
$
5,508

 
$
5,428

 
$
5,976

 
$
21,633

Costs and Expenses
 
4,731

 
5,188

 
5,100

 
5,799

 
20,818

(Loss) Income before Income Taxes and Equity Income
 
(10
)
 
320

 
328

 
177

 
815

Income tax expenses
 
22

 
112

 
98

 
24

 
256

Equity in net (loss) income of unconsolidated affiliates
 
(2
)
 
28

 
26

 
26

 
78

Net (Loss) Income
 
(34
)
 
236

 
256

 
179

 
637

Less: Net income - noncontrolling interests
 
8

 
9

 
6

 
8

 
31

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Xerox
 
$
(42
)
 
$
227

 
$
250

 
$
171

 
$
606

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (Loss) Earnings per Share(1)
 
$
(0.04
)
 
$
0.16

 
$
0.18

 
$
0.12

 
$
0.44

Diluted (Loss) Earnings per Share(1)
 
(0.04
)
 
0.16

 
0.17

 
0.12

 
0.43

 
    
(1) 
The sum of quarterly earnings per share may differ from the full-year amounts due to rounding, or in the case of diluted earnings per share, because securities that are anti-dilutive in certain quarters may not be anti-dilutive on a full-year basis.
 



Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
94

Table of Contents                         


FIVE YEARS IN REVIEW
(in millions, except per-share data)
 
 
 
2011 
 
2010(1)
 
2009
 
2008
 
2007
Per-Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.92

 
$
0.44

 
$
0.56

 
$
0.26

 
$
1.21

Diluted
 
0.90

 
0.43

 
0.55

 
0.26

 
1.19

Earnings
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
 
0.92

 
0.44

 
0.56

 
0.26

 
1.21

Diluted
 
0.90

 
0.43

 
0.55

 
0.26

 
1.19

Common stock dividends declared
 
0.17

 
0.17

 
0.17

 
0.17

 
0.0425

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Revenues
 
$
22,626

 
$
21,633

 
$
15,179

 
$
17,608

 
$
17,228

Sales
 
7,126

 
7,234

 
6,646

 
8,325

 
8,192

Service, outsourcing and rentals
 
14,868

 
13,739

 
7,820

 
8,485

 
8,214

Finance income
 
632

 
660

 
713

 
798

 
822

Income from continuing operations
 
1,328

 
637

 
516

 
265

 
1,165

Income from continuing operations - Xerox
 
1,295

 
606

 
485

 
230

 
1,135

Net income
 
1,328

 
637

 
516

 
265

 
1,165

Net income - Xerox
 
1,295

 
606

 
485

 
230

 
1,135

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Position
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Working capital
 
$
1,531

 
$
2,222

 
$
5,270

 
$
2,700

 
$
4,463

Total Assets
 
30,116

 
30,600

 
24,032

 
22,447

 
23,543

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Capitalization
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 
1,545

 
1,370

 
988

 
1,610

 
525

Long-term debt
 
7,088

 
7,237

 
8,276

 
6,774

 
6,939

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total Debt
 
8,633

 
8,607

 
9,264

 
8,384

 
7,464

Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities
 

 
650

 
649

 
648

 
632

Series A convertible preferred stock
 
349

 
349

 

 

 

Xerox shareholders' equity
 
11,876

 
12,006

 
7,050

 
6,238

 
8,588

Noncontrolling interests
 
149

 
153

 
141

 
120

 
103

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total Consolidated Capitalization
 
$
21,007

 
$
21,765

 
$
17,104

 
$
15,390

 
$
16,787

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Selected Data and Ratios
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Common shareholders of record at year-end
 
41,982

 
43,383

 
44,792

 
46,541

 
48,261

Book value per common share
 
$
8.78

 
$
8.59

 
$
8.11

 
$
7.21

 
$
9.36

Year-end common stock market price
 
$
7.96

 
$
11.52

 
$
8.46

 
$
7.97

 
$
16.19

Employees at year-end
 
139,700

 
136,500

 
53,600

 
57,100

 
57,400

Gross margin
 
32.8
%
 
34.4
%
 
39.7
%
 
38.9
%
 
40.3
%
Sales gross margin
 
34.1
%
 
34.5
%
 
33.9
%
 
33.7
%
 
35.9
%
Service, outsourcing and rentals gross margin
 
30.9
%
 
33.1
%
 
42.6
%
 
41.9
%
 
42.7
%
Finance gross margin
 
63.4
%
 
62.7
%
 
62.0
%
 
61.8
%
 
61.6
%
 
(1)
2010 results include the acquisition of ACS



Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
95

Table of Contents                         



PERFORMANCE GRAPH




Total Return To Shareholders
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
(Includes reinvestment of dividends)
 
2006
 
2007
 
2008
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
Xerox Corporation
 
$
100.00

 
$
95.77

 
$
47.85

 
$
52.15

 
$
72.26

 
$
50.91

S&P 500 Index
 
$
100.00

 
105.49

 
66.46

 
84.05

 
96.71

 
98.76

S&P 500 Information Technology Index
 
$
100.00

 
116.31

 
66.13

 
106.95

 
117.85

 
120.69


Source: Standard & Poor's Investment Services
Notes: Graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2006 in Xerox Corp., the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Information Technology Index, respectively, and assumes dividends are reinvested.



CORPORATE INFORMATION
Stock Exchange Information
Xerox common stock (XRX) is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange.
 
Xerox Common Stock Prices and Dividends
 

Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
96

Table of Contents                         


New York Stock Exchange composite prices * 
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High
 
$
11.71

 
$
10.88

 
$
10.71

 
$
8.57

Low
 
9.87

 
9.40

 
6.97

 
6.72

Dividends Paid per Share
 
0.0425

 
0.0425

 
0.0425

 
0.0425

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

High
 
$
10.11

 
$
11.35

 
$
10.55

 
$
12.01

Low
 
8.38

 
8.04

 
7.91

 
10.44

Dividends Paid per Share
 
0.0425

 
0.0425

 
0.0425

 
0.0425

 
*
Price as of close of business



Xerox 2011 Form 10-K
97
XRX-12.31.11-Ex21


EXHIBIT 21     

SUBSIDIARIES of XEROX CORPORATION

The following companies are subsidiaries of Xerox Corporation as of December 31, 2011. Unless otherwise noted, a subsidiary is a company in which Xerox Corporation or a subsidiary of Xerox Corporation holds 50% or more of the voting stock. The names of other subsidiaries have been omitted as they would not, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a significant subsidiary:

Name of Subsidiary/Affiliate
 
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
ACS@Xerox LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS Holdings (UK) LLP
 
  United Kingdom (48)
Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Application Management Services, Inc.
 
  California
Agilera, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Agilera Messaging, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS BRC Holdings, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Enterprise Solutions, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Audit & Compliance Solutions, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS BPO Services, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Government Records Services, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Title Records Corporation
 
  Delaware
ACS Government Systems, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Heritage, Inc.
 
  Virginia
ACS State Healthcare, LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS EDI Gateway, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Federal Solutions LLC
 
  Delaware
Consultec IPA, Inc.
 
  New York
ACS TMC, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Digital Information Systems Company, L.L.C.
 
  Georgia
ACS Health Care, Inc.
 
  Oregon
Credencehealth, Inc.
 
  Tennessee
MidasPlus, Inc.
 
  Arizona
Statit Software, Inc.
 
  Oregon
ACS Care and Quality Solutions, Inc.
 
  Wisconsin
ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.
 
  Nevada
ACS Global, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Affiliated Computer Services (Australia) Pty. Ltd.
 
  Australia
ML Colombia S.A.
 
  Colombia (51)
Market Line Peru S.A.C.
 
  Peru (52)
Market Line S.A.
 
  Argentina (49)
Market Line Chile S.A.
 
  Chile (50)
CDR Associates, L.L.C.
 
  Delaware
Education Sales and Marketing, LLC
 
  Colorado
ESM Chaperone, LLC
 
  Colorado
TMS Health, LLC
 
  Delaware
Truckload Management Services, Inc.
 
  Colorado
ACS CompIQ Corporation
 
  Nevada
ACS Consultant Holdings Corporation
 
  Delaware
ACS Consultant Company, Inc.
 
  Michigan





Superior Venture Partner, Inc.
 
  Pennsylvania
ACS e-Services, LLC
 
  Delaware
e-Services Group (St. Lucia) Limited
 
  St. Lucia
e-Services Group International (Jamaica) Limited
 
  Jamaica (47)
ACS Education Services, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Asset Management Group, Inc.
 
  Oregon
Education Services Company
 
  Delaware
ACS Education Loan Services LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS Education Solutions, LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS Health Administration, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Healthcare Analytics, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Human Resources Solutions, Inc.
 
  Pennsylvania
ACS HR Solutions, LLC
 
  Pennsylvania
ACS HR Solutions, LLP
 
  Delaware (67)
ACS HR Solutions UK Limited
 
  United Kingdom
ACS HR Solucoes Servicos de Recursos Humanos do Brasil Ltda.
 
  Brazil (72)
ACS Relocation & Assignment Service, LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS HR Solutions World Services, LLC
 
  Delaware
Buck Consultants, LLC
 
  Delaware
Buck Consultants Limited/Conseilliers Buck Limitee
 
  Ontario
Buck Consultants Insurance Agency Limited
 
  Ontario
Buck Consultants
 
  Belgium (44)
Buck Kwasha Securities LLC
 
  Delaware
LiveWire, LLC
 
  Missouri
ACS Image Solutions, Inc.
 
  Louisiana
ACS IT Solutions, LP
 
  Delaware (45)
ACS Lending, Inc.
 
  Delaware (41)
ACS Business Services, LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS/ECG Holdings, LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS Defense, LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS Outsourcing Solutions, Inc.
 
  Michigan
ACS Print and Mail Services, Inc.
 
  Michigan
ACS Properties, LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS Marketing, L.P.
 
  Delaware (42)
ACS Protection Services, Inc.
 
  Texas
ACS Puerto Rico, LLC
 
  Puerto Rico
ACS REBGM, Inc.
 
  Illinois
ACS Recovery Services, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Solutions Poland Sp. z.o.o.
 
  Poland
ACS State & Local Solutions, Inc.
 
  New York
ACS Human Services, LLC
 
  Indiana
ACS Middle East, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS China Solutions Hong Kong Limited
 
  Hong Kong
ACS Road Technology Services (Beijing) Co. Ltd.
 
  China
Parkindy LLC
 
  Delaware
Transaction Processing Specialists, Inc.
 
  Texas
ACS TradeOne Marketing, Inc.
 
  Delaware
ACS Securities Services, Inc.
 
  Texas
etravelexperts, LLC
 
  Delaware
ACS Transport Solutions, Inc.
 
  Georgia





ACB Airport Solutions, LLC
 
  Georgia (46)
ACS Solutions de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
 
  Mexico (68)
ACS Trust I
 
  Delaware
ACS Trust II
 
  Delaware
ACS Welfare Benefit Trust
 
  Texas
Breakaway Healthcare and Life Sciences, LLC
 
  Colorado
Health Technology Acquisition Company
 
  Indiana
Outsourced Administrative Systems, Inc.
 
  Indiana
Intellinex LLC
 
  Delaware
LiveBridge, Inc.
 
  Oregon
Newspaper Services Holding, Inc.
 
  Oregon
ACS Contact Solutions of Canada, ULC
 
  Nova Scotia
Patient Accounting Service Center LLC
 
  Washington
Specialty I, LLC
 
  Delaware
The National Abandoned Property Processing Corporation
 
  Delaware
Wagers & Associates, Inc.
 
  Colorado
Global Imaging Systems, Inc.
 
  Delaware
American Photocopy Equipment Company of Pittsburgh, LLC
 
  Delaware
Arizona Office Technologies, Inc.
 
  Arizona
Berney Office Solutions, LLC
 
  Alabama
N&L Enterprises, LLC
 
  Alabama
Capitol Office Solutions, LLC
 
  Delaware
Carolina Office Systems, Inc.
 
  South Carolina
Carr Business Systems, Inc.
 
  New York
Chicago Office Technology Group, Inc.
 
  Illinois
ComDoc, Inc.
 
  Ohio
Consolidated, Inc.
 
  Ohio
Information Works, Inc.
 
  Ohio
Metropolitan Business Machines, Incorporated
 
  Ohio
Connecticut Business Systems, LLC
 
  Delaware
Arden Business Systems, Inc.
 
  New York
Conway Office Products, LLC
 
  New Hampshire
Business Equipment Unlimited
 
  Maine
Cameron Office Products, LLC
 
  Massachusetts
Eastern Copy Products, LLC
 
  New York
Northeast Copier Systems, LLC
 
  Massachusetts
CopyCo Office Solutions, Inc.
 
  Indiana
MRSCO, Inc.
 
  Indiana
CTX Business Solutions, Inc.
 
  Oregon
Denitech Corporation
 
  Texas
Electronic Systems, Inc.
 
  Virginia
TML Enterprises, Inc.
 
  Virginia
GDP Finance, Inc.
 
  Georgia
Georgia Duplicating Products, Inc.
 
  Georgia
Global Iowa, Inc.
 
  Iowa
Global Iowa Finance, Inc.
 
  Iowa
Midwest Business Solutions, Inc.
 
  Iowa
Premier Office Equipment, Inc.
 
  Iowa
Global Operations Texas, L.P. d/b/a Dahill
 
  Texas (34)
ImageQuest, Inc.
 
  Kansas





Image Technology Specialists, Inc.
 
  Massachusetts
Inland Business Machines, Inc.
 
  California
Precision Copier Service, Inc. d/b/a Sierra Office Solutions
 
  Nevada
Lucas Business Systems, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Lewan & Associates, Inc.
 
  Colorado
Imaging Concepts of New Mexico, Inc.
 
  New Mexico
Merizon Group Incorporated
 
  Wisconsin
Michigan Office Solutions, Inc.
 
  Michigan
Minnesota Office Technology Group, Inc.
 
  Minnesota
Mr. Copy, Inc.
 
  California
MWB Copy Products, Inc.
 
  California
SoCal Office Technologies, Inc.
 
  California
Quality Business Systems, Inc.
 
  Washington
Boise Office Equipment, Inc.
 
  Idaho
Saxon Business Systems, Inc.
 
  Florida
Stewart Business Systems, LLC
 
  New Jersey
Xerox Audio Visual Solutions, Inc.
 
  Georgia
Daniel Communications, Inc.
 
  Alabama
GroupFire, Inc.
 
  California
Gyricon, LLC
 
  Delaware
Infotonics Technology Center Inc.
 
  New York (15)
Institute for Research on Learning
 
  Delaware
NewField Information Technology LLC
 
  Pennsylvania
NewPARC LLC
 
  Delaware
Pacific Services and Development Corporation
 
  Delaware
Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated
 
  Delaware
Proyectos Inverdoco, C.A.
 
  Venezuela
SCC Burton Corporation
 
  Delaware
STHQ Realty LLC
 
  Delaware
The Xerox Foundation
 
  Delaware
Xerox Argentina Industrial y Comercial S.A.
 
  Argentina (1)
Xerox Capital LLC
 
  Turks & Caicos Islands (9)
Xerox Capital Services, LLC
 
  Delaware
Xerox de Chile S.A.
 
  Chile (40)
Xerox Developing Markets Limited
 
  Bermuda
Sidh Securities Limited
 
  Mauritius
Xerox del Ecuador, S.A.
 
  Ecuador (32)
Xerox Engineering Systems NV
 
  Belgium
Xerox Export, LLC
 
  Delaware
Xerox Europe Finance Limited Partnership
 
  Scotland (20)
Xerox European Funding LLC
 
  Delaware
Affiliated Computer Services Holdings (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L.
 
  Luxembourg
Xerox Finance, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Xerox Investments Holding (Bermuda) Limited
 
  Bermuda
Xerox Financial Services LLC
 
  Delaware
Xerox Foreign Sales Corporation
 
  Barbados
Xerox d'Haiti, S.A.
 
  Haiti
Xerox Holdings, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Talegen Holdings, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Xerox International Joint Marketing, Inc.
 
  Delaware





Xerox International Partners
 
  California (10)
Xerox Investments Europe B.V.
 
  Netherlands
XC Global Trading B.V.
 
  Netherlands
XC Trading Singapore Pte Ltd.
 
  Singapore
XC Trading Hong Kong Limited
 
  Hong Kong
XC Trading Japan G.K.
 
  Japan
XC Trading Korea YH
 
  Korea
XC Trading Malaysia
 
  Malaysia
XC Trading Shenzhen Co., Ltd.
 
  China
Xerox Holdings (Ireland) Limited
 
  Ireland
Xerox (Europe) Limited
 
  Ireland
Monocolour Limited
 
  Ireland
NewField Information Technology Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox XF Holdings (Ireland) Limited
 
  Ireland
Xerox Finance (Ireland) Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Israel Ltd.
 
  Israel
Xerox Middle East Investments (Bermuda) Limited
 
  Bermuda
Bessemer Insurance Limited
 
  Bermuda
Reprographics Egypt Limited
 
  Egypt
Xerox Egypt S.A.E.
 
  Egypt
Xerox Finance Leasing S.A.E.
 
  Egypt (3)
Xerox Equipment Limited
 
  Bermuda
Xerox Maroc S.A.
 
  Morocco (2)
Xerox Products Limited
 
  Bermuda
Xerox UK Holdings Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Triton Business Finance Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Trading Enterprises Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Overseas Holdings Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Business Equipment Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Computer Services Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Mailing Systems Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Limited
 
  United Kingdom (6)
Affiliated Computer Services International B.V.
 
  Netherlands
ACS-BPS (Ghana) Limited
 
  Ghana
ACS BPS de Guatemala S.A.
 
  Guatemala (70)
ACS Business Process Solutions Limited
 
  United Kingdom
ACS Malta Limited
 
  Malta (66)
ACS Worldwide Lending Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Buck Consultants Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Bevis Trustees Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Buckingham Trustees Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Buck Consultants (Healthcare) Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Buck Consultants (Administration & Investment) Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Talking People Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Spur Information Solutions Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Syan Holdings Limited
 
  United Kingdom
ACS Information Technologies UK Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Anix Group Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Anix Business Systems Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Anix Computers Limited
 
  United Kingdom





PR Systems Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Syan Technology Limited
 
  United Kingdom
VBHG Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Anix Holdings Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Blue River Systems Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Posetiv Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Red Squared Limited
 
  United Kingdom
ACS (Cyprus) Holdings Limited
 
  Cyprus
Affiliated Computer Services of India Private Limited
 
  India (58)
ACS Czech Republic s.r.o.
 
  Czech Republic
ACS HR Solutions Nederland B.V.
 
  Netherlands
ACS HR Solutions Share Plan Services Guernsey
 
  Guernsey
ACS of the Philippines, Inc.
 
  Philippines (62)
ACS Solutions Chile SA
 
  Chile (57)
ACS Solutions Hong Kong Limited
 
  Hong Kong
ACS Solutions of Puerto Rico, Inc.
 
  Puerto Rico
ACS Solutions Schweiz AG
 
  Switzerland
Affiliated Computer Services Austria GmbH
 
  Austria
Affiliated Computer Services do Brasil Ltda.
 
  Brazil (55)
Affiliated Computer Services (Fiji) Limited
 
  Fiji (59)
Affiliated Computer Services GmbH
 
  Switzerland
Affiliated Computer Services International (Barbados) Limited
 
  Barbados
ACS Business Process Solutions (Dominican Republic), S.A.
 
  Dominican Republic (54)
ACS Business Process Solutions (Jamaica) Limited
 
  Jamaica (53)
Affiliated Computer Services Ireland Limited
 
  Ireland
Affiliated Computer Services Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
 
  Malaysia (61)
Affiliated Computer Services (Netherlands) B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Affiliated Computer Services of Poland Sp. z.o.o.
 
  Poland (63)
Affiliated Computer Services (Proprietary) Limited
 
  South Africa
Affiliated Computer Services (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.
 
  China
Wilhaave Groep B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Unamic/HCN Holding B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Unamic/HCN B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Telenamic N.V.
 
  Suriname (73)
Unamic/HCN BVBA
 
  Belgium (74)
Unamic HCN Musterfi Hizmetleri Limited Sirketi
 
  Turkey (75)
Xerox Holding (Nederland) B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Xerox Manufacturing (Nederland) B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Xerox (Nederland) BV
 
  Netherlands
"Veco” Beheer Onroerend Goed BV
 
  Netherlands
Xerox Document Supplies BV
 
  Netherlands
Xerox Financial Services B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Xerox Rentalease BV
 
  Netherlands
Xerox Services BV
 
  Netherlands
Xerox Office Printing Distribution B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Continua Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Continua Sanctum Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Limited Liability Company Xerox (C.I.S.)
 
  Russia
The Xerox (UK) Trust
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox AS
 
  Norway





Xerox Austria GmbH
 
  Austria
Xerox Global Services GmbH
 
  Austria
Xerox Leasing GmbH
 
  Austria
Xerox Office Supplies GmbH
 
  Austria
Xerox Bulgaria EOOD
 
  Bulgaria
Xerox Buro Araclari Ticaret ve Servis A.S.
 
  Turkey
Xerox Canada Inc.
 
  Ontario
Xerox (Barbados) SRL
 
  Barbados (14)
Xerox Finance (Luxembourg) Sarl
 
  Luxembourg
Xerox Canada Finance Inc.
 
  Ontario
ACS Public Sector Solutions Inc.
 
  Canada
ACS Business Process Solutions de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
 
  Mexico (56)
ACS Government Solutions Canada Inc.
 
  Ontario
ACS HR Solutions Canada Company
 
  Nova Scotia
Xerox Canada Ltd.
 
  Canada (4)
Xerox Financial Services Canada Ltd.
 
  Ontario
Xerox Capital (Europe) Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Concept Group Limited
 
  Scotland
Concept Group (Sales) Limited
 
  Scotland
Imaging Business Systems (N.I.) Limited
 
  Northern Ireland
Irish Business Systems Limited (Republic of Ireland)
 
  Republic of Ireland
Veenman B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Veenman Financial Services B.V.
 
  Netherlands
Xerox AG
 
  Switzerland
Xerox A/S
 
  Denmark
Xerox Financial Services Danmark A/S
 
  Denmark
Xerox Finance AG
 
  Switzerland
Xerox Sverige AB
 
  Sweden
Xerox (UK) Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Bessemer Trust Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Finance Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Channels Limited
 
  United Kingdom
XEROX CZECH REPUBLIC s r.o.
 
  Czech Republic
Xerox Direct Rhein-Main GmbH
 
  Germany
Xerox Espana, S.A.U.
 
  Spain
Affiliated Computer Services of Spain, S.L., Sociedad Unipersonal
 
  Spain
Affiliated Computer Services Solutions Spain, S.L.
 
  Spain
Buck Consultants, S.L.
 
  Spain
Xerox Fabricacion S.A.U.
 
  Spain
Xerox Renting S.A.U.
 
  Spain
Xerox Office Supplies S.A.U.
 
  Spain
Xerox Exports Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Financial Services Belux NV
 
  Belgium
Xerox Financial Services Norway AS
 
  Norway
Xerox Financial Services Sverige AB
 
  Sweden
Xerox Hellas AEE
 
  Greece
Xerox Holdings Deutschland GmbH
 
  Germany
Affiliated Computer Services of Germany GmbH
 
  Germany
ACS Holdings (Germany) GmbH
 
  Germany
ACS HR Solutions Deutschland GmbH
 
  Germany





sds business services GmbH
 
  Germany
Xerox GmbH
 
  Germany
Xerox Capital Services Verwaltungs GmbH
 
  Germany
Xerox Capital Services GmbH & Co. KG
 
  Germany
Xerox Dienstleistungsgesellschaft mbH
 
  Germany
Xerox Leasing Deutschland GmbH
 
  Germany
Xerox Reprographische Services GmbH
 
  Germany
Xerox Hungary Trading Limited
 
  Hungary
Xerox (Ireland) Limited
 
  Ireland
Xerox India Limited
 
  India (8)
Xerox Kazakhstan Limited Liability Partnership
 
  Kazakhstan
Xerox Management Services N.V.
 
  Belgium
Xerox N.V.
 
  Belgium
Xerox Luxembourg SA
 
  Luxembourg (27)
Xerox Oy
 
  Finland
Xerox Financial Services Finland Oy
 
  Finland
Xerox Pensions Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Polska Sp.zo.o
 
  Poland
Xerox Portugal Equipamentos de Escritorio, Limitada
 
  Portugal (21)
CREDITEX - Aluguer de Equipamentos S.A.
 
  Portugal
Xerox Professional Services Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox Property Services Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Xerox (Romania) Echipmante Si Servici S.A.
 
  Romania
Xerox Serviços e Participações Ltda
 
  Brazil
Xerox Comercio e Industria Ltda
 
  Brazil
Xerox Slovenia d.o.o.
 
  Slovenia
Xerox S.p.A.
 
  Italy
ACS Solutions Italia, S.p.A.
 
  Italy
Nuova Karel Soluzioni S.r.l. unipersonale
 
  Italy
Xerox Financial Services Italia S.p.A.
 
  Italy
Xerox Italia Rental Services Srl
 
  Italy
Xerox Italia Services S.p.A.
 
  Italy
Xerox Telebusiness GmbH
 
  Germany
Xerox (Ukraine) Ltd LLC
 
  Ukraine
Xerox S.A.S.
 
  France (22)
Affiliated Computer Services Holdings (France) S.A.S.
 
  France
Affiliated Computer Services Business Process Solutions S.A.S.
 
  France (64)
Affiliated Computer Services Strategic Support France E.U.R.L.
 
  France
Affiliated Computer Services Solutions France S.A.S.
 
  France
ACS Solutions Peru S.A.
 
  Peru (65)
Xerobail SAS
 
  France
Xerox Financial Services SAS
 
  France (23)
Xerox Document Supplies SNC
 
  France (24)
Xerox General Services SAS
 
  France
Xerox XHB Limited
 
  Bermuda (6)
Xerox XIB Limited
 
  Bermuda (6)
XRO Limited
 
  United Kingdom
Nemo (AKS) Limited
 
  United Kingdom
XRI Limited
 
  United Kingdom
RRXH Limited
 
  United Kingdom





RRXO Limited
 
  United Kingdom
RRXIL Limited
 
  United Kingdom (6)
Xerox Latinamerican Holdings, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Xerox Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.
 
  Mexico (28)
Xerox Mortgage Services, Inc.
 
  Delaware
Xerox Overseas, Inc.
 
  Delaware
XC Asia LLC
 
  Delaware
Xerox del Peru, S.A.
 
  Peru (30)
Xerox Realty Corporation
 
  Delaware
Xerox Trinidad Limited
 
  Trinidad
XESystems Foreign Sales Corporation
 
  Barbados
XMPie Inc.
 
  Delaware
Nuvisio Corporation
 
  Delaware
Nuvisio, Ltd.
 
  Israel
XMPie, Ltd.
 
  Israel

(1)
Xerox Corporation owns 90% of the shares of Xerox Argentina; the remaining 10% is owned by Pacific Services and Development Corporation, a wholly-    owned subsidiary of Xerox Corporation.
(2)    Owned 99.9% by XMEIBL and .1% by several individuals.
(3)
Owned 96% by Xerox Egypt S.A.E., 3% by Xerox Middle East Investments and 1% by Egyptian Finance Company S.A.E.
(4)    Owned 65% by Xerox Canada Inc. and 35% by Xerox Canada Finance Inc.
(5)
[RESERVED]
(6)    Includes indirect holdings.
(7)    [RESERVED].
(8)
Xerox Corporation indirectly owns 89.3% and 10.7% is privately held.
(9)
Owned 99.9% by Xerox Corporation and .1% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Xerox Corporation.
(10)
Xerox International Partners is a California general partnership between FX Global, Inc. (49%) and Xerox International Joint Marketing, Inc. (51%).
(11)
[RESERVED]
(12)
[RESERVED]
(13)
[RESERVED]
(14)
Owned 88.27% by Xerox Canada Inc. and 11.73% by Xerox Corporation.
(15)
This is a not-for-profit corporation which will act as a research and development consortium of businesses and universities. The initial members are Xerox, Corning, Kodak, University of Rochester, RIT and Cornell.
(16)
[RESERVED].
(17)
[RESERVED]
(18)
[RESERVED]
(19)
[RESERVED]
(20) Xerox Europe Finance Limited Partnership is owned 99.9% by Xerox Export LLC and .1% by Xerox Corporation.
(21)
Owned 74% by Xerox Limited and 26% by Xerox Property Services Limited.
(22)
Remaining shares transferred in Xerox SAS to Xerox Overseas Holdings Limited after share capital reduction exercise.
(23)
Owned 87.5% by Xerobail SAS and 12.5% by Xerox SAS.
(24)
Owned 99.99% by XEROX S.A.S. and .01% by Xerobail SAS.
(25)
[RESERVED].
(26)
[RESERVED]
(27)
Owned 99% by NV Xerox SA and 1% by Xerox Financial Services Belux NV.
(28)
Owned 99.99% by Xerox Corporation and .01% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation.
(29)
[RESERVED]
(30)
Owned 95.73% by Xerox Corporation and 4.27% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation.
(31)
[RESERVED]
(32)
Owned 99.99% by Xerox Corporation and .01% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation (PSDC owns only 1 share).
(33)
[RESERVED].
(34)
Owned 99% by Conway Office Products, LLC (limited partner) and 1% by Global Imaging Systems, Inc. (general partner).
(35)
[RESERVED]
(36)
[RESERVED]
(37)    [RESERVED]





(38)    [RESERVED]
(39)    [RESERVED]
(40)    Owned 99.99% by Xerox Corporation and .01% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation.
(41)
Owned 19% by Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.; 37% by ACS State & Local Solutions, Inc.; 23% by Buck Consultants, LLC; 15% by ACS State Healthcare, LLC; 6% by ACS HR Solutions, LLC.
(42)
Owned 99.9% by ACS Properties, Inc. and 0.1% by Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.
(43)
[RESERVED]
(44)
Owned 79.884% by Buck Consultants, LLC and 20.116% by ACS Holdings (Germany) GmbH
(45)
Owned 99.9% by Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and 0.1% by ACS Business Services, LLC
(46)
Owned 66% by ACS Transport Solutions, Inc.; 17% by Carter Brothers, LLC; and 17% by D&D Electric, Inc.
(47)
Owned 99.9998% by eServices Group (St. Lucia) Limited; 0.0002% by ACS Global Inc.
(48)
Owned 93.59% by Xerox Corporation, 6.35% by ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.; .06% by ACS State and Local Solutions, Inc.
(49)
Owned 90% by ACS Global Inc; 10% by ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.
(50)
Owned 93.3750% by Market Line S.A. in Argentina; 6.6250% by ACS Global, Inc.
(51)
Owned 94.9% by ACS Global, Inc.; 2.1% ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.; 1% LiveBridge, Inc.; 1% Market Line S.A. in Argentina; 1% ACS Middle East, Inc. .
(52)
Owned 90% by ACS Global, Inc.; 10% ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.
(53)
Owned 99.9090% by Affiliated Computer Services International (Barbados) Limited; .0910% by ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc
(54)
Owned 99.9966 by Affiliated Computer Services International (Barbados) Limited; 0.0006% by ACS Business Services, LLC; .0006% by ACS Lending, Inc.; 0.0006% by ACS Outsourcing Solutions, Inc.; 0.0006% by ACS State & Local Solutions, Inc.; 0.0006% by ACS State Healthcare, LLC; 0.0006% by Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.
(55)
Owned 99.9997 by Affiliated Computer Services International B.V.; .0003% by Affiliated Computer Services Inc.
(56)
Owned 99% by ACS Public Sector Solutions Inc; 1% by ACS State and Local Solutions, Inc.
(57)
Owned 99.5% by Affiliated Computer Services International B.V.; .5% by ACS State and Local Solutions, Inc.
(58)
Owned 99.0% by ACS (Cyprus) Holdings Limited; 1.0% by ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.
(59)
Owned 99.9999% by Affiliated Computer Services International B.V.; .0001% by ACS State and Local Solutions, Inc.
(60)
[RESERVED]
(61)
Owned 99% by Affiliated Computer Services International B.V.; 1% by ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.
(62)
Owned 99.9822 by Affiliated Computer Services International B.V.; .0178% by a minority
(63)
Owned 99.9290% by Affiliated Computer Services International B.V.; .0710% by ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.
(64)
Owned 99.9383% by Affiliated Computer Services Holdings (France) S.A.S.; 0.0616% by Affiliated Computer Services International B.V.; 0.0001 by ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.
(65)
Owned 99% by Affiliated Computer Services Solutions France S.A.S.; 1% by ACS State & Local Solutions, Inc.    
(66)
Owned 99.8% by ACS Business Process Solutions Limited; 0.2% by ACS Commercial Solutions, Inc.    
(67)
Owned 99% by ACS HR Solutions LLC; 1% by ACS Human Resource Solutions, Inc.
(68)
Owned 99% by ASC Transport Solutions, Inc.; 1% by ACS State & Local Solutions, Inc.
(69)
[RESERVED].
(70)
Owned 98% by Affiliated Computer International B.V.; 2% by ACS State & Local Solutions, Inc.
(71)
[RESERVED]
(72)
Owned 99% by ACS HR Solutions, LLP; 1% by ACS HR Solutions World Services, LLC.
(73)
Owned 50% by Unamic/HCN B.V.; 50% by Telesur, a non-ACS/Xerox entity
(74)
Owned 99.9% by Unamic/HCN B.V.; 1% by Unamic Holding B.V.
(75)
Owned 98.99% by Unamic/HCN B.V.; 1.01% by Unamic Holding B.V.



XRX-12.31.11-Ex23


EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (no. 333-166431 and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-162639, 333-164766, 333-160264, 333-142417,333-125250, 333-93269,-333-09821, 333-22313, 33-65269, 33-44314 and 333-167922) of Xerox Corporation of our report dated February 23, 2012 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 23, 2012 relating to the financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form10-K.

 
/S/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP        
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 23, 2012



XRX-12.31.11-Ex31(a)


EXHIBIT 31(a)
CEO CERTIFICATIONS
I, Ursula M. Burns, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xerox Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
February 23, 2012
 

/S/  URSULA M. BURNS
 
          Ursula M. Burns
    Principal Executive Officer
 


XRX-12.31.11-Ex31(b)


EXHIBIT 31(b)
CFO CERTIFICATIONS
I, Luca Maestri, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xerox Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
February 23, 2012
 

/S/  LUCA MAESTRI
 
          Luca Maestri
    Principal Financial Officer
 


XRX-12.31.11-Ex32


EXHIBIT 32
CERTIFICATION OF CEO AND CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. § 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO § 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Form 10-K of Xerox Corporation, a New York corporation (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Ursula M. Burns, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Luca Maestri, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his/her knowledge, that:
 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/S/  URSULA M. BURNS
 
          Ursula M. Burns
    Chief Executive Officer
            
 
February 23, 2012
 
 
 
/S/  LUCA MAESTRI
 
          Luca Maestri
    Chief Financial Officer
            
 
February 23, 2012
 

This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of § 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
A signed original of this written statement required by § 906 has been provided to Xerox Corporation and will be retained by Xerox Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.